0% found this document useful (0 votes)

584 views

Master Catalog

hth

Uploaded by

David Hicks

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

584 views

Master Catalog

hth

Uploaded by

David Hicks

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 176

Middle Atlantic Products

2011-2012 Master Catalog

Racks and Enclosures Technical Furniture Power Distribution Thermal Management Cable Management Rack Accessories

EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Integrated System Elements Approach

The Power of the Integrated System

Integrated System Elements Approach

Complete, optimized and professional installations are the result of proper planning for a fully integrated enclosure system. A fully integrated enclosure system incorporates four essential values that work together to ensure system reliability: the mounting system, thermal management, cable management and power distribution. Racks and Enclosures
The mounting system is the foundation, and incorporates time and labor saving features, addresses space constraints, structural needs, is compliant with applicable construction/building codes, and meets the aesthetic needs of the environment. Floor, wall, and ceiling mount rack and enclosure systems, as well as unique slide out systems for space restricted environments Built-in cable management and time saving features simplify installation UL Listed and Seismic Certied mounting products available Solutions available to meet the aesthetic needs of any installation

Technical Furniture
Middle Atlantic offers a selection of technical furniture that, unlike standard ofce furniture, incorporates specic technical features or capabilities that support a professional installation in a commercial application.

Power Distribution
Power distribution is needed in every system, and proper planning to ensure that all grounding, protection, backup and distribution needs are met is critical to ensure that the system performs properly.

Thermal Management
Maintaining an optimal internal operating temperature is the goal of thermal management, and is critical to system reliability. Enclosures are designed for proper thermal management, and feature engineered ventilation locations, top options and accessories, allowing the specier or installer to design a passively or actively cooled system Cooling options, including a proportional speed thermostatic fan control, extend equipment life and reduce maintenance requirements

Cable Management
The primary purpose of cable management is to maintain the integrity of the signal, and facilitate installation, upgrades & servicing of the system. Engineered enclosures accept an extensive selection of lacing options Removable knockouts provide for cable pass-through where needed Abundant cable lacing points simplify cable management Most rack top options feature a removable 2 rackspace service plate for easy removal of top option without disturbing cable bundles

Rack Accessories
Middle Atlantic Products offers a complete line of engineered mounting solutions that come together to complete the integrated enclosure system.
2

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Master Table of Contents

Racks and Enclosures Intro and Table of Contents Floor Standing Racks and Enclosures Enclosure Options High CFM Congurable Rear Doors Slide Out Rack Systems In-Cabinet Systems Credenza Racks Designer-Inspired Rack Congured Enclosure Systems Slim 5 Series Laminate Racks Desktop Racks Portable/Rolling Enclosures Wall Mount Cabinets Wall Mount Open Frame Racks Floor Mount Open Frame Racks Technical Furniture Intro and Table of Contents ViewPoint Monitoring Console System VisionFrame Video Monitor Wall LCD Monitoring/Command Desk Steel Monitoring Consoles and SCRK/SQRK Series Enclosures Edit Center Multimedia Studio Furniture MultiDesk Video Multimedia Studio Furniture Multimedia Furniture Accessories Credenza Racks Power Distribution Intro and Table of Contents Vertical Power - Corded Vertical Power - Hardwired Rackmount Power/Control and Sequencing Multi-Mount Rackmount Power Custom Multi-Circuit, High Capacity Power Distribution Multi-Circuit Congurable Vertical Power Sequencing Controllers and Remote Switches/Controllable Units Technical Power Solutions Whole Home Surge Protection UPS System Rackmount Lighting/Work Light and Remote Power Switch SignalSafe IEC Power Cords

Pgs. 4-5 6-29 30-35 36 37-42 43 44-45 46 47-49 50-51 52-54 55 56-57 58-70 71-73 74-77 Pgs. 78-79 80-83 84-85 86-87 88-89 90-91 92 93 94-95 Pgs. 96-97 98-99 100-101 102 103 104-105 106-107 108-109 110-111 112 113 114-115 116 117

Thermal Management Intro and Table of Contents Fans and Fan Accessories Thermal Control and Monitoring Ultra Quiet Fan Panels Quiet-Cool Series Thermal Top Options Vent Blockers & Rear Door Kits High CFM Congurable Rear Doors Cable Management Intro and Table of Contents Large Capacity Vertical Cable Duct Systems with Doors Economical Metal Vertical Cable Ducts Plastic Vertical Cable Ducts Vertical Cable Lacing Strips and Cable Management Items Horizontal Rackmount Cable Lacer Bars Small Device Shelves and Cable Hangers Horizontal Cable Managers Raised Floor Enclosure Support System

Pgs. 118-119 120 121 122-123 124-125 126-127 128 129 Pgs. 130-131 132 133 134 135 136 137

Master Table of Contents

138-139 140 141 142-143 Pgs. 144-145 146 147 148-149 150-151 152-157 158 159 160-161 162-163 164 165 166 167 168 169 169 Pgs. 170-171 172-173 174 175

Seismic Certied Riser Base and Accessories Cable Ladders Rack Accessories Intro and Table of Contents Media Player and Wall Mount Shelves Media Holders and Trim Strips Rackmount Storage Custom Face Rackmounts Rackshelves Keyboard Shelves and Work Surfaces Rackmount LCD Keyboard and LCD Rackmount Installation Helpers UCP Series Modular Custom Panel System UCP Panel, Rackmount Chassis and Access Panels Security Covers and Access Control Vent Panels Blank Panels Rack Accessories Rack Screws Rack Screws Resources Software and Resources Glossary Alpha Numeric Finishes

Grounding and Bonding Accessories

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Racks and Enclosures

Image from the Savant Experience Center

Racks and Enclosures Features and Benets

Racks and Enclosures form the primary structure of an integrated system, and provide the frame that will support not only electronic equipment but also the power, cooling, and cable management elements of the job. Middle Atlantic racks are quite versatile, so there may be several models that will meet your needs depending on your work style and jobsite conditions, but choosing an appropriate model for the project will save time and trouble, and provide better results overall. Here is a selection chart to help you quickly narrow down your choices. (Also see the Rack Finder tool on our website.) We support international sales - contact us for metric threaded offerings. If you need help, please call our technical support group for assistance:

Racks and Enclosures

Mounting Method

Style
Stand-Alone (solid sides)

Application
Audio/Video

Series to Consider
BGR-SA EGR ERK WRK-SA BGR WRK VRK WMRK R4 RL RLA RDR ISRK PTRK SR DWR EWR SWR CWR SBX DLBX VPM WM SFR IDF WR AXS SRSR/SRS ASR/ASR-HD C5 Slim 2/2M DR DTRK Slim 2 AXS (ERK, WRK-SA models) AXS (MRK, WRK models) SRSR/SRS CFR REB SPM PPM HPM WRK-24MDK WRP WRS HDR TOR RK/BRK OBRK/MBRK SRK OSR VMRK MRK Slim 5 DRK R2 MK DR

Multi-Bay (open sides*) Floor Standing Open Frame Designer Portable**

Audio/Video Servers/Networking Networking Visible Audio/Video Audio/Video

Sectional Wall Racks (hinged center section or cover) Cabinets (hinged center section) Enclosures (closed sides) Open Frame Ceiling Mount Enclosures (closed sides) Stand-Alone Multi-Bay Slide Out In Wall In Furniture Specialty Desktop Credenza Racks Enclosures (closed sides) Open Frame

All Types IDF/Networking All Types All Types Distributed Systems All Types All Types Audio/Video Audio/Video Audio/Video All Types All Types

Wall Mount

* Note that most open sided racks can be tted with side panels. ** Note that most oor standing racks can be tted with casters.

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Table of Contents
Floor Standing Racks and Enclosures 6-29

BGR 6-7

BGR-SA 8-9

BGR Options 10-11

EGR 12-13

ERK 14-15

WRK 16-17

WRK-SA 18-19

VRK 20-21

VMRK 22-23

MRK 24-25

WMRK 26-27

DRK 28-29

Floor Standing Racks and Enclosure Options 30-36

Caster Bases 30 Side Panels 31 Top Options 32-33 Front Doors 34 Rear Doors 35

High CFM Rear Doors 36

Slide Out Rack Systems

37-42

In-Cabinet Systems

Credenza Racks

Designer-Inspired Rack

Racks and Enclosures

WR 37

AXS 38-40

SRSR and SRS 41

ASR and ASR-HD 42

CFR and REB 43

C5 44-45

RDR 46

Congured Enclosure Systems Slim 5 Series

Laminate Racks

Desktop Racks

Portable/Rolling Enclosures

RDR, ERK, Slim 5, MRK and WMRK Series 47-49

Slim 5 50-51

RK/BRK and OBRK 52-53

OSR and ISRK 54

DTRK and Slim 2/2M 55

ISRK 56

PTRK and WRK-24MDK 57

Wall and Ceiling Mount Cabinets

58-70

SR 58-59

DWR 60-61

EWR 62-63

CWR 64-65

SWR and SBX 66

IDF 67

WRS, WRP and VPM 68

TOR and HDR 69

DLBX and VLBX 70

Wall Mount Racks

71-73

Floor Mount Open Frame Racks

74-77

WM and SPM 71

SFR 72

PPM and HPM 73

R4 74-75

RLA, RL, and R2 76

MK 77

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

BGR Series Gangable Rack Enclosures

Front Side Rear

NEW!

Front rack face vented top and bottom to promote passive ventilation

Pre-threaded ganging holes

1/2, 5/8, 1 x 1-1/4 electrical knockouts found on 1-5/16 X 7-1/2 laser knockout plate, additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts

Front and rear accept Extender Bay to add 3 of useable depth with existing doors

Rail depth indicator Rear door latches closed without key Frame includes patent-pending LeverLock System mounting points

Removable split rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed under the BGR standard door

BGR Series Gangable Rack Enclosures

Base of Rack Wide bottom opening accepts multiple base options including platform and caster bases Single point corner mounts for seismic and oor anchoring

Top A Laser knockouts in corners accommodate cable ladder mounting, etc. Integral vertical cable entry tie points along both sides of top opening

Top B Accepts fan tops which include quiet, energy efcient 12V DC fans Generous 21 wide top opening provides full width cable and conduit entry

Top Rail Reducer Tops and top panels t 21 wide top opening Adapts 21 wide top opening to hold standard 19 panels

Solid Top Panel Two capacities available with or without controller

Fan Tops

Vented Top

Custom tops available call for details

Front Doors Fits Part # Top A BGR-1927 BGR-2527 BGR-2532 BGR-3827 BGR-3832 BGR-4127 Top B BGR-4132 BGR-4138 BGR-4527 BGR-4532 BGR-4538 Curved Door Vented Curved Door Plexi PFD-19A PFD-25A PFD-25A PFD-38A PFD-38A PFD-41A PFD-41A PFD-41A PFD-45A PFD-45A PFD-45A

Rear Doors Cable Entry Rear Door** BGR-RDC19 BGR-RDC25 BGR-RDC25 BGR-RDC38 BGR-RDC38 BGR-RDC41 BGR-RDC41 BGR-RDC41 BGR-RDC45 BGR-RDC45 BGR-RDC45 Solid Top Top Rail Reducer Vented Top

Fan Tops* 552 CFM with Controller 276 CFM with Controller

Solid BFD-19 BFD-25 BFD-25 BFD-38 BFD-38 BFD-41 BFD-41 BFD-41 BFD-45 BFD-45 BFD-45

Plexi

Vented

552 CFM BGR-552FT BGR-552FT BGR-552FT BGR-552FT BGR-552FT BGR-552FT BGR-552FT BGR-552FT

276 CFM

BPFD-19 BVFD-19 VFD-19A BPFD-25 BVFD-25 VFD-25A BPFD-25 BVFD-25 VFD-25A BPFD-38 BVFD-38 VFD-38A BPFD-38 BVFD-38 VFD-38A BPFD-41 BVFD-41 VFD-41A BPFD-41 BVFD-41 VFD-41A BPFD-41 BVFD-41 VFD-41A BPFD-45 BVFD-45 VFD-45A BPFD-45 BVFD-45 VFD-45A BPFD-45 BVFD-45 VFD-45A

BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-STP9 BGR-TRR9 BGR-LVT9

BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC BGR-276FT BGR-552FT-FC BGR-276FT-FC

*All fan tops come with blank panels to close top of rack. **Order with part # LRD. For more info refer to pgs. 10-11

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

BGR Series Enclosure Options

LeverLock Tool Free Internal Management System for BGR and BGR-SA Racks

NEW!

use horizontal channels in the top of the rack to manage cables between bays

The patent-pending LeverLock internal management system facilitates cable management and device mounting within the rack interior through the use of unique tool free cable management bars and vertical accessory mounting plates. The LeverLock system is comprised of 2 types of accessories based on mounting orientation: vertical and horizontal, and all styles install without tools or hardware. Vertical LeverLock Accessories Vertical lacing bars install between rackrail brackets on BGR and BGR-SA racks to facilitate cable lacing. There are 2 styles: angle and channel - each available in two lengths (17 and 21 - please be sure to order the correct size for your rack using the table below). Vertical mounting plates install between rackrail brackets (just like the vertical bars) and provide convenient mounting of small components in the sides of the rack. The unique tool free design allows for quick installation and removal for servicing - and maximizes space by saving between 2U - 4U per rack. Horizontal LeverLock Accessories Horizontal lacing bars install inside the rack from side-to-side to manage cables and provide strain relief to connectors. Mount horizontal bars between rackrail brackets or between vertical bars for extremely exible location choices. Available in 3 styles: round bar, channel, and angle.

use vertical channels or angles to lace cable bundles from top to bottom

install horizontal lacer bars, angles, and channels between vertical LeverLock accessories, for strain relief and cable management

BGR Series Enclosure Options

use vertical plates to mount small devices

install horizontal LeverLock lacer bars, angles, and channels on any location on rackrail brackets to provide offset cable management

LeverLock accessories lock in without tools or hardware when inserted into compatible slot

Compatible LeverLock Accessories Gangable Part # BGR-1927 BGR-2527 BGR-2532 BGR-3827 BGR-3832 BGR-4127 BGR-4132 BGR-4138 BGR-4527 BGR-4532 BGR-4538 Stand-Alone Part # BGR-19SA-27 BGR-25SA-27 BGR-25SA-32 BGR-38SA-27 BGR-38SA-32 BGR-41SA-27 BGR-41SA-32 BGR-45SA-27 BGR-45SA-32 Vertical Angle* LL-VA17 LL-VA21 LL-VA21 LL-VA21 LL-VA21 LL-VA17 LL-VA17 LL-VA17 LL-VA21 LL-VA21 LL-VA21 Vertical Channel* LL-VC17 LL-VC21 LL-VC21 LL-VC21 LL-VC21 LL-VC17 LL-VC17 LL-VC17 LL-VC21 LL-VC21 LL-VC21 Horizontal Round* LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 LL-HR21 Horizontal Channel* LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 LL-HC21 Horizontal Angle* LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 LL-HA21 Vertical 10" Deep Plate LL-VP1710 LL-VP2110 LL-VP2110 LL-VP2110 LL-VP2110 LL-VP1710 LL-VP1710 LL-VP1710 LL-VP2110 LL-VP2110 LL-VP2110

Multi Packs (7 pieces total**) LL-MP21 LL-MP21 LL-MP21 LL-MP21 LL-MP21 LL-MP21 LL-MP21

*Available in 4 packs. Please sufx part number with -4. **Multi packs include (2) LL-VC21, (4) LL-HA21, and (1) LL-VP2110

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

BGR Series Enclosure Options

Options

NEW!

Fits

3" Front or Rear Extender

Cable Chase Lift Off Cable Chase Front & Back Top Only Only

Front Trim Kit (Silver)

Front Trim Kit (Black)

Front Doors Cable Curved Door Curved Door Entry Rear Vented Plexi Door VFD-45A VFD-41A VFD-38A VFD-25A VFD-19A PFD-45A PFD-41A PFD-38A PFD-25A PFD-19A BGR-RDC45 BGR-RDC41 BGR-RDC38 BGR-RDC25 BGR-RDC19

Solid BFD-45 BFD-41 BFD-38 BFD-25 BFD-19

Plexi BPFD-45 BPFD-41 BPFD-38 BPFD-25 BPFD-19

Vented BVFD-45 BVFD-41 BVFD-38 BVFD-25 BVFD-19

BGR 45 space racks BGR-45-EXT3 BGR-CC-45FB BGR 41 space racks BGR-41-EXT3 BGR-CC-41FB BGR 38 space racks BGR 25 space racks BGR 19 space racks BGR-CC-38FB

BGR-CC-38LT BGR-TRIM45 BGR-TRIM45B BGR-CC-32LT BGR-TRIM41 BGR-TRIM41B BGR-CC-27LT BGR-TRIM38 BGR-TRIM38B BGR-TRIM25 BGR-TRIM25B BGR-TRIM19 BGR-TRIM19B

Commercial Inner Seismic Ground Caster Kit Platform Leveling Anchor Isolation (adds 1) Base Feet* Kit Kit CBS-BGR BS-BGR LF-HD BGR-Z4 BGR-ISO

Seismic Ground Iso Kit

21 wide Vented Solid Top Top Panels Panels

Top Rail Reducer Kits

Fan Tops BGR-276FT (276 CFM)

Set of 2 BGR Thermostatically Drift Pins Controlled for Ganging Fan Tops Racks BGR-276FT-FC (276 CFM) BGR-552FT-FC (552 CFM) TDRIFT

Vent Blocker Kit VBK-BGR (for BGR) VBK-BGR-SA (for BGR-SA)

Rear Door Document Pocket DOC-SACK

BGR Series Enclosure Options

BGR-ISO-Z4 BGR-STP3 BGR-STP4

BGR-TRR4 BGR-552FT (552 CFM)

BGR-STP9 BGR-LVT9 BGR-TRR9

*Leveling Feet adjust from 7/8 to 2-3/4

Rail Depth Indicator

front to rear markings on rail bracket allow for easy rail placement Accommodates BGR 27" depth racks BGR 27" depth racks BGR 27" depth racks BGR 27" depth racks BGR 27" depth racks BGR 32" depth racks BGR 32" depth racks BGR 32" depth racks BGR 32" depth racks BGR 32" depth racks BGR 38" depth racks BGR 38" depth racks BGR 38" depth racks BGR 38" depth racks BGR 38" depth racks Bays 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Riser Bases RIB-1-BGR-27 RIB-2-BGR-27 RIB-3-BGR-27 RIB-4-BGR-27 RIB-5-BGR-27 RIB-1-BGR-32 RIB-2-BGR-32 RIB-3-BGR-32 RIB-4-BGR-32 RIB-5-BGR-32 RIB-1-BGR-38 RIB-2-BGR-38 RIB-3-BGR-38 RIB-4-BGR-38 RIB-5-BGR-38 Raised Floor Riser Feet VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12 VFEET-5-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12 VFEET-5-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12 VFEET-5-12 Raised Floor Support Angles BANGLE-1 BANGLE-2 BANGLE-3 BANGLE-4 BANGLE-5 BANGLE-1 BANGLE-2 BANGLE-3 BANGLE-4 BANGLE-5 BANGLE-1-38 BANGLE-2-38 BANGLE-3-38 BANGLE-4-38 BANGLE-5-38 Seismic Riser Bases SRB-1-BGR-3224 SRB-2-BGR-3224 SRB-3-BGR-3224 SRB-1-BGR-3824 SRB-2-BGR-3824 SRB-3-BGR-3824 Seismic Brackets Rack Multi-Bay Floor (1 Set Required Per Rack) Isolation Kit Layout Template BGR-Z4/BGR-ISO-Z4 BGR-Z4/BGR-ISO-Z4 BGR-Z4/BGR-ISO-Z4 BGR-Z4/BGR-ISO-Z4 BGR-Z4/BGR-ISO-Z4 BGR-Z4/BGR-ISO-Z4 BGR-ISO BGR-ISO BGR-ISO BGR-ISO BGR-ISO BGR-ISO BGR-TEMP-27 BGR-TEMP-27 BGR-TEMP-27 BGR-TEMP-27 BGR-TEMP-27 BGR-TEMP-32 BGR-TEMP-32 BGR-TEMP-32 BGR-TEMP-32 BGR-TEMP-32 BGR-TEMP-38 BGR-TEMP-38 BGR-TEMP-38 BGR-TEMP-38 BGR-TEMP-38

NOTE: Crating Services available, see web or call for details.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

EGR Series Versatile Stand-Alone/Gangable AV Rack Enclosures

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

NEW!

96-01135

for full product info.

This innovative rack features V-System compatibility for AV equipment mounting versatility (see next page) as well as new options including brush grommet rear doors and problem-solving extender bays. Choose an EGR enclosure if you need to maintain maximum mounting exibility for small items, cable routing, and on-site changes. Structural Features V-System brackets provide simple, exible mounting of interface boxes, AC power strips, power supplies, relay modules and other items to the inner side walls of the rack Unique new extender bay adds 3 of useable depth to the front or rear of the enclosure at any time. Extender bays allow the use of existing doors and can even be stacked for greater depths Standard front xed heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments speeds equipment mounting Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Thermal Management Designed for passive thermal management with provision for active options Comes with standard solid rear door with top and bottom venting that accepts 4-1/2 fans Sides of enclosure include venting on top and bottom Standard vented rear door accepts optional fans Fan top options and rear door fan kits are available Cable Management Cable entry choices include generous laser knockouts and choice of trade openings and/or pass-throughs which accept grommets V-system brackets provide new cable management options inner rack side wall areas A new option is Middle Atlantics innovative brush grommet rear door kit, which allows the brush grommet to be mounted top or bottom to provide a large cable passage with easy access to the cables without shing Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity, - 8,000 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 2,000 lbs. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Models Available

A&E

EGR Series Versatile Stand-Alone/Gangable AV Rack Enclosure Options

hidden grid of small laser knockout holes

21 24 35 40 44 spaces

laser knockouts for handles

3 trade size laser knockouts for cable pass-through when ganging

28 23 EGR-3528 open base accepts casters, raised platform base, or blanking plate Racking Height 36-3/4" (21 space) 42" (24 space) 61-1/4" (35 space) 70" (40 space) 77" (44 space) Overall Height 41 46-1/8 65-1/2 74-1/4 81-1/4
Includes removable top closure panels one with knockouts, 3 solid. No need to buy additional top! The V-System plates & brackets can be used to route cabling in addition to mounting AV devices, power strips, & rackrail. Rear cable entry brush grommet can be installed after cable bundles are routed and secured. Extender bay adds 3 of useable depth to front or rear and allows use of existing doors.

Part# EGR-2128* EGR-2428* EGR-3528* EGR-4028* EGR-4428*

Useable Depth 27-1/4 27-1/4 27-1/4 27-1/4 27-1/4

Overall Depth 28 28 28 28 28

Recommended Vertical Power Strip C G C G C G C G P C G P T

* Ships on small pallet for space savings. For large pallet, sufx part # with L1, for less rear door, sufx part# with LRD. for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

EGR Series Versatile Stand-Alone/Gangable AV Rack Enclosures

V-System Compatible Mounting Accessories

NEW!

EGR enclosures feature V-System-ready sides with small laser knockout holes on a 5-1/4 grid. V-System brackets and accessories use the grid to provide highly exible mounting options for large and small AV components, power strips, cabling, and even rackrail. Brackets can be used in any combination, vertically or horizontally, to meet the needs of installers. V-System accessory brackets provide mounting points for equipment and other system elements such as rackrail and lacer bars. Models are available in xed and slotted hole patterns, and with various standoffs, for exibility. Here are some examples:

EGR Series Versatile Stand-Alone/Gangable AV Rack Enclosure Options

V-System sub-plates bridge the mounting grid to provide wider mounting surfaces and feature a versatile mounting pattern.

LBKT-1.5 GK-3G LBKT-2.5 GK-1X7G

Cable Manager Brackets (6) CMB-6

Cable Tie Points (15) CTP-15

8 Cable/Wire Management Ties with Mounting Studs (12) TW12-S

Pair of Accessory Brackets EGR-ACCB

Pair of Telescoping Accessory Brackets EGR-ACCB-T

Rackrail Brackets (4) EGR-RRB

Aluminum Mounting Plate EGR-SUB

L-Brackets LBKT-1.5 (2) LBKT-1.5-8 (8) LBKT-2.5 (2) LBKT-2.5-8 (8)

Pair of Pull Handles EGR-HDL

4 Pack of Gland Grommets GK-3G GK-1X7G

Vent Blocker Kit VBK-P28

Part # EGR-4428 EGR-4028 EGR-3528 EGR-2428 EGR-2128

3" Front or Rear Extender EGR-44-EXT3 EGR-40-EXT3 _ _ _

Cable Entry Rear Door EGR-RDC44 EGR-RDC40 EGR-RDC35 EGR-RDC24 EGR-RDC21

Solid Front Door FD-44 FD-40 FD-35 FD-24 FD-21

Vented Front Door LVFD-44 LVFD-40 LVFD-35 LVFD-24 LVFD-21

Plexi Front Door PFD-44 PFD-40 PFD-35 PFD-24 PFD-21

Rear Rail Kit (Pair) EGR-RR44 EGR-RR40 EGR-RR35 EGR-RR24 EGR-RR21

Fan Top Options

Rear Door Options

Base Options

Furniture Top Options

Additional Options

3 Space Panel w/ Two 69 CFM Fans EFP-2DC _ _ _

3 Space Panel w/ Two 69 CFM Fans Fan Kit Fan Kit for and Proportional for EGR Rear Door w/ Speed Rear Door Controller Skirted Thermostatic (Two 69 (Two 69 CFM Caster Base Controller CFM Fans) Fans) (adds 4) EFP-2DC-FC _ _ _ FAN2-DC _ _ _ FAN2-DC-FC _ _ _ CBS-EGR-28 _ _ _

Inner Platform Base BS-EGR-28 _ _ _

Solid Base w/ LKO SBS-EGR-28 _ _ _

1, 2, or 3 Bay Thermolaminate Top EGR-T1-28* EGR-T2-28* EGR-T3-28* _

Chassis Support Angles EGR-CSA-28 _ _ _

Wrinkle Powder Coat Finish Blank Panels WSB1 (1 space) WSB2 (2 space) WSB3 (3 space) WSB4 (4 space)

*Custom tops available call for details. Replace xx with AG = Aged Cherry, DC = Dark Cherry, DP = Dark Pecan, DS = Darkstone, EA = Ebony Ash, GS = Graystone, PS = Pepperstone, HM = Honey Maple, LW = Light Walnut, MP = Maple, SG = Shark Gray, WG = Wenge.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

ERK Series Stand-Alone/Gangable Rack Enclosures

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-038

ERK = Economical Rack

This economical stand-alone rack can also be ganged to create partitioned multi-bay installations for thermal management control, future growth, or other purposes. Specify an ERK when a strong, basic rack is required, and where seismic certication and solid sides are required or preferred.

A&E

for full product info.

Models Available

Structural Features Fully welded construction for strength Standard front adjustable heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments speeds equipment mounting Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Thermal Management Comes with standard configurable rear door, compatible with optional cooling and filter kits Enclosure sides include top and bottom venting Solid, plexi, and vented front door options are available Vented and fan top options are available Cable Management Multiple lacing points and slotted rail brackets add cable management convenience to ERKs

ERK Series Stand-Alone/Gangable Rack Enclosures

18 21 27 35 40 44 spaces

20 or 25 ERK-4425

Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity - 10,000 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 2,500 lbs. Seismic certified to the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/ or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top floor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor (Ip) is 1.5. Seismic Certified load capacity of 600 lbs. when used with ERK-Z4 seismic floor anchor brackets. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Part # ERK-1820* ERK-1825* ERK-2120* ERK-2125* ERK-2720* ERK-2725* ERK-3520* ERK-3525* ERK-4020* ERK-4025* ERK-4420* ERK-4425*

Racking Height 31-1/2" (18 space) 31-1/2" (18 space) 36-3/4" (21 space) 36-3/4" (21 space) 47-1/4" (27 space) 47-1/4" (27 space) 61-1/4" (35 space) 61-1/4" (35 space) 70" (40 space) 70" (40 space) 77" (44 space) 77" (44 space)

Overall Height 35-5/8" 35-5/8" 40-7/8" 40-7/8" 51-3/8" 51-3/8" 65-3/8" 65-3/8" 74-1/8" 74-1/8" 81-1/8" 81-1/8"

Useable Depth 18-1/2" 23-1/2" 18-1/2" 23-1/2" 18-1/2" 23-1/2" 18-1/2" 23-1/2" 18-1/2" 23-1/2" 18-1/2" 23-1/2"

Overall Depth 20 25 20 25 20 25 20 25 20 25 20 25

Skirted WheelBase (adds 3-3/4) CBS-ERK-20 CBS-ERK-25 CBS-ERK-20 CBS-ERK-25 CBS-ERK-20 CBS-ERK-25 CBS-ERK-20 CBS-ERK-25 CBS-ERK-20 CBS-ERK-25 CBS-ERK-20 CBS-ERK-25

Additional Rackrail ERK-RR18 ERK-RR18 ERK-RR21 ERK-RR21 ERK-RR27 ERK-RR27 ERK-RR35 ERK-RR35 ERK-RR40 ERK-RR40 ERK-RR44 ERK-RR44

Recommended Vertical Power Strip C E C E E G E G E G J E G J G J N G J N G N P G N P N P R T N P R T

*available without rear door, suffix part # LRD - for ready to assemble models, suffix part # KD

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

ERK Series Stand-Alone/Gangable Rack Enclosures

Front Laser knockouts for ganging multiple bays 44, 40 and 35 space Side Rear 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates, top knockout plate additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts

Front and side ventilation locations optimize passive cooling

Standard locking solid rear doors are congurable and accept a number of options for thermal management, see pg. 128 for details (18 sp and up) KO-AWFP2 fan KO-VT3 vent

4 laser knockouts on sides, provide cable pass-through for use in a multi-bay conguration without drilling (44, 40, 35 space models only), use GK4 or GK-4G grommet kit to protect cables, see pg. 141 for details

KO-FILTER3 lter

ERK Series Stand-Alone/Gangable Rack Enclosures

Removable split rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed over or under the ERKs standard key-locking rear door

Base of Rack Stud in the base of rack facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards

Top (27, 21, 18 sp) 27, 21 and 18 space models feature a solid top with 2 laser knockouts that accept two 4-1/2 fans, see pgs. 120 for details

Top (44, 40 , 35 sp) Congurable open tops on all 44, 40 and 35 space ERKs accept a number of options for thermal managment, see pgs. 126-127 for details

Custom tops available call for details

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

Rack Options: The options listed below are the most widely used accessories for this series of enclosure but are not inclusive of all available items. For additional options and/or more information on the items listed below reference the Enclosure Options section of the catalog. Front Doors Part # ERK-1820 ERK-1825 ERK-2120 ERK-2125 ERK-2720 ERK-2725 ERK-3520 ERK-3525 ERK-4020 ERK-4025 ERK-4420 ERK-4425 Solid Plexi 25% Open Area Perf VFD-18 VFD-18 VFD-21 VFD-21 VFD-27 VFD-27 VFD-35 VFD-35 VFD-40 VFD-40 VFD-44 VFD-44 64% Open Area Perf LVFD-18 LVFD-18 LVFD-21 LVFD-21 LVFD-35 LVFD-35 LVFD-40 LVFD-40 LVFD-44 LVFD-44 Rear Door Top & Bottom Slot Vented ERK-VRD-18 ERK-VRD-18 ERK-VRD-21 ERK-VRD-21 ERK-VRD-27 ERK-VRD-27 ERK-VRD-35 ERK-VRD-35 ERK-VRD-40 ERK-VRD-40 ERK-VRD-44 ERK-VRD-44 64% Open Area Perf Top ERK-LVT ERK-LVT ERK-LVT ERK-LVT ERK-LVT ERK-LVT Fan Tops Solid Top ERK-ST ERK-ST ERK-ST ERK-ST ERK-ST ERK-ST Vented w/ (3) 4-1/2" Fans Top (285 CFM Total) ERK-VT ERK-VT ERK-VT ERK-VT ERK-VT ERK-VT ERK-4FT-285CFM ERK-4FT-285CFM ERK-4FT-285CFM ERK-4FT-285CFM ERK-4FT-285CFM ERK-4FT-285CFM w/ (2) 6" Fans (440 CFM Total) w/ (1) 10" Fan (550 CFM Total)

FD-18 PFD-18 FD-18 PFD-18 FD-21 PFD-21 FD-21 PFD-21 FD-27 PFD-27 FD-27 PFD-27 FD-35 PFD-35 FD-35 PFD-35 FD-40 PFD-40 FD-40 PFD-40 FD-44 PFD-44 FD-44 PFD-44

ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM

for more info refer to pgs. 32-35

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

WRK Series Gangable Rack Enclosures

Front Side Rear

Front rack face vented top and bottom to promote passive ventilation

Rail brackets are pre-punched for built-in cable management

1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates, top knockout plate additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts

Standard locking solid rear doors are congurable and accept a number of options for thermal management, see pg. 128 for details (24 - 44 sp)

Removable split rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed under the WRKs optional rear doors.

WRK Series Gangable Rack Enclosures

Base of Rack Stud in the base of rack facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards. See pg. 117 for grounding and bonding options. Rack base template available to locate oor mounting, see web for details.

Top Congurable open tops accept a number of options for thermal and cable management. See pgs. 126-127 for details. Custom tops available call for details

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

Part #

Solid

Plexi

WRK-24-27 FD-24 PFD-24 WRK-24-32 FD-24 PFD-24 WRK-37-27 FD-37 PFD-37 WRK-37-32 FD-37 PFD-37 WRK-40-27 FD-40 PFD-40 WRK-40-32 FD-40 PFD-40 WRK-44-27 FD-44 PFD-44 WRK-44-32 FD-44 PFD-44

MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT

PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT

*available without rear door, sufx part # LRD

for more info refer to pgs. 32-36

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

WRK-SA Series Stand-Alone Rack Enclosures

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-052SA

WRK-SA = Stand-Alone Wider Rack

Like the WRK, the wider footprint of this rack series was designed for mounting equipment that uses more substantial cable bundles than would t easily in a basic rack, or for greater cooling airow. For stand-alone installations, this version features xed solid sides. Choose a WRK when these capabilities are required, and where seismic certication and solid sides are required or preferred.

A&E

for full product info.

Models Available

WRK-SA Series Stand-Alone Rack Enclosures

24 37 40 44 spaces

Structural Features Fully welded construction for strength 24- overall width provides space for side cabling or cooling airow Standard front and rear adjustable extra-wide, heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments speeds equipment mounting Beveled outside curves for strength and striking appearance Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Thermal Management Comes with standard congurable rear door, compatible with optional cooling and lter kits Enclosure sides include top and bottom venting Solid (steel or plexi) and vented front door options are available Solid, vented and fan top options are available Cable Management Standard front and rear adjustable, extra-wide rackrail features cable pass-throughs to facilitate front-to-rear cabling Multiple lacing points and slotted rail brackets for cable management exibility

27-5/8 or 32-5/8

24-1/4 WRK-44SA-27

Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity - 10,000 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 2,500 lbs. Seismic certied to the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/ or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top oor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor (Ip) is 1.5. Seismic Certied load capacity of 900 lbs. when used with WRK-Z4 seismic oor anchor brackets. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Part # WRK-24SA-27 WRK-24SA-32

Racking Height 42" (24 space) 42" (24 space)

Overall Height 48-1/8" 48-1/8" 70-7/8" 70-7/8" 76-1/8" 76-1/8" 83-1/8" 83-1/8"

Useable Depth 25-3/4" 30-3/4" 25-3/4" 30-3/4" 25-3/4" 30-3/4" 25-3/4" 30-3/4"

Overall Depth 27-5/8" 32-5/8" 27-5/8" 32-5/8" 27-5/8" 32-5/8" 27-5/8" 32-5/8"

Overall Width 24-1/4" 24-1/4" 24-1/4" 24-1/4" 24-1/4" 24-1/4" 24-1/4" 24-1/4"

Caster Base CBS-WRK-27 CBS-WRK-32 CBS-WRK-27 CBS-WRK-32 CBS-WRK-27 CBS-WRK-32 CBS-WRK-27 CBS-WRK-32

Add'l 10/32 Threaded Rackrail WRK-RR24 WRK-RR24 WRK-RR37 WRK-RR37 WRK-RR40 WRK-RR40 WRK-RR44 WRK-RR44

Add'l Cage Nut Rackrail PROWRK-RR24 PROWRK-RR24 PROWRK-RR37 PROWRK-RR37 PROWRK-RR40 PROWRK-RR40 PROWRK-RR44 PROWRK-RR44

Recommended Power E G E G E G E G N P T N P T N P R T N P R T

WRK-37SA-27 64-3/4" (37 space) WRK-37SA-32 64-3/4" (37 space) WRK-40SA-27 WRK-40SA-32 WRK-44SA-27* WRK-44SA-32* 70" (40 space) 70" (40 space) 77" (44 space) 77" (44 space)

*available without rear door, sufx part # LRD

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

WRK-SA Series Stand-Alone Rack Enclosures

Front Side Rear

Front and side ventilation locations optimize convection

Rail brackets are pre-punched for built-in cable management

1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates, top knockout plate additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts

Standard locking solid rear doors are congurable and accept a number of options for thermal management, see pg. 128 for details (24 sp and up)

Removable split rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed over or under the WRK-SAs standard key-locking rear door

WRK-SA Series Stand-Alone Rack Enclosures

Top Congurable open tops accept a number of options for thermal and cable management. See pgs. 126-127 for details. Custom tops available call for details

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

Part #

Solid

Plexi

WRK-24SA-27 FD-24 PFD-24 WRK-24SA-32 FD-24 PFD-24 WRK-37SA-27 FD-37 PFD-37 WRK-37SA-32 FD-37 PFD-37 WRK-40SA-27 FD-40 PFD-40 WRK-40SA-32 FD-40 PFD-40 WRK-44SA-27 FD-44 PFD-44 WRK-44SA-32 FD-44 PFD-44

MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT MW-ST MW-LVT

PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT for more info refer to pgs. 32-35

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

VRK Series Gangable Video Rack Enclosure

Front Side Rear

Horizontal lacing bars made from 1/2 square tubing on 7 centers facilitate quick tie-and-slide cable lacing

Top and bottom face of both front and rear of rack ventilated to promote passive ventilation

Laser knockouts for a one-gang electrical box are found in the vented bottom face, front and rear

VRK Series Gangable Video Rack Enclosure

Base of Rack (2) 1/4-20 x 1 bonding studs on 1 centers in base of rack facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards. See pg. 117 for grounding and bonding options.

Top Congurable open tops accept a number of options for thermal and cable management. See pgs. 126-127 for details.

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

Part #

Solid

Plexi

VRK-44-31H FD-44 PFD-44 VRK-44-36H FD-44 PFD-44

MW-CLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-CLVRD-44 MW-ST

for more info refer to pgs. 32-36

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

VMRK Series Extra Tall Rack Enclosure

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-178

VMRK = Very Tall Multi-Bay Rack

Like the VRK, the VMRK series has a rugged, space-saving design with a 22 broadcast standard width. This version adds extra height to take full advantage of taller spaces delivering a full 54 rackspaces in the same oor space as a standard rack! Specify a VMRK to maximize your racking capacity, and where seismic certication and open or removable sides are required or preferred.

A&E

for full product info.

Models Available

Structural Features Fully welded construction for strength 54 spaces of racking height Standard front and rear adjustable heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded Z-Rail with numbered rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting Racks gang together when fully loaded Finished in a durable black textured powder coat
54 spaces

VMRK Series Extra Tall Rack Enclosure

Thermal Management Comes with standard solid locking rear door, optional vented rear doors available Solid (steel or plexi) and vented front door options are available Solid, vented and fan top options are available Cable Management Multiple lacing points and slotted rail brackets for cable management exibility

31-1/2 or 36 22 VMRK-54 VRR-54 1 pair (2 pieces) standard Z-Rail for side mount and rear hanging applications

Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity - 10,000 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 2,500 lbs. Seismic certied to the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/ or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top oor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor (Ip) is 1.5. Seismic Certied load capacity of 640 lbs. when used with MRK-Z4 seismic oor anchor brackets. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Part # VMRK-54* VMRK-54-36*

Racking Height 94-1/2" (54 space) 94-1/2" (54 space)

Overall Height 100-5/8 100-5/8

Useable Depth 29" 33-1/2"

Overall Depth 31-1/2" 36"

Overall Width 22" 22"

Side Panels SPN-54-312 SPN-54-36

Add'l 10/32 Threaded Z-rail VRR-54 VRR-54

Recommended Power N P T V N P T V

*available without rear door, sufx part # LRD

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

VMRK Series Extra Tall Rack Enclosure

Front 17-1/2 (10 spaces) more racking height than a standard 77 (44 spaces) enclosure! Side Rear 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates, top knockout plate additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts

Standard latching solid rear doors are congurable and accept a number of options for thermal management

VMRK Series Extra Tall Rack Enclosure

Base of Rack Stud in the base of rack facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards. See pg. 117 for grounding and bonding options.

Top Congurable open tops accept a number of options for thermal and cable management. See pgs. 126-127 for details.

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

FD-54 PFD-54 FD-54 PFD-54

for more info refer to pgs. 32-35

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

MRK Series Gangable Rack Enclosures

Front Side Rear 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates, top knockout plate additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts

Standard solid rear doors are congurable and accept a number of options for thermal management see pg. 128 for details (21 sp and up) Removable split rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed over or under the MRKs standard key-locking rear door

MRK Series Gangable Rack Enclosure

Top Congurable open tops accept a number of options for thermal and cable management. See pgs. 126-127 for details. Custom tops available call for details Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories:

Power Distribution pgs. 96-117

Thermal Management pgs. 118-129

Cable Management pgs. 130-143

Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

Rack Options: The options listed below are the most widely used accessories for this series of enclosure but is not inclusive of all available items. For additional options and/or more information on the items listed below reference the Enclosure Options section of the catalog. Front Doors Part # MRK-2426 MRK-2431 MRK-3726 MRK-3731 MRK-4026 MRK-4031 MRK-4036 MRK-4042 MRK-4426 MRK-4431 MRK-4436 MRK-4442 Solid Plexi 25% Open 64% Open Plexi Area Perf Area Perf Vented VFD-24 VFD-24 VFD-37 VFD-37 VFD-40 VFD-40 VFD-40 VFD-40 VFD-44 VFD-44 VFD-44 VFD-44 VFD-44 VFD-44 VFD-44 LVFD-24 LVFD-24 LVFD-37 LVFD-37 LVFD-40 LVFD-40 LVFD-40 LVFD-40 LVFD-44 LVFD-44 LVFD-44 LVFD-44 LVFD-44 LVFD-44 LVFD-44 Rear Doors 64% Open 79% Open Area Solid Area Perf Split Perf Top MW-LVRD-40 MW-LVRD-40 MW-LVRD-40 MW-LVRD-40 MW-CLVRD-24 MW-CLVRD-24 MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST MW-ST Fan Tops 64% Open Area w/ (4) 4-1/2" Fans w/ (3) 6" Fans w/ (1) 10" Fan Perf Top (380 CFM Total) (660 CFM Total) (550 CFM Total) MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-LVT MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM

FD-24 PFD-24 FD-24 PFD-24 FD-37 PFD-37 FD-37 PFD-37 FD-40 PFD-40 FD-40 PFD-40 FD-40 PFD-40 FD-40 PFD-40 FD-44 PFD-44 FD-44 PFD-44 FD-44 PFD-44 FD-44 PFD-44

PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44 PVFD-44 MW-LVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-44

MRK-4431PRO FD-44 PFD-44 MRK-4436PRO FD-44 PFD-44 MRK-4442PRO FD-44 PFD-44

for more info refer to pgs. 32-37

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

WMRK Series Server Enclosures

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01079

WMRK = Wide Multi-Bay

The WMRK was designed specifically for mounting deep equipment in a raised-floor standard 24 wide enclosure. Comes standard with cage nut mounting rails. Choose a WMRK when mounting deep servers or similar equipment is required, and for easy installations in raised-floor environments. Configured models are also available see pg. 49 for details.

A&E

for full product info.

Models Available

24 42 45 spaces

Structural Features Fully welded construction for strength and stability 24 overall width optimized for use on raised floors Numbered rackspace increments speed equipment mounting Designed to allow fully integrated racks to be ganged Includes two pair of adjustable cage nut rackrail and one pair of z-rail sidemount adaptors configured to accept servers and slide kits from all leading manufacturers Includes leveling feet and 100 qty of 6mm cage nuts and hardware Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Thermal Management Includes perforated front and rear doors to meet most server manufacturer warranty specifications (for configured versions only) Cable Management 42 space model includes a pre-mounted vertical lacing strip Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity - 10,000 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 2,500 lbs. Seismic certified to the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/ or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top floor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor (Ip) is 1.5. Seismic Certified load capacity of 1,090 lbs. when used with WMRK-Z4 seismic floor anchor brackets. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Caster and Plenum Bases Optional caster base allows the rack to be wheeled into place, then raised via leveling feet. Caster base includes one 4 space and one 2 space blank panel. Optional Plenum Base accepts a variety of 19 panels for cable and thermal management including filters, brush grommets, vent panels, & blank panels. 36 deep = 10 rackspaces 42 deep = 14 rackspaces 48 deep = 18 rackspaces

WMRK Series Server Enclosures

36, 42 or 48

WMRK-4236 shown with optional front/rear doors

PROWMRK-ZRA-xx Z-rail adaptor converts standard rackrail to Z rail, for side mount applications

Part # WMRK-2436 WMRK-2442

Racking Height 42" (24 space) 42" (24 space)

Overall Useable Overall Overall Lockable Height Depth Depth Width Side Panels Caster Base 48-5/16" 33-1/2" 48-5/16 39-1/2" 36" 42" 36" 42" 48" 36" 42" 48" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24"

Plenum Base

Add'l Cage Nut Rackrail

Addl Z-rail Adaptor

Recommended Power E G E G E G N P R T E G N P R T E G N P R T E G N P R T E G N P R T E G N P R T

SPN-24-36 CBS-WMRK-36 PBS-WMRK-36 PROWMRK-RR24 PROWMRK-ZRA-24 SPN-24-42 CBS-WMRK-42 PBS-WMRK-42 PROWMRK-RR24 PROWMRK-ZRA-24 SPN-42-36 CBS-WMRK-36 PBS-WMRK-36 PROWMRK-RR42 PROWMRK-ZRA-42 SPN-42-42 CBS-WMRK-42 PBS-WMRK-42 PROWMRK-RR42 PROWMRK-ZRA-42 SPN-42-48 CBS-WMRK-48 PBS-WMRK-48 PROWMRK-RR42 PROWMRK-ZRA-42 SPN-45-36 CBS-WMRK-36 PBS-WMRK-36 PROWMRK-RR45 PROWMRK-ZRA-45 SPN-45-42 CBS-WMRK-42 PBS-WMRK-42 PROWMRK-RR45 PROWMRK-ZRA-45 SPN-45-48 CBS-WMRK-48 PBS-WMRK-48 PROWMRK-RR45 PROWMRK-ZRA-45 for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

WMRK-4236 73-1/2" (42 space) 79-13/16" 33-1/2" WMRK-4242 73-1/2" (42 space) 79-13/16 39-1/2" WMRK-4248 73-1/2" (42 space) 79-13/16 45-1/2" WMRK-4536 78-3/4" (45 space) 85-1/16" 33-1/2" WMRK-4542 78-3/4" (45 space) 85-1/16 39-1/2" WMRK-4548 78-3/4" (45 space) 85-1/16 45-1/2"

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

WMRK Series Server Enclosures

Front Side Rear Top knockout plate additionally includes UHF/VHF antenna knockout

Opening in top face of rack for optional TEMP-DEC temperature monitoring module or any Decora style device. See pg. 121 for details

1/2, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates on bottom only

Standard front and rear adjustable cage nut style rail with rear Z-rail adaptors accommodates most server slide kits

Removable split rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed under the WMRKs optional rear doors

WMRK Series Server Enclosures

Base of Rack Stud in the base of rack facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards. See pg. 117 for grounding and bonding options

Top Rack top includes integral mounting points for 6, 9, 12 and 18 wide cable ladders Rack top includes 5/8 LKOs Rack top includes ve integral gland grommeted 4 cable pass-throughs (48 depth includes seven)

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

LVFD-WMRK-24 MW-CRD-24 LVFD-WMRK-24 MW-CRD-24 LVFD-WMRK-42 MW-CRD-42 LVFD-WMRK-42 MW-CRD-42 LVFD-WMRK-42 MW-CRD-42 LVFD-WMRK-45 MW-CRD-45 LVFD-WMRK-45 MW-CRD-45 LVFD-WMRK-45 MW-CRD-45

ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-ST ERK-VT

ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM

*High CFM Rear Door available, see pg. 36

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

DRK Series Gangable Cable Management Rack Enclosure

Front Side DRK-44DUCT add cable duct when rear cable management is required, single piece Rear 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates, top knockout plate additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts

Standard partially vented rear door is reversible to allow opening from either direction Comes standard with two front-mounted vertical cable ducts featuring abundant cable entry points and a full-length hinged door with catches Removable split rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed over or under the DRKs standard keylocking rear door

DRK Series Gangable Cable Management Rack Enclosure

Base of Rack Stud in the base of rack facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards. See pg. 117 for grounding and bonding options

Fan Top Standard 10 fan top comes with a fan guard, 10 fan optional. Or replace with one of many unique congurable top options see pgs. 126-127 for details.

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

Part # DRK19-44-31 DRK19-44-36 DRK19-44-42 DRK19-44-31K

Plexi

DPFD-44 DVFD-44 DPVFD-44 DFVRD-44 DCRD-44 DPFD-44 DVFD-44 DPVFD-44 DFVRD-44 DCRD-44 DPFD-44 DVFD-44 DPVFD-44 DFVRD-44 DCRD-44 included n/a n/a n/a n/a

DCLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM DCLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM DCLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM DCLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM DCLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM DCLVRD-44 MW-ST MW-LVT MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a MW-10FT (incl.)

DRK19-44-31PRO DPFD-44 DVFD-44 DPVFD-44 DFVRD-44 DCRD-44 DRK19-44-36PRO DPFD-44 DVFD-44 DPVFD-44 DFVRD-44 DCRD-44 DRK19-44-42PRO DPFD-44 DVFD-44 DPVFD-44 DFVRD-44 DCRD-44

for more info refer to pgs. 32-35

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Floor Standing Cabinet Options

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-936

Inner Platform Base [for MRK and WRK Series Racks]

Provides a handy platform, ush with bottom rackspace, for supporting heavy equipment and mounting electrical boxes. Fits inside rack.
Part # BS-WRK-27 BS-WRK-32 BS-MRK-26 Fits WRK 27" deep WRK 32" deep MRK 26" deep MRK 31" deep MRK 36" deep MRK 42" deep component installation without inner platform base component installation is simplied with inner platform base

A&E

for full product info.

BS-MRK-31

BS-MRK-31 BS-MRK-36 BS-MRK-42

BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

Swivel Casters [for ERK and Slim 5 Series Racks]

Bolt to bottom of all ERK & Slim 5 series rack systems. Adds 3-7/8 to overall height. Commercial grade casters Fine oor casters 1,300 lb. weight capacity 700 lb. weight capacity Constructed from synthetic rubber to protect ne ooring!
BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.
EIA/TIA Compliant

5W set of 4 commercial grade casters

Floor Standing Cabinet Options

5WL set of 4 commercial locking grade casters

5WR set of 4 ne oor casters

5WLR set of 4 locking ne oor casters

Spec. #

96-936

Skirted Caster Bases [for ERK and Slim 5 Series Racks]

Skirted base hides wheels for an improved aesthetic appearance, and bolt to bottom of ERK and Slim 5 Series rack systems. Skirted caster bases add 3-3/4 to overall rack height Each base comes with its wheels pre-installed. Fine oor casters Commercial grade casters 700 lb. weight capacity Heavy duty non-locking 3 swivel wheels Constructed from synthetic UL Listed in the US and Canada rubber to protect ne ooring!
Commercial Grade Caster Base Part # Fine Floor Caster Base Part # CBS-ERK-20R CBS-ERK-25R CBS-5R CBS-5-26R Fits ERK 20" deep ERK 25" deep Sim 5 20" deep Slim 5 26" deep CBS-ERK-20 CBS-ERK-25 CBS-5 CBS-5-26

A&E

for full product info.

CBS-ERK-20R

BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-936

Recessed Caster Bases [for MRK, WRK and DRK Series Racks]
Recessed caster bases t inside the rack and only increase the overall rack height by 15/16. Recessed Caster bases work with LF leveling feet, see pg. 31. Each base comes with its wheels pre-installed. Commercial grade casters Fine oor casters Heavy duty non-locking 3 swivel wheels 700 lb. weight capacity 1,300 lb. weight capacity Constructed from synthetic rubber to protect ne ooring! UL Listed in the US and Canada
Commercial Grade Caster Base Part # CBS-WRK-27 CBS-WRK-32 CBS-MRK-26 CBS-MRK-31 CBS-MRK-36 CBS-DRK-31 CBS-DRK-36 Fine Floor Caster Base Part # CBS-WRK-27R CBS-WRK-32R CBS-MRK-26R CBS-MRK-31R CBS-MRK-36R Fits WRK 27" deep WRK 32" deep MRK 26" deep MRK 31" deep MRK 36" deep DRK 31" deep DRK 36" deep

A&E

for full product info.

CBS-MRK-31

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Enclosure Options
Seismic Floor Anchor Brackets When properly installed, seismic oor anchor brackets bring any Seismic Certied DRK, WRK, MRK, VMRK, VRK, ERK, SC, SCQ, SCRK, SCQRK and WMRK Series enclosure to applicable Zone 4, Seismic Design Category (SDC) D and Seismic Use Group III Upper Floor Essential Equipment rating and have an Ip rating of 1.5. Includes four brackets.
Part # WRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 VRK-Z4 ERK-Z4 SC-Z4 WMRK-Z4 Fits WRK Series MRK, DRK, VMRK Series VRK Series ERK Series SC, SCQ, SCRK, SCQRK Series WMRK Series WRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 rack inside corner BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs. seismic bracket oor mounting hardware (supplied by Installer and approved by the eld engineer that will rate entire job)

-or-

Leveling Feet
Adjustable leveling feet t Middle Atlantic Products oor standing steel racks and enclosures (excludes VRK Series). Isolation Leveling Feet feature protective rubber cover to isolate racks from the oor. Flat-blade and hex drive allows for adjustment. Also can be used in conjunction with recessed caster bases for MRK, WRK & DRK Series racks. Set of four. NOTE: Raises enclosure from 1/8 to 1 off oor.
Part # LF LF-ISO LF-WMRK Description leveling feet isolation leveling feet WMRK isolation leveling feet BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs. LF-ISO

Enclosure Options

Ganging Hardware
Time-saving ganging hardware provides easy eld alignment and joining of multi-bay enclosures. Available hardware includes drift pins, 1/2 magnetized sockets and enough 5/16 ange nuts and bolts to gang up to 10 racks or consoles.
Part # DRIFT MAG-1/2 GANG-10 GANG-10T Description set of two tapered drift pins set of two 1/2 magnetic sockets 5/16 nuts/bolts to gang 10 racks or consoles 5/16 bolts for ganging BGR via threaded inserts

DRIFT

GANG-10 MAG-1/2

Side Panels
The new sides (37 spaces and above) are horizontally split with an easier to manage interlocking design. Same user-installed keylock option for additional security if desired as is the standard on all our universal side panels. NOTE: Each side panel adds 5/8 to width of rack.
Part # Description Fits Part # Description Fits SPN-24-267 2 full-height panels ts racks 24 space & 26" or 27" deep SPN-42-48 4 half-height panels ts racks 42 space & 48" deep SPN-24-312 2 full-height panels ts racks 24 space & 31" or 32" deep SPN-44-267 4 half-height panels ts racks 44 space & 26" or 27" deep SPN-24-36 2 full-height panels ts racks 24 space & 36" deep SPN-44-312 4 half-height panels ts racks 44 space & 31" or 32" deep SPN-37-267 4 half-height panels ts racks 37 space & 26" or 27" deep SPN-44-36 4 half-height panels ts racks 44 space & 36" deep SPN-37-312 4 half-height panels ts racks 37 space & 31" or 32" deep SPN-44-423 4 half-height panels ts racks 44 space & 42" or 43 deep SPN-40-267 4 half-height panels ts racks 40 space & 26" or 27" deep SPN-45-36 4 half-height panels ts racks 45 space & 36" deep SPN-40-312 4 half-height panels ts racks 40 space & 31" or 32" deep SPN-45-42 4 half-height panels ts racks 45 space & 42" deep SPN-42-36 4 half-height panels ts racks 42 space & 36" deep SPN-42-42 4 half-height panels ts racks 42 space & 42" deep SPN-45-48 4 half-height panels ts racks 45 space & 48" deep SPN-54-312 4 half-height panels ts racks 54 space & 31" deep 2 piece side panels (lock in top panel is not shown) interlocking tabs

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Enclosure Options
HOT TIP!

Did You Know??- Time Saving Feature All MW Series top options are designed with a removable 2 rackspace panel. This removable panel allows for removal of top options without disruption of cables.

Solid and Vented Top Options

Select solid, slot pattern vented, or large perforated vented top options to address your thermal management needs.

MW-ST

MW-VT

MW-LVT

ERK-ST Style solid

ERK-VT

ERK-LVT

Fits WR, WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, DRK Part # MW-ST MW-VT MW-LVT

Fits ERK, WMRK, SCRK Part # ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-LVT

slot pattern vented vented, 64% open area

BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

Fan Top Options - Non-Populated

Enclosure Options

Top options accept 4-1/2, 6 or 10 fans for active thermal management. See pg. 118-129 for fan and air ow specs.

MW-4FT Fits WR, WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, DRK Part # MW-4FT MW-6FT MW-10FT

MW-6FT Fits WMRK, ERK, SCRK, Part # ERK-4FT ERK-6FT ERK-10FT

MW-10FT Fan Openings laser knockouts

ERK-4FT

ERK-6FT Style

ERK-10FT

mounts up to four 4-1/2 fans (MW-4FT) or three 4-1/2 fans (ERK-4FT) mounts up to three 6 fans (MW-6FT) or two 6 fans (ERK-6FT) mounts one 10 fan

laser knockouts (MW-6FT) & nished holes (ERK-6FT) nished hole

Top Options - Including Fans

Save time with Integrated Fan Tops! Ships assembled. Integrated fan tops include 4-1/2, 6 or 10 fans, fan guards.

MW-4FT-380CFM

MW-10FT-550FCM Part # MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM ERK-4FT-285CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM

MW-6FT-660CFM # of Fans four 4-1/2 fans three 6 fans one 10 fan three 4-1/2 fans two 6 fans one 10 fan

ERK-4FT-285CFM

ERK-10FT-550CFM Fits

ERK-6FT-440CFM Free Air CFM 380 660 550 285 440 550

MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK, WR, WRK Series MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK, WR, WRK Series MRK,DRK, VRK, VMRK, WR, WRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Enclosure Options
Thermostatically Controlled Integrated Fan Top Options
Thermostatically Controlled Integrated Fan Tops ships fully assembled and include 4-1/2, 6 or 10 fans, fan guards and proportional speed fan controller that increases fan life, reduces noise, saves energy, and reduces dust build up. ETL Listed in the US and Canada.

MW-4QFT-FC Part # MW-4QFT-FC* MW-10FT-FC ERK-4QFT-FC* ERK-10FT-FC

MW-10FT-FC # of Fans four quiet 4-1/2 fans one 10 fan three quiet 4-1/2 fnms one 10 fan Fits

ERK-4QFT-FC Free Air CFM 220 550 165 550 MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK, WRK Series MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK, WRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series

ERK-10FT-FC

Vented Pagoda Top Options

Vented pagoda tops maintain enclosure temperatures through natural convection while minimizing the amount of dust and debris that can fall into the rack, and adds 1-1/2 to the top of the rack.
Part # MV-PVTxx xx = depth of MRK, VRK and VMRK only (26, 31, 36 or 42) Style vented pagoda top, MRK, VRK, VMRK only MV-PVT vented pagoda top for MRK, VRK, VMRK only keeps dust out

vented sides, front & back

solid top

Enclosure Options

Duct-Cool Adapter Top Options

Adapter top option to allow the Duct-Cool to be mounted to the top of select racks. Includes top and adapter only. Duct-Cool is a complete remote cooling solution that allows you to manage the heat in closets, racks or enclosed projectors quietly and effectively. See pg. 125 for additional details on the Duct-Cool system.
Fits DRK, WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, Part # MW-DT Fits ERK, WMRK, SCRK Part # ERK-DT Style duct cool adapter

Top Rail Kit

Convert the top of any WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, or DRK into useable rackspace with the MW-TR top rail kit. Can be used in conjunction with our connector panels to allow for customizable connections in the top of the rack. See pg. 162 for details on connector panels.
Part # MW-TR Description 13 space top rail kit

Ladder Adapter Top Option

Adapter used to connect cable ladder to the top of racks or cabinets. See pg. 142 for cable ladder offering.
Part # MW-LA MK-LA Cable Ladder Sizes 6", 9", 12" 12" Fits WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, DRK Series MK, RLA, RL Series MW-LA

Door/Status Sensor
Mounts to any Middle Atlantic Products front and rear doors, and provides contact closure notication at door open/close events. Requires connection to system that senses contact closure.
Part # DCS Quantity 1 Part # DCS-10 Quantity 10 DCS

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Enclosure Options
Locking Front Doors
Offered in lightly smoked plexi, 25% open area perf, 64% open area perf, plexi-vented and solid congurations. Beveled corners provide a stylish modern appearance while hinging either left or right. Black textured powder coat nish. Includes keylock.

FD Solid FD-54 FD-46 FD-45 FD-44 FD-42 FD-40 FD-37 FD-35 FD-27 FD-24 FD-21 FD-18 FD-16 FD-12 FD-10 FD-8

LVFD Plexi PFD-54 PFD-46 PFD-45 PFD-44 PFD-42 PFD-40 PFD-37 PFD-35 PFD-27 PFD-24 PFD-21 PFD-18 PFD-16 PFD-12 PFD-10 PFD-8

PFD 25% Open Area Perf VFD-54 VFD-46 VFD-45 VFD-44 VFD-42 VFD-40 VFD-37 VFD-35 VFD-27 VFD-24 VFD-21 VFD-18 VFD-16 VFD-12 VFD-10 VFD-8

PVFD 64% Open Area Perf LVFD-46 LVFD-45 LVFD-44 LVFD-42 LVFD-40 LVFD-37 LVFD-35 LVFD-24 LVFD-21 LVFD-18 LVFD-16 LVFD-12 LVFD-10 Plexi Vented PVFD-44 -

VFD # of Rackspaces 54 46 45 44 42 40 37 35 27 24 21 18 16 12 10 8

Front Door Part # (Fits MRK, VRK, VMRK, WRK, ERK, DWR, SR Series)

Enclosure Options

Front Door Part # (Fits DRK Series) 25% Open Area DVFD-44 DVFD-44 DPVFD-44 Plexi DPFD-44 Plexi Vented DPVFD-44 # of Rackspaces 44

Vent Blockers
VBK Series Vent Blockers are used to promote active thermal management. Designed to prevent the re-circulation of hot air between top-mount fans and nearby vent openings, Vent Blockers should be placed over the enclosures vents located on the upper front of the enclosure, upper sides, and upper rear door (depending on enclosure). This will ensure that heated enclosure air will be forced out through the top-mounted exhaust fans instead of re-circulating, keeping equipment cool.
Part # vent blockers magnetized on one side only to eliminate stray magnetic elds VBK-W27-W32 VBK-WSA27 VBK-WSA32 VBK-E20 VBK-E25 Vent Blockers mount to the inside of enclosures to direct airow VBK-SCRK27 VBK-D17 Used On WRK-xx27 & WRK-xx-32 WRK-xxSA-27 WRK-xxSA-32, WR-xx-32* ERK-xx20, DWR-xx-26 ERK-xx25 SCRK Series DWR-xx-17 Part # VBK-SD22 VBK-S28 VBK-S32 VBK-S42 VBK-V VBK-DRK Used On SR-40-22, DWR-xx-22 SR-xx-28 SR-xx-32, DWR-xx-32 WR-xx-42* VRK Series DRK Series

* When WR is not ush against a wall, block the rear opening with the optional rear access panel, model #WR-RAP-xx

BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Enclosure Options
Thermal Management Kits for Rear Door
Middle Atlantic Products standard solid rear doors on WRK, MRK and ERK Series enclosures are congurable for achieving optimal active or passive thermal management. Fan, vent and lter kits are available to install after laser knockouts are removed. Fan and vent kits now available for solid split rear doors.
fan panel kit

hot air out

KO-AWFP2

KO-VT3

KO-FILTER3

laser knockouts standard

WRK, MRK, ERK Standard Solid Rear Doors Part # KO-AWFP2 KO-VT3 KO-FILTER3 KO-WSB3 Description fan kit with two fans, 190 CFM vent panel kit lter kit blank panel kit Part # KO-CRD-FAN KO-CRD-VT

Solid Split Rear Doors Description fan kit with two fans, 190 CFM and two vents lter kit vent panel kit

cool air in

Optional Doors
Substitute a vented rear door for a solid rear door in selected sizes. Black textured powder coat nish. See web for racks available less rear door (LRD). Fully vented rear doors have 64% open area. Split rear doors with 3 point latch offer 79% open area and require less oor space when accessing rear equipment connections.

Enclosure Options

Rear Door Part # (Fits WMRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, WRK Series) Top & Bottom Slot Vented MW-VRD-44 79% Open Area Split Perf MW-CLVRD-45 MW-CLVRD-44 MW-CLVRD-42 MW-CLVRD-24 64% Open Area Perf MW-LVRD-44 MW-LVRD-40 Solid Split MW-CRD-45 MW-CRD-44 MW-CRD-42 MW-CRD-24 -

Fits ERK Only Top & Bottom Slot Vented ERK-VRD-44 ERK-VRD-40 ERK-VRD-35 ERK-VRD-27 ERK-VRD-21 ERK-VRD-18

# of Rackspaces 45 44 42 40 35 27 24 21 18

Rear Door Part # (Fits DRK Series) Slot Vents Fully Vented DFVRD-44 Top & Bottom Slot Vented DVRD-44 64% Open Area Perf DSVRD-44 79% Open Area Split Perf DCLVRD-44 Solid Split DCRD-44

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

High CFM Congurable Rear Doors

Spec. #

NEW!

Removes hot air from densely populated server enclosures.

Great solution when top mounted fans are not enough to move the required CFM. Structural Features Ideal for hot aisle/cold aisle applications where air return is above hot aisle, because exhaust air is directed upward toward air returns Excellent when enclosure is highly populated with NVRs/DVRs or servers that are front intake/rear exhaust-type Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Thermal Management Pre-configured with six 6 fans. These fans have adjustable locations and can be arranged where they are most needed Additional fans can be added to increase total CFM. Doors can accept up to 16 total fans to boost total air movement up to 3,520 CFM for maximum cooling A high-capacity thermostatic fan controller is available see below Cable Management Each door has a removable 48 SignalSafe IEC cord to allow for doors to be plugged into separate circuits. Shorter IEC cords can be substituted for improved cable management. For more on SignalSafe technology, see pg. 116 Regulatory / Certications GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level) UL Listed in the US and Canada
Part # Description Fits WMRK WMRK DRK Additional 1/2 Free Air Blank Panels (Qty. of 4) CFM MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-45 MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-44 MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-42 DCFRD-1/2PNL-44 1,320 1,320 1,320 1,320 220
A&E

96-01093
for full product info.

High CFM Configurable Rear Doors

MW-CFRD-45 45 space split fan rear door MW-CFRD-42 42 space split fan rear door D-CFRD-44 FC-CFRD 44 space split fan rear door fan controller, 1 rackspace

MW-CFRD-44 44 space split fan rear door MRK, WRK, VRK

MWCFRD-FKIT additional 6 fan for MW-CFRD and D-CFRD

High CFM Split Rear Door

Supply Duct Return Duct

High CFM Split Rear Door

Return Air Duct MW-CFRD-XX

MW-CFRD-XX

adjustable fan panels (8 per half door)

shorter IEC cords can be used to simplify cable management

Front
Raised Floor Tiles Side View Vent Grate

Side View

MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-45 half-height blank panel

Proper Air Conditioning Airflow and Rack Placement

Proper Forced Air on Raised Floor, Vented Floor Grate Placement

Heavy-Duty Fan Thermostatic Controller for High CFM Rear Doors

FC-CFRD

One unit can power up to 16 fans in a fully populated system One rackspace; mounts at top or bottom with flexible mounting ears Setting for thermostatic temperature control Setting for proportional or snap action ETL Listed in the US and Canada
Part # FC-CFRD

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

WRSeries Roll Out Rotating System In Steel Host Enclosure

The WR Series was designed to provide for rear access to equipment even when the equipment bays are placed up against a wall or back to back.
Factory-assembled in its own host enclosure, the rack frame pulls out and rotates for service access. Specify a WR Series enclosure when easy access to rear equipment connections is required for larger audio, video and security equipment installations but an access aisle is not practical.
Models Available

4 laser knockouts provided for cable pass-through

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01005

A&E

for full product info.

Structural Features Standard front and rear heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments speeds equipment mounting Host enclosure can be pre-installed on-site while detachable rack frame is integrated with equipment off-site, simplifying installation Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Requires no additional accessories to roll out and rotate Thermal Management Engineered ventilation locations optimize passive thermal management Congurable open top accepts a number of options for active thermal management, see pgs. 32-33 for top options Cable Management Effective cable management system provided Slots in upper rack frame accommodate Velcro ties Rack frame features pre-punched rackrail brackets for built-in cable management 4 laser knockouts provided for cable pass-through and ganging multiple racks

WRSeries Roll Out Rotating System In Steel Host Enclosure

Regulatory / Certications UL Listed in the US and Canada 750 lb. weight capacity with proper weight distribution GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

32-7/8 or 42-7/8 WR-44-32

32-7/8 42-7/8 Overall Depth Overall Depth Useable (26 Useable Depth) (36 Useable Depth) Racking Height WR-44-32 WR-37-32 WR-24-32 WR-44-42 WR-37-42 77 (44 space) 64-3/4 (37 space) 42 (24 space)

Recommended Vertical Power Strip N P R T E G E G

Zero Space Rackshelf zero space full depth front and rear mount SHSeries rack shelf, see pg. 157

Part # WR-24-xx WR-37-xx WR-44-xx

3 Deep Solid Front Door* WRFD-24 WRFD-37 WRFD-44

3 Deep Plexi Front Door* WRPFD-24 WRPFD-37 WRPFD-44

Additional Threaded Rackrail WR-RR-24 WR-RR-37 WR-RR-44

Rear Access Panel WR-RAP-24 WR-RAP-37 WR-RAP-44

*Doors provide 3 clearance from face of front rail. NOTE: When multiple units are installed and doors swing the same way, additional cable chase is required for door opening clearance.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

AXSSlide Out System InSteel Host Enclosure

US Patent #5,443,312

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-055S

for full product info.

A factory-assembled system in an MRK, WRK-SA or ERK enclosure, the patented pull-out design is ideal for access to rear equipment connections.
Entire bays of equipment can be rolled out for service and installation exibility. Select an AXS when space-limited environments require equipment bays to be placed up against a wall or back to back and a straight pullout is preferred.

Models Available

A&E

Structural Features Adjustable service stand elevates service tracks to bottom of AXS, allowing it to pull out Host enclosure can be pre-installed on-site while detachable rack frame is integrated with equipment off-site, simplifying installation Standard xed front and rear heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments speeds equipment mounting Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Cable Management Articulating cable carriers attach to rack frame for effective cable management Regulatory / Certications 650 lb. weight capacity with proper weight distribution Specied MRK-Series AXS racks are seismic certied to the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top oor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor Ip is 1.5. Z4 models have a Seismic Certied load capacity of 520 lb. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Useable Racking Height 71-3/4 (41 space) 64-3/4 (37 space) 59-1/2 (34 space) 71-3/4 (41 space) 64-3/4 (37 space) 59-1/2 (34 space) 71-3/4 (41 space) 64-3/4 (37 space) 59-1/2 (34 space) 71-3/4 (41 space) 71-3/4 (41 space) 71-3/4 (41 space) 56 (32 space) Overall Height 83-1/8 76-1/8 70-7/8 83-1/8 76-1/8 70-7/8 83-1/8 76-1/8 70-7/8 83-1/8 83-1/8 81-1/8 65-3/8 Frame Depth 20 20 20 26 26 26 20 20 20 20 26 20 20 Host Cabinet Depth 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 27-1/2 32-1/2 25 25 Overall Width 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24-1/4 24-1/4 22 22 Seismic Certied No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No Recommended Power N P R T G J N E G J N P R T G J N E G J N P R T G J N E G J N P R T N P R T N P R T E G J

AXS Slide Out System In Steel Host Enclosure

MRK-4426AXS shown extending to service position

Part # MRK-4426AXS MRK-4026AXS MRK-3726AXS MRK-4431AXS-26 MRK-4031AXS-26 MRK-3731AXS-26 MRK-4426AXS-Z4 MRK-4026AXS-Z4 MRK-3726AXS-Z4 WRK-44SA-27AXS WRK-44SA-32AXS-26 ERK-4425AXS ERK-3525AXS

7 2 1

The following is included w/ each of the above Qty 1 1 2 1 Items Included modied welded cabinet assembled rack frame internal system base top restraining leashes 1 2

4 Service Tracks - pair of removable service tracks (not included) Part # (pair) TRACK50 5 Track Length 50 Rack Frame Extension Length 48

triple hinged cable carriers 3 6 7

Service Stand - supports & levels service tracks Part # TRACKL Height Range 2-1/4 to 3-1/4

4 5

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

AXSSystem For Millwork And In-Wall

Specify an AXS when installing audio and video equipment ush into a wall or cabinet; ideal for larger systems.
The patented pull-out design provides access to rear equipment connections. Entire bays of equipment can be rolled out for service and installation exibility. Structural Features Unique mechanically interlocking corner joint provides exceptional strength & eases assembly Telescoping service stand elevates service tracks to bottom of AXS, allowing it to pull out Service tracks include built-in level to reduce installation and servicing time Removable rack frame can be integrated off-site to save time Standard xed front and rear heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments speeds equipment mounting Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Cable Management Articulating cable carriers attach to rack frame for effective cable management (non-rotating models only) Regulatory / Certications Up to 650 lb. weight capacity with proper weight distribution GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Recommended Power Chart Power Strip* C C E C E G E G J G J N N P R T *see pgs. 96-117 Part # AXS-xx-26 AXS-xx AX-SXR-xx AX-SX-xx SAX-xx SSAX-xx xx equals #of useable space (15 to 43 space) xx equals #of useable space (15 to 43 space) xx equals #of useable space (15 to 43 space) xx equals #of useable space (10 to 43 space) xx equals #of useable space (15 to 43 space) xx equals #of useable space (15 to 43 space) Size 10 space and up 17 space and up 21 space and up 25 space and up 35 space and up 41 space and up AX-SXR rotating slide out rack Ext. Length 48 48 31 25 48 25 Frame Depth 26 20 20 20 16-1/2 16-1/2 Weight Capacity 650 lbs. 650 lbs. 450 lbs. 650 lbs. 650 lbs. 650 lbs. AXS shown in open position Rough Opening Width 19-1/4 19-1/4 19-1/4 19-1/4 19-1/4 19-1/4 Rough Opening Width When Using Gasket & Guide Kit 19-5/8 19-5/8 19-5/8 19-5/8 19-5/8 19-5/8
US Patent #5,443,312

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-055M

A&E A&E

for full product info.

(AXS)

Spec. #

96-01000
for full product info.
(AX-SXR)

Installation by Intra Home Systems

AXS System For Millwork And In-Wall

Rotating no no yes no no no

Service Tracks* - pair of removable service tracks Part # TRACK25 TRACK31 Use With AX-SX, SSAX AX-SXR Track Length 25 31 50 Rack Frame Ext. Depth 25 31 48
internal system base restraining leash cable management system rack frame rack frame

TRACK50 AXS, SAX, AXS-xx-26

*required for installing and servicing

Service Stands* - removable telescoping stand that supports & levels the service tracks Part # TRACKL TS310 TS1022 TS1640
*required for installing and servicing

Height Range Off the Floor 2-1/4 to 3-1/4 3 to 11 10 to 22 16 to 40

AXS, AX-SX, SAX, SSAX slide out rack AX-SXR slide out rack triple hinged cable carriers internal system service base track service track service stand service stand

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

AXSSystem Options
Gasket &Guide Kit
Attach these guides to rack top on the AXS to ensure the smooth sliding of the rack frame into the millwork, wall or cabinet opening. Ensures frame will remain centered in opening, protecting millwork from damage. Requires a slightly larger rough opening for AXS System, see facing page. Includes BG17 brush gasket strip for front rackrail to ll any gap in wall or millwork opening. Brush gasket retrots to existing installations. NOTE:requires 19-5/8 rough opening width.
Part # AXS-GG16 AXS-GG20 AXS-GG26 BG17 Description Gasket &Guide Kit Gasket &Guide Kit Gasket &Guide Kit 17 brush gasket Fits 16 deep AXS 20 deep AXS, AX-SXR 26 deep AXS any AXS

Gasket & Guide Kit AXS-GG20 rack guide protects millwork

without brush gasket

with brush gasket*

Configured Enclosure Systems

BG17 brush gasket is 1/2 wide, closes gaps *NOTE: requires 19-5/8 rough opening

Accessories
Part # AXS-FAN AXS-FAN-K AXS-FAN, AXS-FAN-K top accepts up to 2 fans AXS-TEXTRIM Description 1 slim-fan for AX-SXRrack, 57 CFM 2 slim-fans for AX-SXRrack, 114 CFM trim panel, textured nish

AXS-WT Cable Management Tray

Provides additional capacity for large cable bundles of any AXS Series slide out rack Mounts between cable carriers 12-28-06 60-82-21 Fits all existing AXS systems* *NOTE:not for use with rotating AX-SXR

Part # AXS-WT50 AXS-WT25

Fits AXS, SAX AX-SX, SSAX

AXS-WT50 cable management tray recommended for high cable density installations

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Sliding Rail Systems

SRSR Series Rotating Sliding Rail System
Specify an SRSR for easy rear access to equipment connections in millwork, cabinets and ush in-wall installations. Available with a 19 or 23 useable depth, the SRSR system extends and rotates 90 in either direction, making it ideal for smaller systems. Structural Features Standard front and rear heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting Removable rack frame allows in-shop integration and on-site installation of equipment, saving time in the eld Locks in the extended position for simplied equipment integration Rotating equipment bay locks in place at 0, 60 and 90 for easy installation & servicing Self-centering mounting base makes it simple to align system within cabinet opening Cable Management Rear cable support, when used in conjunction with rear rackrail, provides effective cable management Regulatory / Certications Up to a 250 lb. weight capacity, depending on model GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # SRSR-2-xx (# of useable spaces, from 12 to 24) SRSR-4-xx (# of useable spaces, from 12 to 30) SRSR-X-xx (# of useable spaces, from 12 to 30) BG17 Description 2 slide 125 lb. capacity 4 slide 250 lb. capacity 4 slide 200 lb. capacity Useable Depth 19 19 23 rack frame removes for in-shop integration and on-site installation SRSR-4-16
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-985

A&E
Models Available

for full product info.

locks in the extended position

Sliding Rail Systems

17 roll brush gasket, requires 19-5/8 rough opening

Installation by Intra Home Systems

without brush gasket

with brush gasket*

without trim strip with trim installed strip installed

Trim Strips add the nishing touch to any installation, see pg. 147 SH-5A zero space full depth front and rear mount SH Series rackshelf, see pg. 157

BG17 brush gasket closes gaps retrots to existing installations *NOTE: requires 19-5/8 rough opening

SRSR extends and rotates 90 in either direction for easy access to equipment connections
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

SRS Series Sliding Rail System

Specify an SRS for rear access to equipment connections in millwork & cabinets. System extends a full 19 but does not rotate. Good for smaller millwork and in-wall installations. Structural Features Trim panel secures unit closed Standard front (from 8 to 20 spaces) and rear (7 space) 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting System pulls out a full 19, providing rear access to equipment with shallow depths Cable Management Triple-hinged, full-width cable carrier offered for effective cable management
12-28-06 60-82-21

96-042

A&E

for full product info.

SRS4-16

SRCC optional hinged cable carrier

Regulatory / Certications Up to a 250 lb. weight capacity, depending on model GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # SRS2-xx (# of useable spaces, from 8 to 20) SRS4-xx (# of useable spaces, from 8 to 20) SRCC BG17 Description 2 slide 125 lb. capacity 4 slide 250 lb. capacity optional cable carrier 17 brush gasket

SRS2-14 with optional trim strip

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Rotating Slide Out Shelving Systems

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01020

ASR-HD Series Heavy Duty Rotating Slide Out Shelving System

Specify an ASR-HD when installing non-rackmount audio and video equipment in custom cabinetry, entertainment centers and in walls, when an open shelf system is desired. Slide out and rotating functionality provides enhanced access to rear equipment connections.

A&E

for full product info.

vented shelves and top optimized for ventilation

ASR-60-HD

Designed for more visible installations where aesthetics are important Quick-Position easy index self-leveling shelves are simple to install and are adjustable in 3/4 increments Pulls out, rotates 60 and locks in either direction for easy access to equipment connections Self-centering base speeds installation Ships fully assembled to save time Locking detent protects millwork Attractive silver brushed shelf trim can be replaced and customized to match any nish Included cable management system facilitates a clean, organized installation Up to a 250 lb. weight capacity, depending on model
Part # Opening Height Overall Width Useable Weight # of Depth Capacity Shelves Additional Shelf Part # Trim Strip Finish Color

Rotating Slide Out Shelving Systems

ASR-30-HD ASR-42-HD ASR-60-HD

30 42 60

21 21 21

19 19 19

200 lbs. 200 lbs. 250 lbs.

4 6 9

ASR-HD-SH1-BK ASR-HD-SH1-SL ASR-HD-SH1-WD

black anodized silver anodized unnished wood

Optional Shelf Trim Kits Select a black anodized or unnished wood trim kit to match the decor of any room. Unnished wood is ready to be stained to match any nish.
Black Anodized Part # Unnished Wood Part # Fits

ASR-30-HDT-BK ASR-42-HDT-BK ASR-60-HDT-BK

ASR-30-HDT-WD ASR-42-HDT-WD ASR-60-HDT-WD

ASR-30-HD ASR-42-HD ASR-60-HD

Spec. #

96-01026

ASR Series Economical Rotating Slide Out Shelving System

Specify an ASR for installing non-rackmount audio and video equipment in less visible locations in custom cabinetry and behind closed doors. Ideal for smaller systems or when an open shelf system is desired and the ability to customize shelf fronts is not required. Slide out and rotating functionality provides enhanced access to rear equipment connections.

A&E

for full product info.

ASR-48

Self-leveling shelves are simple to install and are adjustable in 3/4 increments Ships ready-to-assemble to save space Included cable management system facilitates a clean, organized installation Up to a 200 lb. weight capacity, depending on model

Part #

Opening Height

Overall Width

Useable Depth

Weight Capacity

# of Shelves

ASR-30 ASR-36 ASR-42 ASR-48

30 36 42 48

18 18 18 18

16-1/8 16-1/8 16-1/8 16-1/8

100 lbs. 100 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs.

4 5 6 7

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

In-Cabinet Systems
CFR Series Compact Frame Rack System
CFR units provide maximum rackspace in entertainment systems, lecterns, cabinets, and similar spaces.

NEW!

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01102

A&E

for full product info.

Low prole design maximizes useable rackspace Features a strong welded frame that allows for pre-loading equipment and transportation to the installation site Comes standard with two adjustable front to rear lacing bars for cable dressing or mounting accessories Uprights feature offset cable tie area which keeps the rack to a slim 19-1/4 width UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 250 lbs. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
HOT TIP! Optional runner kits allow the rack to slide in or out of place without damaging your cabinet, credenza, etc.

adjustable cable bars

convenient anchoring holes top & bottom offset cable tie area

integral cable management

low prole design maximizes useable rackspace CFR-12-16 16 Useable Depth CFR-8-16 CFR-9-16 CFR-10-16 CFR-11-16 CFR-12-16 CFR-13-16 CFR-14-16 5-RS16 18 Useable Depth CFR-8-18 CFR-9-18 CFR-10-18 CFR-11-18 CFR-12-18 CFR-13-18 CFR-14-18 5-RS18 Overall Height 14-15/16 16-11/16 18-7/16 20-3/16 21-15/16 23-11/16 25-7/16 Useable Height 14 (8 space) 15-3/4 (9 space) 17-1/2 (10 space) 19-1/4 (11 space) 21 (12 space) 22-3/4 (13 space) 24-1/2 (14 space) CFR-12-16 shown in cabinet

optional bottom runner kit 5-RS16

Description cabinet frame rack cabinet frame rack cabinet frame rack cabinet frame rack cabinet frame rack cabinet frame rack cabinet frame rack

In-Cabinet Systems

low friction runner kit (adds 1/4 to overall height)

REB Series Low Prole Rotating Slide Out Equipment Base

Access cables and equipment connections with the Low-Prole Rotating Slide Out Base. The low-prole design is unobtrusive and elegant in its simplicity while the sturdy construction supports the installation of DVD players, cable or satellite boxes, receivers and other equipment commonly found in entertainment centers and lecterns.

Spec. #

96-01064

A&E

for full product info.

Sliding, rotating design provides easy access to cables and equipment connections Two depths available to accommodate a wide range of components and cabinets Locks closed for safety Included cable management system facilitates a clean, professional home installation
Min. Rough Opening Width* 17-1/8 17-1/8 Recommended Rough Opening Minimum Depth** 15 19 Useable Depth Weight Capacity 75 lbs. 75 lbs. With No Setback 13 17 With 1 Setback 12 16

REB18

Part # REB14 REB18

* Rough opening width will be extended by components wider than 17. ** Rough opening depth will be increased by components deeper than the stated useable depth.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

C5 Series Credenza Racks

C5 Series Credenza Racks Implement a Totally New Approach

NEW!

C5 Series Credenza Racks

Spec. # 1. Choose from 1, 2 or 3 bay models. Choose the Contemporary style, with clean lines and smooth hardware, or the Traditional style, 96-01138 with ogee curved edges and brushed hardware. Choose from the standard nishes shown below. Its that easy! for full product 2. The core structure of the credenza ships from stock at one of our ve North American warehouses, so you can start integration immediately. info. 3. Outer surfaces, doors and trim ship separately to your shop or directly to the installation site and are quickly and easily fastened to cover all the metal and complete the installation. EIA/TIA Compliant Key Advantages of This Installation-Friendly Approach: 1. Its FAST. Get integration started fast frames ship from stock. 2. Its SAFE. Wood shipments are well protected from shipping damage. 3. Its REPAIRABLE. If a panel gets damaged on jobsite, it can be easily replaced. Models Available 4. Its FUTUREPROOF. Changing colors or styles in the future is easy

A&E

Frame**
# of Bays 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay Model C5F1 C5F2 C5F3

Finishing Kit, Traditional Style

With Smoked Plexi Door(s) C5K1-TPD-xx * C5K2-TPD-xx * C5K3-TPD-xx * With Solid Door(s) C5K1-TSD-xx * C5K2-TSD-xx * C5K3-TSD-xx *

Finishing Kit, Contemporary Style

With Smoked Plexi Door(s) C5K1-CPD-xx * C5K2-CPD-xx * C5K3-CPD-xx * With Solid Door(s) C5K1-CSD-xx * C5K2-CSD-xx * C5K3-CSD-xx *

Note: A complete system includes the frame & the nishing kit when ordering a nishing kit the frame must also be ordered. **Frame does not come with nishing kit.

C5 Finishing Kit, with Large Format Monitor Mount (for 32 - 50 monitors) Frame
# of Bays 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay Model C5F1 C5F2 C5F3

Finishing Kit, Traditional Style

With Smoked Plexi Door(s) C5K1-MM1-TPD-xx* C5K2-MM1-TPD-xx* C5K3-MM1-TPD-xx* C5K1-MM1-TSD-xx* C5K2-MM1-TSD-xx* C5K3-MM1-TSD-xx*

Finishing Kit, Contemporary Style

With Solid Door(s) C5K1-MM1-CSD-xx* C5K2-MM1-CSD-xx* C5K3-MM1-CSD-xx* C5K1-MM1-CPD-xx* C5K2-MM1-CPD-xx* C5K3-MM1-CPD-xx*

With Solid Door(s) With Smoked Plexi Door(s)

*Replace xx with DS = Darkstone, GS = Graystone, PS = Pepperstone, SG = Shark Gray, EA = Ebony Ash, WG = Wenge, DC = Dark Cherry, DP = Dark Pecan, AG = Aged Cherry, HM = Honey Maple, LW = Light Walnut, MP = Maple.

Standard Work Surface Finishes

Darkstone Graystone Pepperstone Shark Gray Ebony Ash Wenge Dark Cherry Dark Pecan Aged Cherry Honey Maple Light Walnut Maple

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

C5 Series Credenza Racks

Combination of a Steel Rack Frame and Attractive Outer Furniture Panels
3-bay model, contemporary style, shown in aged cherry 14 rackspaces per bay 27-1/2 overall depth, 20-5/8 useable depth

NEW!

built-in thermostatically controlled cooling heated air exits through front trim 31-5/8 1-bay shown

C5F1

pre-installed skirted casters

1 bay 24-5/8 2 bay 46-13/16 3 bay 68-15/16

air enters between toe kick and door C5F3 3-bay model showing stages of integration

C5 Series Credenza Racks

all frames ship fully assembled to save time

built-in quiet cooling

traditional style, shown in dark cherry

contemporary style, shown in aged cherry

Accessories

Shelf System Insert C5-SH-SYS

Adjustable Rail Bracket Kit C5-ARB

Custom Cutouts for Tabletop Boxes Please call

Cable Grommet C5-CG

Flip-Up Side Shelf Contemporary Style C5-SDSH-Cxx

Flip-Up Side Shelf Traditional Style C5-SDSH-Txx

Waste and Recycle Bin Insert C5-WB

Millwork Kit for Customizing C5 Series Credenza Racks

The millwork kit supplies all hardware and specications to allow customized woodwork to be used with our credenza frame kit. Each kit includes: A USB Flash Drive pre-loaded with shop plans, drawings, & instructions. (Instructions are stored in a universal .pdf format, & drawings are provided as .dxf les.) A complete Hardware Kit including: Fasteners for door installations, including hinges (Note: door knobs/pulls are NOT included) Fasteners for attaching the top panel, side panels, and toe kick Ordering a Millwork Kit To order a Millwork Kit, simply choose the model below that matches the number of bays in your C5 Series Frame.
Part # C5-MK1 C5-MK2 C5-MK3 Description C5 millwork kit, 1 bay C5 millwork kit, 2 bay C5 millwork kit, 3 bay Order with Frame C5F1 C5F2 C5F3 USB ash drive drawings & instructions hardware kit

Using the New C5 Millwork Kit lets a custom millworker provide matching outer surfaces. (Not a standard offering)

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

RDR Series Designer-Inspired Rack Enclosures

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

NEW!

96-01117

for full product info.

Our popular designer-inspired RDR Series racks are now available two ways as a basic ready-to-integrate rack ready for your specied components and accessories, or as a pre-congured ready-to-go assembly, complete with shelves, cable management and power already installed. Either way, these racks were designed to impress with a wood top (ebony ash), sturdy aluminum structural extrusions, hidden caster base, and integral cable management that will look good in visible locations including living rooms and meeting rooms.
Racking Height 28 (16 rackspace) 42 (24 rackspace) 61-1/4 (35 rackspace) Overall Height 32-1/2 46-1/2 65-3/4 Overall Depth 25 25 25 Useable Depth 17-15/16 17-15/16 17-15/16

A&E

Part # RDR-16-25BK RDR-24-25BK RDR-35-25BK

RDR Series Designer-Inspired Rack Enclosures

shown with attractive trim strip that covers rail and fasteners

RDR-24-25BK shown with components installed

RDR-24-25BK

Residential Designer Rack Accessories

DCFANKIT-4 fan kit accessory Part # RDR-SH2 4-point mounting shelf RDR-SH2 RDR-S3-SPBK-BK RDR-S4-SPBK-BK RDR-S6-SPBK-BK DCFANKIT-4 Description 2 space vented shelf, ts RDR Series, useable depth 17-15/16 pair of metal sides with vented rear access panel, ts RDR-S3, & RDR-16-25BK pair of metal sides with vented rear access panel, ts RDR-S4, & RDR-24-25BK pair of metal sides with vented rear access panel, ts RDR-S6, & RDR-35-25B fan kit (4 fans) for use with RDR-Sx-SPBK-BK,100 CFM

RDR-Sx-SPBK-BK rear access panel and side panels

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Congured Ready-To-Go Rack Enclosures

NEW!

Configured Ready-To-Go Rack Enclosures

RDR-S6

ERK-2725-CONFIG

5-29-CONFIG

RDR Series
RDR Series designer-inspired rack enclosure for an attractive appearance in visible locations. RDR models are factory congured/ pre-installed and ship complete with: Power Distribution Vertical 15 Amp ltered and surge protected power Cable Management Integrated into shelves, channels, and base Rack Accessories Vented 4-point shelves Hidden casters Vent panels Trim strips

ERK Series
ERK Series ideal for cable intensive and whole house distributed systems. ERK models are factory congured/ pre-installed and ship complete with: Power Distribution Vertical 15 Amp ltered and surge protected power Cable Management Vertical lacing strips Horizontal lacing bars Rack Accessories Vented shelves (including 1 telescoping full depth heavy duty shelf) Vent panels Caster base

Slim 5 Series
Slim 5 Series are cost effective for hidden installations and open sides maximize passive cooling air ow. Slim 5 models are factory congured/ pre-installed and ship complete with: Power Distribution Vertical 15 Amp ltered and surge protected power Cable Management Vertical lacing strips Rack Accessories Vented shelves Vent panels Set of 4 casters

Congured Part # RDR-S3 RDR-S4 RDR-S6

Racking Height

Useable Depth

Height with Casters

Qty. of Vented Shelves & Vent Panels 3 shelves, 3 vent panels 4 shelves, 4 vent panels 6 shelves, 6 vent panels

Congured Part # ERK-1825-CONFIG ERK-2125-CONFIG ERK-2725-CONFIG ERK-3525-CONFIG

Racking Height 31-1/2 (18 space) 36-3/4 (21 space) 47-1/4 (27 space) 61-1/4 (35 space)

Useable Depth 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2

Height with Casters 39-3/4 45 55-1/2 69-1/2

Qty. of Vented Shelves & Vent Panels 4 shelves, 3 vent panels 4 shelves, 3 vent panels 5 shelves, 4 vent panels 6 shelves, 5 vent panels

Congured Part # 5-14-CONFIG 5-29-CONFIG 5-37-CONFIG

Racking Height 24-1/2 (14 space) 50-3/4 (29 space) 64-3/4 (37 space)

Qty. of Height Vented Useable with Shelves & Depth Casters Vent Panels 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2 32-1/4 58-1/2 72-1/2 3 shelves, 2 vent panels 5 shelves, 5 vent panels 6 shelves, 6 vent panels

17-15/16 32-1/2 28 (16 space) 17-15/16 46-1/2 42 (24 space) 61-1/4 17-15/16 65-3/4 (35 space)

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Congured Enclosure Systems

ERK Series Congured A/V Enclosures
Ship complete with: Thermal Management Integrated fan top Rear door bottom vent Vent blockers Cable Management Vertical lacer strip 3-1/4 width (LACE-OP Series) Horizontal lacer bars, four L shaped straight and two 4 offset Velcro cable management straps, 8 length, 12 qty Power Distribution For 44 space enclosures: 1 qty 20 Amp, 20 outlet power strip with cord, (PDT-2020C-NS) For 35 and 40 space enclosures: 2 qty 20 Amp, 10 outlet power strip with cord, (PDT-1020C-NS) Accessories Solid front and congurable rear door, locking 10-32 threaded rack screws, 100 qty Leveling feet, 4 qty

Configured Enclosure Systems

Part # ERK-3525-AV ERK-4025-AV ERK-4425-AV

Racking Height 61-1/4" (35 space) 70" (40 space) 77" (44 space)

Overall Height 65-3/8" 74-1/8" 81-1/8"

Useable Depth 23-7/16" 23-7/16" 23-7/16"

Overall Depth 25" 25" 25"

Overall Width 22" 22" 22"

MRK Series Congured A/V Enclosures

Ship complete with: Thermal Management Integrated fan top, with proportional speed fan control Rear door bottom vent Vent blockers Cable Management Vertical lacer strip 3-1/4 width (LACE-OP Series) Horizontal lacer bars, four L shaped straight and two 4 offset Velcro cable management straps, 8 length, 12 qty Power Distribution 1 qty 20 Amp, 20 outlet power strip with cord (PDT-2020C-NS) Accessories Solid front and congurable rear door, locking 10-32 threaded rack screws, 100 qty Leveling feet, 4 qty Side panels (as noted in table) Ganging hardware (MRK open side models only)
26-1/2 or 31-1/2

Part # MRK-4426-AV MRK-4426-AV-AB MRK-4431-AV MRK-4431-AV-AB

Racking Height 77" (44 space) 77" (44 space) 77" (44 space) 77" (44 space)

Overall Height 83-1/8" 83-1/8" 83-1/8" 83-1/8"

Useable Depth 24" 24" 29" 29"

Overall Depth 26-1/2" 26-1/2" 31-1/2" 31-1/2"

Overall Width 23-5/16" 22" 23-5/16" 22"

Includes Side Panels Yes No Yes No

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Congured Enclosure Systems

MRK Series Congured NVR/DVR Enclosures
Ship complete with: 64% open area front door 79% open area split rear door 20 Amp, 20 outlet power strip with cord (PDT-2020C-NS) 64% open area top 3-1/4 width vertical lacer strip (LACE-44-OP) Horizontal lacer bars, four L shaped straight and two 4 offset One each 1 space and 2 space brush grommet Velcro cable management straps Side panels (as noted in table) Ganging hardware (models without side panels only) Leveling feet DVR Enclosure Two pairs 10-32 threaded rackrail 10-32 threaded rack screws, 100 qty NVR Enclosure Two pairs cage nut style rackrail One pair of cage nut style Z-rail adaptors 6 mm threaded cage nuts & rack screws, 100 qty 10-32 threaded cage nuts & rack screws, 50 qty
Part # MRK-4431-DVR MRK-4436-NVR Racking Height 77" (44 space) 77" (44 space) Overall Height 83-1/8" 83-1/8" 83-1/8" 83-1/8" Useable Depth 29" 29" 33-9/16 33-9/16 Overall Depth 31-3/8" 31-3/8 36" 36" Overall Includes Width Side Panels 23-1/4" 22" 23-1/4" 22" Yes No Yes No

Configured Enclosure Systems

MRK-4431-DVR-AB 77" (44 space) MRK-4436-NVR-AB 77" (44 space)

WMRK Series Congured Server Enclosures

Ship complete with: 70% open area front door, locking 79% open area split rear door, locking 64% open area top Temperature monitoring module Vertical lacing strip, 3-1/4 width (42 space only) Two pairs cage nut style rackrail One pair of cage nut style Z-rail adaptors 6 mm cage nuts, 100 quantity 6 mm rack screws, 100 quantity For 42 space enclosures: 20 Amp, 20 outlet power strip with cord For 24 space enclosures: 20 Amp, 10 outlet power strip with cord Side panels (as noted in table) Ganging hardware (models without side panels only) Leveling feet
Racking Height 42" (24 space) 42" (24 space) Overall Height 48-5/8" 48-5/8 Useable Depth 33-9/16" 33-9/16 Overall Depth 36" 36" 36" 36" 42" 42" Overall Width 25-1/4" 24" 25-1/4" 24" 25-1/4" 24" Includes Side Panels Yes No Yes No Yes No

Part # WMRK-2436SVR WMRK-2436SVR-AB WMRK-4236SVR WMRK-4242SVR

73-1/2" (42 space) 80-1/16" 33-9/16 73-1/2" (42 space) 80-1/16 39-9/16"

WMRK-4236SVR-AB 73-1/2" (42 space) 80-1/16 33-9/16 WMRK-4242SVR-AB 73-1/2" (42 space) 80-1/16 39-9/16

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Slim 5 Series
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-037

A&E

for full product info.

8 14 21 29 37 43 spaces

20 or 26

Slim 5 Series

5-29

19-1/8

5-29 26 deep Slim 5 shown with steel side panels

5-29 shown with dark cherry side and top panels and plexiglass front door

Versatile Rack Frame System Satises Many Design Requirements

Structural Features Standard front and rear xed heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting Bolt-together design allows for at shipment via UPS Unique mechanically interlocking corner joint is central to each units exceptional strength and eases assembly 1/2 and 3/4 top and bottom electrical knockouts in rear of rack for cable pass-through Optional removable steel side panels provide security while attractive thermolaminate top and side panel options provide aesthetic appeal for home and studio installations Specify a Slim 5 when multiple racks need to be joined or when open sides are desirable Thermal Management Top includes two laser knockout locations to mount cooling fans Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity - 1,000 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 400 lbs. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Slim 5 ships at packed

20 Useable Depth Part # 5-8 5-14 5-21 5-29 5-37 5-43

26 Useable Depth Part # 5-8-26 5-14-26 5-21-26 5-29-26 5-37-26 5-43-26

Racking Height 14 (8 space) 24-1/2 (14 space) 36-3/4 (21 space) 50-3/4 (29 space) 64-3/4 (37 space) 75-1/4 (43 space)

Overall Height 17-3/4 28-1/4 40-1/2 54-1/2 68-1/2 79

Recommended Power C ** C * E G * E G J * G J N * N P T *

HOT TIP! Slim 5 frames can be ordered in any height between 8 and 43 spaces part # 5-x (x = spaces) (NOTE: Doors and side panels may not be available in matching size)

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117 *Requires PB-5A to mount power strip **Requires PB-XS to mount power strip

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Slim 5 Series
Casters (add 3-7/8 to overall cabinet height)

5W set of 4 commercial grade casters

5WR set of 4 ne oor casters

5WL set of 4 commercial grade locking casters

5WLR set of 4 ne oor locking casters

CBS-5 skirted base with 4 commercial grade non-locking casters, ts 20 depth models; CBS-5-26 ts 26 depth models

CBS-5R skirted base with 4 ne oor non-locking casters, ts 20depth models; CBS-5-26R ts 26 depth models

Accessories
SH-5A Trim Panels Adustable SplitRear Rackrail Facilitates rear hanging of equipment Permits panels to be mid-mounted All brackets, rails and hardware included Cable chase kit required when using this option with ganged enclosures Works with steel side panels only; will not accommodate wood side panels Removable Steel Side Panels are vented top and bottom with recessed lift handles and internal locking clips. Finished in a durable black textured powder coat, each side panel adds 5/8 per side to overall enclosure width. Top Fan & RAP Kit Bottom Runner Kit Part # Fits

Part #

Description

5-RS20 20 deep models 5-RS26 26 deep models Part # 5-FAN-K 5AR37 installed on 5-37 CFM 114 low-friction bottom runners allow the Slim 5 to easily slide in and out of credenzas and lecterns Rear access panels feature a unique no-hinge tip-out lift-off design with a two 4 fan laser knockout for cable pass-through on the bottom. Securing keylock included.

5-BAVTRIM black brushed & anodized zero space full depth front and rear mount SHSeries rackshelf, see pg. 157 top and bottom trim panels available to match the nish of the products mounted within the enclosures, includes 2 pieces

includes 2 fans, 4 grilles, & vent blocker

Slim 5 Series

Top and side panels are constructed from thermolaminated MDF. Call for custom top when using cable chase. WUSSand SH Series shelves need to be installed prior to installation of wood side panels, which conveniently lift off.

Doors are capable of being installed with a right or left swing and are equipped with a cam keylock and attractive ush handle. Requires the use of a cable chase when used in multi-bay installations. Doors provide 1-1/2 clearance.

Part # 5-8 5-14 5-21 5-29 5-37 5-43 5-8-26 5-14-26 5-21-26 5-29-26 5-37-26 5-43-26

Solid Front Door DO-5-8 DO-5-14 DO-5-21 DO-5-29 DO-5-37 DO-5-43 DO-5-8 DO-5-14 DO-5-21 DO-5-29 DO-5-37 DO-5-43

Plexi Front Door DOP-5-8 DOP-5-14 DOP-5-21 DOP-5-29 DOP-5-37 DOP-5-43 DOP-5-8 DOP-5-14 DOP-5-21 DOP-5-29 DOP-5-37 DOP-5-43

Steel Side Panels, Pair SP-5-8 SP-5-14 SP-5-21 SP-5-29 SP-5-37 SP-5-43 SP-5-8-26 SP-5-14-26 SP-5-21-26 SP-5-29-26 SP-5-37-26 SP-5-43-26

Thermolaminate Top/Side Panels** TSP-5-14xx TSP-5-21xx TSP-5-29xx TSP-5-37xx TSP-5-43xx TSP-5-14-26xx TSP-5-21-26xx TSP-5-29-26xx TSP-5-37-26xx TSP-5-43-26xx

Rear Access Panel RAP8 RAP14 RAP21 RAP29 RAP37 RAP43 RAP8 RAP14 RAP21 RAP29 RAP37 RAP43

Adjustable Split Rear Rackrail 5AR8 5AR14 5AR21 5AR29 5AR37 5AR43 5AR8-26 5AR14-26 5AR21-26 5AR29-26 5AR37-26 5AR43-26

Cable Chase 3 Wide* 5CC8 5CC14 5CC21 5CC29 5CC37 5CC43 5CC8-26 5CC14-26 5CC21-26 5CC29-26 5CC37-26 5CC43-26

*Custom width cable chases available, please call for details. ***Replace xx with DS = Darkstone, GS = Graystone, PS = Pepperstone (Tops Only), SL = Slate (Sides Only) SG = Shark Gray, EA = Ebony Ash, WG = Wenge, DC = Dark Cherry, DP = Dark Pecan, AG = Aged Cherry, HM = Honey Maple, LW = Light Walnut, MP = Maple. See pg. 175 for thermolaminate nish options.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Laminate Racks
Laminate Racks
Featuring a maple, oak or black wood grain nish, EIA/TIA Compliant Spec. # 96-032 these versatile equipment racks are offered with for full a variety of options for superior equipment mounting, mobility and aesthetics. product info. Four depths are now available to accommodate larger components and all racks are easily assembled using the included hardware. 16 and 18 depth models include one set of rackrail, 22 and 28 depth models include front and rear rackrail. Most units ship via UPS and have a 200 - 250 lb. weight capacity. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Oak Laminate RK2 RK6 RK16 Maple Black Wood Grain

A&E
Models Available

Black Wood Grain Laminate Racks

16" Deep Part # RK2 RK4 RK6 RK8 RK10 RK12 RK14 RK16 RK20 18" Deep Part # BRK6 BRK8 BRK10 BRK12 BRK14 BRK16 BRK20 22" Deep Part # BRK8-22 BRK12-22 BRK16-22 BRK20-22* BRK28-22* 28" Deep Part # BRK12-28 BRK16-28 BRK20-28* BRK28-28* Racking Height 3-1/2" (2 space) 7" (4 space) 10-1/2" (6 space) 14" (8 space) 17-1/2" (10 space) 21" (12 space) 24-1/2" (14 space) 28" (16 space) 35" (20 space) 49" (28 space) Overall Height 5" 8-1/2" 12" 15-1/2" 19" 22-1/2" 26" 29-1/2" 36-1/2" 50-1/2" Recommended Power rackmount only rackmount only rackmount only rackmount only rackmount only C C C C E C E G J

Laminate Racks

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117 *too large for UPS shipment

Oak Laminate Racks

18" Deep Part # OBRK8 OBRK12 OBRK16 OBRK20 OBRK8 Racking Height 14" (8 space) 21" (12 space) 28" (16 space) 35" (20 space) Overall Height 15-1/2" 22-1/2" 29-1/2" 36-1/2" Recommended Power rackmount only C C C E

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

Maple Laminate Racks

18" Deep Part # MBRK8 MBRK12 MBRK16 MBRK20 22" Deep Part # MBRK8-22 MBRK12-22 MBRK16-22 MBRK20-22* MBRK28-22* 28" Deep Part # MBRK12-28 MBRK16-28 MBRK20-28* MBRK28-28* Racking Height 14" (8 space) 21" (12 space) 28" (16 space) 35" (20 space) 49" (28 space) Overall Height 15-1/2" 22-1/2" 29-1/2" 36-1/2" 50-1/2" Recommended Power rackmount only C C C E C E G J

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117 *too large for UPS shipment

MBRK20

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Laminate Rack Options

Smoked Tempered Glass Door
Attractive smoked tempered glass door available for BRK, OBRK and MBRK Series racks. Addition of door requires front rails to be recessed, reducing the useable depth of the rack by 2.
Part # RK-GD6 RK-GD8 RK-GD10 RK-GD12 Racking Height 10-1/2" (6 space) 14" (8 space) 17-1/2" (10 space) 21" (12 space) Part # RK-GD14 RK-GD16 RK-GD20 RK-GD28 Racking Height 24-1/2" (14 space) 28" (16 space) 35" (20 space) 49" (28 space)

Rear Access Panel

Locking/latching rear access panel tips out for easy access and provides cooling, cable entry and security. Works with BRK and MBRK racks 22 or 28 deep. Rear access panel includes a 2 space top vented panel and a 2 space cable management panel.
Black Finish Part # RK-RAP8 RK-RAP12 RK-RAP16 RK-RAP20 RK-RAP28 Maple Part # RK-RAP8-MP RK-RAP12-MP RK-RAP16-MP RK-RAP20-MP RK-RAP28-MP Racking Height 14 (8 space) 21 (12 space) 28 (16 space) 35 (20 space) 49 (28 space) integrated rear cable entry panel

DCFANKIT-4 optional fan kit

Laminate Rack Options

Fan Kit with Energy Saving Thermostatic Control

Energy saving thermostatic control for laminate racks extends life and reduces dust buildup. Fits BRK, MBRK Series 22 or deeper. Fans mount in the top of the rear access panel.
Part # DCFANKIT-4 Description 100 CFM fan kit, mounts in top of the rear access panel DCFANKIT-4 optional fan kit

Quick Position Shelf

Convenient pin-mount shelves speed installation and allow for simplied mounting of rackmount and non-rackmount components in 18 deep BRK/OBRK Series racks. Engineered ventilation slots maximize airow while cable management slots simplify wiring. Mounts in 2-1/2 increments and accepts C power strips. Constructed from 16-gauge steel, includes mounting hardware and is nished in a durable black powder coat.
Part # SH-BRK Description Fits Qty Quick Position shelf BRK, OBRK, MBRK 18" deep 1 14-7/8

SH-BRK

SH-BRK-3P Quick Position shelf BRK, OBRK, MBRK 18" deep 3

Rear Rackrail Kits

Part # RK-RRx Description rear rackrail (x=number of rackspaces)

for added stability, use center hole in shelf side to secure with provided wood screws

Caster Kits (includes hardware)

Part # RKW Description Wheel Kit 2 locking, 2 non-locking (adds 2 3/4" to height), 150 lb. weight capacity RKW RKW-HD

RKW-HD Heavy Duty Wheel kit 2 locking, 2 non-locking (adds 3" to height), 250 lb. weight capacity

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Sloped Equipment Racks

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-032

SRK Series Sloped Rolling Equipment Rack

Standing 54-5/8 high and measuring 16 deep, the SRK rolling rack houses 16 vertical spaces on the bottom and 12 spaces on its 25 sloped top. Built using 5/8 furniture-grade MDF board finished with an enhanced black wood grain finish, each unit includes pre-installed heavy-gauge 10-32 threaded front rackrail and casters. Assembly is easy with supplied hardware. For rear rackrail please see pg. 168. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

A&E

for full product info.

Part # SRK

Weight Capacity 200 lbs.

Recommended Power C E

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

16 SRK 20-3/8

EIA/TIA Compliant

Sloped Equipment Racks

OSR Series Sloped Oak Laminate Rolling Equipment Racks

OSR Series racks feature a gently sloped 5 rack face to facilitate equipment viewing. Utilizing the same attractive 3/4 oak laminate construction found on the OBRK series, each OSR Series rack additionally features casters to enhance mobility. Factory-installed heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded front rackrail is standard. For rear rackrail please see pg. 168. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Racking Height 28 (16 space) 42 (24 space) Depth at Top 19-1/2 19-1/2 Depth at Bottom 23 23 Overall Height 36-1/2 50-1/2 Weight Capacity 200 lbs. 200 lbs. Recommended Power C C E G J

Part # OSR16 OSR24

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

OSR24

20-5/8

EIA/TIA Compliant

Desktop Rail Racks

Quickly and inexpensively organize desktop processing and test equipment with our DR Series desktop rail racks. Offered in 8 and 12 space sizes, both models extend upward at a gentle slope. Overall width is 19-1/8, depth is 11-1/2. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # DR-8 DR-12 Racking Height 14 (8 space) 21 (12 space) Overall Height 16-1/16 23 Weight Capacity 75 lbs. 75 lbs.

DR-12

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Desktop Racks
DTRK Series Desktop Rack

NEW!

EIA/TIA Compliant

This new compact rack series provides a rackmounting solution for desktop Installations and also great for under desk applications. Available options include vented and plexi front doors, and a brush grommet rear access panel for simple and clean cable entry routing. Another option is the LL-DTRK adapter kit, which enables the use of certain 21 vertical LeverLock accessories (channels and angles only not compatible with mounting plates). These are part of the patent-pending LeverLock tool free internal management system. For more on the LeverLock system, please see pg. 10. Runner kit option 5-RS20 is also available, see pg. 51. Static load capacity - 1,200 lbs. UL Listed in US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 300 lbs. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

DTRK-1418

DT-PVFD-14

DT-RAP14

LeverLock requires optional LL-DTRK Kit

Part # DTRK-718 DTRK-1218

Racking Height 12-1/4 (7 space) 21" (12 space)

Overall Useable Overall Overall Vented Plexi/Vented Solid Rear Access Panel w/ LL-DTRK Allows Vertical Commercial Height Depth Depth Width Front Door Front Door Brush Cable Entry LeverLock Height Grade Casters 14-1/8" 22-7/8" 18-1/2" 19-1/2" 21-3/8" DT-VFD-7 DT-PVFD-7 DT-PVFD-10 DT-PVFD-12 DT-PVFD-14 DT-PVFD-18 DT-RAP7 DT-RAP10 DT-RAP12 DT-RAP14 DT-RAP18 21 21 21 21 DTRK-W

Desktop Racks

DTRK-1018 17-1/2" (10 space) 19-3/8" DTRK-1418 24-1/2" (14 space) 26-3/8" DTRK-1818 31-1/2" (18 space) 33-3/8"

18-1/2" 19-1/2" 21-3/8" DT-VFD-10 18-1/2" 19-1/2" 21-3/8" DT-VFD-12 18-1/2" 19-1/2" 21-3/8" DT-VFD-14 18-1/2" 19-1/2" 21-3/8" DT-VFD-18

DTRK-W DTRK-W DTRK-W DTRK-W

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

Slim 2 Series Sloped Desktop Racks

The 2-10 rack ships fully assembled and incorporates a sturdy black steel open frame and removable black laminate side panels. Featuring a sloping rack face for easy equipment viewing, this frame can be easily joined, with the open sides and bottom allowing for quick wire passage. Front and rear heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail is standard. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # 2-10 Racking Height 17-1/2 (10 space) Top Depth 14-1/8 Bottom Depth 18 Overall Height 19-3/8

Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-036

A&E

for full product info.

2-10 shown with sides removed

Ready-To-AssembleBlack Laminate - Ships Flat! SLIM-2M racks assemble quickly and easily with provided hardware. Constructed with 5/8 thick furniture-grade MDF board, these black laminate racks are available in 6 or 10 space sizes and feature a sloping rack face for easy equipment viewing. Front and rear heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail is standard. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # 2-6M 2-10M Racking Height 10-1/2 (6 space) 17-1/2 (10 space) Top Depth 15-7/8 14-3/4 Bottom Depth 17-7/8 17-7/8 Overall Height 12-3/4 19-5/8 2-10M

2-10 shown with sides installed

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

ISRKSeries Under Desk/Mobile Presentation Rack

EIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01011

for full product info.

ISRK Series sloped rack features scuff resistant Glide-Away front door.
For use in all applications where an under desk or mobile presentation rack is required, including control desk, mixing, testing, and recording desks.

A&E

26-7/8 height ts under desk

ISRKSeries Under Desk/Mobile Presentation Rack

26 attractive skirted wheel base ISRK-12GY

Structural Features Rolls under all standard height desks 15 slope provides an ergonomic viewing angle when used under-desk Scuff resistant Glide-Away front door easily hides away, and requires minimal clearance in cramped environments Features 12 useable rackspaces, front and rear, to ensure all useable space is accessible Knockouts on face of rack accept RPS Series remote power switch and low-voltage Decora style switches or devices Secure, locking front door and full height locking rear door, both are easily removable Durable, aesthetically pleasing granite gray nish Up to 21-3/4 useable depth Thermal Management Designed for effective passive thermal management

shown with optional work surface and LCD mount

Cable Management Abundant internal cable lacing points facilitate cable management Removable electrical knockout panels for ease of cable entry/exit

Regulatory / Certications Robust 200 lb. weight capacity UL Listed in the US and Canada GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Part # ISRK-12GY WS1-ISRK-21G MMB1X1*

Description 12 rackspace under desk/ mobile presentation rack ISRK work surface, graphite nish single LCD mount, articulating, black nish *28 lb. weight capacity

Overall Height 26-7/8 (including casters) adds 1-1/8

shown open with Glide-Away door stowed in bottom recess

shown with door extended

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Portable Racks
Specify a PTRK when a rugged, portable rack is essential.
Smooth rolling 4 casters, advanced cable management and secure doors make this rack ideal for serving a variety of applications.
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-154

A&E

for full product info.

Structural Features Standard front adjustable heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with smooth laser cut cable openings & numbered rackspace increments speed equipment mounting Fully welded steel construction for strength Heavy-duty commercial grade locking casters and spring-loaded recessed side handles facilitate rack transport Keylocked front and rear doors standard for advanced security Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Also available with graphite-marbled laminate top and plexi front door Thermal Management Side panels are vented for passive thermal management Laser knockouts on rear door for fans (KO-AWFP2) Cable Management Slots incorporated into bottom of rack for cable strain relief and mounting of boxes Regulatory / Certications 500 lb. weight capacity Enhanced stud in base of rack facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # PTRK-14 PTRK-14MDK** PTRK-21 PTRK-21MDK** PTRK-1426 PTRK-2126 PTRK-2726 Racking Height 24-1/2 (14 space) 24-1/2 (14 space) 36-3/4 (21 space) 36-3/4 (21 space) 24-1/2 (14 space) 36-3/4 (21 space) 47-1/4 (27 space) Overall Height Including Casters 33-3/4 34-3/4 46 47 33-3/4 34-3/4 46 47 56-1/2 57-1/2 Useable Recommended Depth Vertical Power Strip 21-1/2 21-1/2 21-1/2 21-1/2 24-1/2 24-1/2 24-1/2 24-1/2 24-1/2 24-1/2 C C E G E G C C E G E G E G E G pg. 96-117

PTRK-21 with optional solid front door

23 and 26 22-5/8

Portable Racks

PTRK-1426MDK** 24-1/2 (14 space) PTRK-2126MDK** 36-3/4 (21 space) PTRK-2726MDK** 47-1/4 (27 space)

PTRK-21MDK with optional LCD mount MMB1X1 (see pg. 93 for details)

casters

**Includes graphite laminate top and plexi front door

WRK-24MDK Presentation Enclosure System

WRK-24MDK studio enclosure system combines furniture elegance with a robust rolling steel enclosure in a deep video rack.

Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-052SA

A&E

for full product info.

Incorporating an attractive graphite-marbled laminate top that can accommodate video monitors, the WRK-24MDK comes with a skirted wheel-base, latching front plexi door, latching vented rear door, and front and rear rackrail. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
50 WRK-24MDK Part # WRK-24MDK MMB1X1* Description 42 (24 space)x 32deep presentation enclosure system single LCD mount, articulating, black nish *28 lb. weight capacity 32-1/2 attractive skirted wheel base

24-1/4

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

SR Series Pivoting Rack

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-045B

wire chamber features 3 rackspaces for additional equipment

for full product info.

Models Available

The SR Series was designed to provide a unique blend of the advantages of a oor-standing rack with those of a wall mounted cabinet.
The result is a unique tall wall rack that pivots open 90 on a oor base to provide access to rear equipment connections. Specify an SR Series enclosure for heavier installations that will connect to on-wall cabling or pull boxes, and when easy access to rear equipment connections is essential.

A&E

includes keylock and padlockable 24 draw latch 40 for security 46 spaces keyed differently from front door backpan features a large opening for cable passage full 90 opening

Structural Features Patented Tool Free Quick-Mount system for easy mounting of the center section to the backpan on the jobsite Pivots 90 on oor base for access to rear equipment connections Standard adjustable front heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments speeds equipment mounting Bonus 4 rackspaces in base is ideal for mounting a UPS or other equipment Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Regulatory / Certications Grounding/bonding stud in top and bottom of center section and backpan facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards 500 lb. weight capacity UL Listed in the US and Canada Seismic certied to the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top oor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor Ip is 1.5. Seismic Certied load capacity of 335 lbs. when used with DWRSR-ZL Latch. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
HOT TIP!

SR Series Pivoting Rack

22-3/8, 28-3/8, 24-1/2 SR-40-22 or 32-3/8 shown with optional SR-SUB (subplate mounting kit) 4 rackspace removable panel which mounts up to can be used to mount additional (4) 89-D type brackets equipment (UPSnot included)

SR-UPS

Mounting Power Products in SR

Power Distribution

Mount slim power strips in rear channel of center section to power equipment without wasting any valuable rackspace, or useable depth. Mounting kit supports Middle Atlantic UPS models for easier mounting in SR base section.
Part # SR-24-28 SR-24-32 SR-40-22 SR-40-28 SR-40-32 SR-46-28 Racking Height 42" (24 space) 42" (24 space) 70" (40 space) 70" (40 space) 70" (40 space) 80-1/2" (46 space) SR Size 24 space 40-46 space Overall Height 62-3/4" 62-3/4" 90-3/4" 90-3/4" 90-3/4" 101-1/4" Power Strip PD-815SC, PD-815SC-NS PD-2415SC, PD-2415SC-NS, PD-2420SC-NS Overall Depth 28-3/8" 32-3/8" 22-3/8" 28-3/8" 32-3/8" 28-38" Qty 1 or 2 1

PD-2415SC-NS/PD-2420SC-NS 24 outlet power strip mounts in center section rear channel of 40 and 46 space SRs, PD-815SC for 24 space SRs to save space.
Overall Width 24-1/2" 24-1/2" 24-1/2" 24-1/2" 24-1/2" 24-1/2" Weight Capacity 500 lbs. 500 lbs. 500 lbs. 500 lbs. 500 lbs. 500 lbs. Recommended Power C E G J C E G J N P T N P T N P T N P T V

Useable Depth 26" 30" 20" 26" 30" 26"

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

SR Series Pivoting Rack

Front Face and rear of center section top and bottom accepts RPS Series remote power switch and low-voltage Decora devices, see pg. 114 for details Standard adjustable front 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting Abundant cable tie points located throughout the rack and on the backpan to facilitate cable management Large opening in the backpan provides a 12-1/2 x 12-1/2 pull-box sized opening for cable passage Slot pattern on top and bottom of front and sides provides superior ventilation Side UHF/VHF, 2-1/2, 3, 4, 4 x 8, UCP connector and Wiremold 4000 knockouts provided for cable management Center section top and bottom features laser knockouts for two 4-1/2 fans

4 rackspace removable panel can be used to mount additional equipment

13-5/8 19-5/8 23-5/8

Laser knockouts on both sides of bottom cable entry platform allow simplied cable pass-through with an attractive shroud to conceal conduit stubs and low voltage drops

removable access panel

8-3/4 bottom cable entry platform, with a 4 rackspace panel, bears the weight of the rack, while a low-friction wear-strip facilitates opening 24 space models mount PD-815SC power strips and 40 space models mount PD-2415SC power strips

Center Section Clearance

32-1/2 36-1/2 39-1/2

SR Series Pivoting Rack

Tool Free Quick-Mount System

US PATENT #7,278,183

Easy Access Option

US PATENT #7,188,570

Sub-Plate Mounting Kit

Optional sub-plate mounting kit (SR-SUB) allows for the mounting of up to (4) 89-D type brackets, (4)1900 boxes or (1) Raco 3 gang box. Mount up to (4) SR-SUBs to each 40 or 46 space SR Series backpan, and up to (2)in each 24 space SRSeries backpan

4 KO UCP connector panel KO Wiremold 4000 KO 3 KO UHF/ VHF KO

center section

Minimum Clearance Latch Front mounted latch saves valuable wall space by allowing wall racks to be placed side by side within 1/2 of a corner, or wherever side clearance is an issue. To open, simply pull the convenient front-mounted handle. Unlike time-consuming threaded rods, this unique latch provides keylocked security from the front (keyed differently from optional front door). Easy to install; required for seismic installations. Available only from Middle Atlantic Products!

Part # DWRSR-ZL

Part # SR-SUB

SR-SUB 89-bracket (not included)

2-1/2 KO

4 x 8 panel

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

for more info refer to pgs. 32-37

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

DWR Series Wall Cabinet

US Patent #7,278,183

EIA/TIA Compliant

Specify a DWR wall cabinet to provide easy rear access while keeping oor areas clear.
Spec. #

96-045

for full product info.

This pivoting, sectional wall cabinet is ideal for systems in both secured and non-secured areas. Most versatile wall rack available!!

Models Available

A&E

Structural Features Patented Tool Free Quick-Mount system for easy mounting of the center section to the backpan on the jobsite Reversible padlockable center section is keyed differently from optional front door for security Unique dual pivot allows reversal of center section opening direction without disassembly! Designed for choice of active or passive cooling Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Regulatory / Certications Welded construction: up to a 300 lb. weight capacity, depending on model Grounding/bonding stud in top and bottom of center section and backpan facilitates proper grounding & bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS & NEC standards UL Listed in the US and Canada Seismic certied to the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top oor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor (Ip) is 1.5. Seismic Certied load capacity of 140 lbs. when used with DWRSR-ZL Latch. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Overall Height 24-1/2" 24-1/2" 28" 28" 28" 28" 35" 35" 38-1/2" 38-1/2" 38-1/2" 38-1/2" 43-3/4" 43-3/4" 49" 49" 49" 49" 68-1/4" 68-1/4" 68-1/4" Useable Depth 15" 20" 15" 20" 24" 30" 15" 20" 15" 20" 24" 30" 15" 20" 15" 20" 24" 30" 15" 20" 24" Overall Depth 17" 22" 17" 22" 26" 32" 17" 22" 17" 22" 26" 32" 17" 22" 17" 22" 26" 32" 17" 22" 26" Overall Width* 23-1/2" 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2" 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2" 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2" 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2" 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 Weight Capacity 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 300 lbs. 300 lbs. 300 lbs. 300 lbs. 300 lbs. 300 lbs. 300 lbs. Recommended Power C C C C C C C C C E C E C E C E C E G C E G C E G J C E G J C E G J C E G J C G J N C G J N C G J N

DWR-18-22

DWR Series Wall Cabinet

Tool Free Quick-Mount System

US PATENT #7,278,183

center section

Part # DWR-10-17 DWR-10-22 DWR-12-17 DWR-12-22 DWR-12-26 DWR-12-32 DWR-16-17 DWR-16-22 DWR-18-17 DWR-18-22 DWR-18-26 DWR-18-32 DWR-21-17 DWR-21-22 DWR-24-17 DWR-24-22 DWR-24-26 DWR-24-32 DWR-35-17 DWR-35-22 DWR-35-26

Fully Assembled with Plexi Front Door Part #* DWR-10-17PD DWR-10-22PD DWR-12-17PD DWR-12-22PD DWR-12-26PD DWR-16-17PD DWR-16-22PD DWR-18-17PD DWR-18-22PD DWR-18-26PD DWR-21-17PD DWR-21-22PD DWR-24-17PD DWR-24-22PD DWR-24-26PD DWR-35-22PD DWR-35-26PD

Racking Height 17-1/2 (10 space) 17-1/2 (10 space) 21 (12 space) 21 (12 space) 21 (12 space) 21 (12 space) 28 (16 space) 28 (16 space) 31-1/2 (18 space) 31-1/2 (18 space) 31-1/2 (18 space) 31-1/2 (18 space) 36-3/4 (21 space) 36-3/4 (21 space) 42 (24 space) 42 (24 space) 42 (24 space) 42 (24 space) 61-1/4 (35 space) 61-1/4 (35 space) 61-1/4 (35 space)

C Models mount in backpan or rear channel, all other models require PB-DWR. 35 space DWRs mount PD-2415SC in rear channel. *Not including latch. for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

DWR Series Wall Cabinet

Front
Face of center section top and bottom accepts RPS Series remote power switch and low voltage Decora devices, see pg.115 for details Standard adjustable front 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting. Optional adjustable rear mounting rails available Large laser knockout in backpan provides an easily removable 12-1/2 x 12-1/2 pull-box sized opening for cable passage Abundant lacing points throughout the interior facilitate cable management Two laser knockouts in top and bottom for fans

Side
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 electrical knockouts on top and bottom, top knockout plate additionally contains UHF/VHF antenna knockouts 2 knockouts, 4 knockouts for Wiremold 4000 Series raceways, & knockouts for UCP Series universal connector panels on side (see pgs. 162-163)

Center Section Clearance

8.65 13.65 17.65 23.65

15, 20, or 24 useable depth

29.8 32.5 35.1 39.6

Attractive slot pattern on top and bottom of front and sides provides superior ventilation HOT TIP!

For compatible fan kits, see pg. 120

US PATENT #7,188,570

Mounting Power Products in DWR

Cover Plate

Easy Access Option

Mount slim power strips in rear channel of center section to power equipment without wasting any valuable rackspace, or useable depth. Size 10-18 space 21, 24 space 35 space Power Strip PD-815SC, PD-815SC-NS PD-815SC, PD-815SC-NS PD-2415SC, PD-2415SC-NS, PD-2420SC-NS Qty 1 1 or 2 1

DWR-CVR optional cover plate/shelf kit available

Mounting Method
PB-DWR required for mounting PD Series and MPR power strips vertically in backpan

Minimum Clearance Latch Front mounted latch saves valuable wall space by allowing wall racks to be placed side-by-side, in a corner, or wherever side clearance is an issue. To open, simply pull the convenient front-mounted handle. Unlike time-consuming threaded rods, this unique latch provides keylocked security from the front (keyed differently from optional front door). Easy to install; required for seismic installations. Available only from Middle Atlantic Products!

DWR Series Wall Cabinet

Part # DWRSR-ZL

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

Rack Options: The options listed below are the most widely used accessories for this series of enclosure but is not inclusive of all available items. For additional options and/or more information on the items listed below reference the Enclosure Options section of the catalog. Front Doors Part # DWR-10-17 DWR-10-22 DWR-12-17 DWR-12-22 DWR-12-26 DWR-12-32 DWR-16-17 DWR-16-22 DWR-18-17 DWR-18-22 DWR-18-26 DWR-18-32 DWR-21-17 DWR-21-22 DWR-24-17 DWR-24-22 DWR-24-26 DWR-24-32 DWR-35-17 DWR-35-22 DWR-35-26 Solid FD-10 FD-10 FD-12 FD-12 FD-12 FD-12 FD-16 FD-16 FD-18 FD-18 FD-18 FD-18 FD-21 FD-21 FD-24 FD-24 FD-24 FD-24 FD-35 FD-35 FD-35 Plexi PFD-10 PFD-10 PFD-12 PFD-12 PFD-12 PFD-12 PFD-16 PFD-16 PFD-18 PFD-18 PFD-18 PFD-18 PFD-21 PFD-21 PFD-24 PFD-24 PFD-24 PFD-24 PFD-35 PFD-35 PFD-35 25% Open Area Perf VFD-10 VFD-10 VFD-12 VFD-12 VFD-12 VFD-12 VFD-16 VFD-16 VFD-18 VFD-18 VFD-18 VFD-18 VFD-21 VFD-21 VFD-24 VFD-24 VFD-24 VFD-24 VFD-35 VFD-35 VFD-35 64% Open Area Perf LVFD-10 LVFD-10 LVFD-12 LVFD-12 LVFD-12 LVFD-12 LVFD-16 LVFD-16 LVFD-18 LVFD-18 LVFD-18 LVFD-18 LVFD-21 LVFD-21 LVFD-24 LVFD-24 LVFD-24 LVFD-24 LVFD-35 LVFD-35 LVFD-35 for more info refer to pgs. 32-37 Exhaust Fan Kit DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK26 DWR-FK32 DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK26 DWR-FK32 DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK26 DWR-FK32 DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK26 Additional 10-32 Threaded Rackrail DWR-RR10 DWR-RR10 DWR-RR12 DWR-RR12 DWR-RR12 DWR-RR12 DWR-RR16 DWR-RR16 DWR-RR18 DWR-RR18 DWR-RR18 DWR-RR18 DWR-RR21 DWR-RR21 DWR-RR24 DWR-RR24 DWR-RR24 DWR-RR24 DWR-RR35 DWR-RR35 DWR-RR35

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

EWR Series Economical Wall Cabinet

US Patent #7,278,183

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01004

for full product info.

Consider an EWR wall cabinet when installing smaller systems and an economical solution is required.
This pivoting, sectional wall cabinet provides unparalleled quality at an aggressive price and is ideal for use in both secured and nonsecured areas.

A&E

Structural Features Fully welded construction for strength Patented Tool Free Quick-Mount system for easy attachment of the center section to the backpan on the jobsite Reversible padlockable center section keyed separately from optional front door Optimized for passive thermal management Finished in a durable black textured powder coat

EWR Series Economical Wall Cabinet

EWR-10-17SD

Regulatory / Certications 150 lb. weight capacity UL Listed in the US and Canada GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Rackrail Bracket Extender Convert the EWR to full front to rear adjustable rackrail, includes 4 pieces.
Part # EWR-ARB-17 EWR-ARB-22 Fits 17 deep EWRs 22 deep EWRs

Part # EWR-8-17 EWR-8-22 EWR-10-17 EWR-10-22 EWR-12-17 EWR-12-22 EWR-16-17 EWR-16-22

Fully Assembled with Solid Front Door Part # EWR-8-17SD EWR-8-22SD EWR-10-17SD EWR-10-22SD EWR-12-17SD EWR-12-22SD EWR-16-17SD EWR-16-22SD

Racking Height 14" (8 space) 14" (8 space) 17-1/2 (10 space) 17-1/2" (10 space) 21" (12 space) 21" (12 space) 28" (16 space) 28" (16 space)

Overall Height 21" 21" 24-1/2" 24-1/2" 28" 28" 35" 35"

Useable Depth 15" 20" 15" 20" 15" 20" 15" 20"

Overall Depth 17-5/16" 22-5/16" 17-5/16" 22-5/16" 17-5/16" 22-5/16" 17-5/16" 22-5/16"

Overall Width* 24-11/32 24-11/32 24-11/32 24-11/32 24-11/32 24-11/32 24-11/32 24-11/32

Weight Capacity 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs.

Recommended Power C C C C C C C C

*Not including latch.

for more info refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

EWRSeries Wall Cabinet

Front Lacing points throughout the interior facilitate cable management Tie points for power Side

Standard 3 position front rackrail 1/8, 5/8 and 1-1/8adjustable 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting

Attractive slot pattern on top and bottom of sides provides built-in passive ventilation

Large pull-box opening in backpan provides a 10-1/2 square cable passage

Tool Free Quick-Mount System

US PATENT #7,188,570

Center Section Clearance

8-3/4 13-3/4

EWRSeries Wall Cabinet

center section
29-3/4 32-1/2

1/2, 3/4, 1,1-1/2, electrical knockouts on top and bottom, top and bottom knockout plate additionally contains UHF/VHF antenna

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

CWR Series CableSafe Data Wall Cabinet

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

NEW!

96-01104

for full product info.

Specically designed for structured cabling, the CWR is a versatile system for mounting multiple patch panels and other voice/data equipment, where oor and wall space are at a premium.
Structural Features 26 width cabinet to allow for much needed space for patching. Comes standard with wide-face rackrail on left and right of cabinet. Locking swing open center section allows for easy front and rear access to equipment and cabling Includes an easily reversible left or right hand swing locking/latching front door for added security Bag of 50 mounting screws included Thermal Management Engineered to facilitate passive thermal management optional fan kit available when additional heat dissipation is required Cable Management Ships with front rackrail at 4 setback position to accommodate cable managers. Also accommodates rear rackrail for rear support and cable management. Large opening in backpan for mounting over pull boxes, electrical outlets, etc. Large knockouts for conduit and cable entry.

A&E

CWR Series CableSafe Data Wall Cabinet

CWR-18-30PD

Regulatory / Certications Welded construction provides a 200 lb. weight capacity UL Listed in the US and Canada GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Includes Plexi Door Part # CWR-12-17PD CWR-12-22PD CWR-12-26PD CWR-12-32PD CWR-18-17PD CWR-18-22PD CWR-18-26PD CWR-18-32PD CWR-26-17PD CWR-26-22PD CWR-26-26PD CWR-26-32PD

Racking Height 21" (12 space) 21" (12 space) 21" (12 space) 21" (12 space) 31-1/2" (18 space) 31-1/2" (18 space) 31-1/2" (18 space) 31-1/2" (18 space) 45-1/2" (26 space) 45-1/2" (26 space) 45-1/2" (26 space) 45-1/2" (26 space)

Overall Height 24-7/8" 24-7/8" 24-7/8" 24-7/8" 35-3/8" 35-3/8" 35-3/8" 35-3/8" 49-3/8" 49-3/8" 49-3/8" 49-3/8"

Useable Depth 15" 20" 24" 30" 15" 20" 24" 30" 15" 20" 24" 30"
*Not including latch.

Overall Depth w/o Door 17" 22" 26" 32" 17" 22" 26" 32" 17" 22" 26" 32"

Overall Width* 26" 26 26" 26 26" 26 26" 26 26" 26 26" 26

Weight Capacity 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs.

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

CWR Series CableSafe Data Wall Cabinet

Front Side Top

NEW!

Slam shut door for easy operation

this side mounts to wall

1.6/4.02 minimum clearance of rail to inside standard/ deep door

1/2, 2, and 3 electrical knockouts on the top and bottom Swing open center section allows for easy front and rear access to equipment and cabling Top and bottom side vents accommodate CWR-FKIT fan kit

CWR Series CableSafe Data Wall Cabinet

Rail Kits Part # CWR-RR12 CWR-RR18 CWR-RR26 CWR-OFRR12* CWR-OFRR18* CWR-OFRR26* Description rear rail kit, 12 space, centered for CWR Series rear rail kit, 18 space, centered for CWR Series rear rail kit, 26 space, centered for CWR Series 12 space off-set rail kit w/ D-Rings for CWR Series 18 space off-set rail kit w/ D-Rings for CWR Series 26 space off-set rail kit w/ D-Rings for CWR Series

shown with offset rail kit to allow cable management to one side

*Allows 19 EIA mounting width to be shifted to the left or right of the 26 width CWR enclosure to allow for large cable bundles on one side

HOT TIP!

D-Ring Managers
D-Ring included with offset rail kit Standard D-Ring

Fan Kits

4.0

3.67

4.0

2.38

1.38

Part # CWR-FKIT

Description fan kit, 2 (95CFM) fans w/ hardware

CWR Racks and offset rail kits come with D-Ring managers for additional Cable management

12 space = 4 D-Rings 18 space = 6 D-Rings 26 space = 8 D-Rings

Fan kit includes 2 fans and displaces 95 CFM of free air

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

SWR Series Shallow Wall Rack and SBX Series Wall Mount Cabinet
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01139

SWR Series Shallow Wall Rack

SWR Series shallow sectional wall racks are ideal for wall mounting interconnect panels in stage and performing arts, house of worship, and broadcast applications.

NEW!

A&E

for full product info.

The shallow front section includes adjustable rackrail for mounting 19 connector panels and shallow shelves, while the generous 7 deep backpan features conduit entry LKOs top and bottom. This versatile shallow wall rack does double duty as both a connector panel and a generous pull-box that swings the connector panels out of the way during cable pulling. Hinge on left and right allows for mounting side by side and also allows for mounting of non-hinge side to be close to the wall or corner. Available in two racking heights, accepts universal solid, vented, or plexi front doors (see pg. 34).

SWR Series Shallow Wall Rack and SBX Series Wall Mount Cabinet

Draw latch can be mounted top and bottom to allow mounting cabinets side-by-side GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Center Section Clearance 5.77 29.21

30.64 SWR-12-12

Part # SWR-12-12 SWR-16-12

Racking Height 21" (12 space) 28" (16 space)

Overall Height 25-1/8" 32-1/8"

Useable Depth 11-7/8" 11-7/8"

Overall Depth 12-1/2" 12-1/2"

Overall Width 24-7/8" 24-7/8

Weight Capacity 150 lbs. 150 lbs.

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

SBX Series Wall Mount Cabinet

Specify an SBX when seeking an economical solution for wall mounting smaller systems.
A&E

laser knockout and electrical knockouts in backpan

96-068
for full product info.

1/2 and 3/4 electrical knockouts in top and bottom

removable backpan pre-mounts for easier installation

Removable backpan simplies installation and provides easy access to equipment connections Locking front door swings open a full 180 on a virtually indestructible hinge for rugged security and unobtrusive accessibility Deep rail-to-door clearance ratio provides exibility not found in ush-mount door designs Standard heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting Ventilation slots at top & bottom of each side promote passive thermal management 1/2 and 3/4 electrical knockouts at top and bottom, and 1 and 1-1/2 also on rear to facilitate cable entry GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # SBX-7 SBX-10 Racking Height 12-1/4 (7 space) 17-1/2 (10 space) Useable Depth 14-3/4 14-3/4 Weight Capacity 75 lbs. 100 lbs.

SBX-10 rack is easily fastened to backpan with included security screws and driver bit

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

IDFSeries Overhead Mount Intermediate Distribution Rack

Choose the IDF when rackmounting hubs, routers and other equipment overhead in warehouses, retail outlets or any larger, open location.
Structural Features Mounts to building truss or Unistrut beam using 2 threaded rods (installer supplied), or directly to Unistrut beam Included safety lanyard ensures a secure installation Removable 16-gauge aluminum plate allows bottom mounting of wireless antennae, dome cameras, etc. Standard solid front and rear locking and latched doors install with safety chains and lift-off stops to prevent accidental removal Electrical box pre-installed inside the enclosure Standard front and rear adjustable 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Thermal Management Two 4-1/2 exhaust fans remove heated air at the top of the enclosure. Passive lower air intakes allow cooler air to be pulled in from the bottom. Cable Management Rack top includes four integral gland grommeted 4 cable pass-throughs Multiple UHF/VHF antenna knockouts on the bottom of the enclosure Regulatory / Certications GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level) Welded construction provides 150 lb. weight capacity Grounding/bonding stud in top of enclosure facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards UL Listed in the US and Canada
Part # IDF-TM-1224BK IDF-TM-1624BK IDF-ARB-24 Description 12 space, 24deep, 21 useable depth 16 space, 24deep, 21 useable depth optional rackrail bracket extender, converts IDF to full front to rear adjustable rackrail
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-01075

A&E

for full product info.

IDFSeries Overhead Mount Intermediate Distribution Rack

includes 4 integral gland grommets for cable pass-throughs

includes solid locking front/ rear doors

removable aluminum plate

includes 2 - 4-1/2 exhaust fans

IDF-TM-1224BK

Includes power distribution unit AT NO EXTRA CHARGE! See pg.102 for more on the PD-915R

front

rear

Alternate Mounting Methods Included safety lanyard ensures a secure installation (threaded rods required, installer supplied)

TWO POINT MOUNTING to truss, with threaded rod

FOUR POINT MOUNTING directly to Unistrut beam

knockouts for conduit pass-through to internal, standard eletrical box

a typical warehouse IDF installation with optional dome camera mounted underneath

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Vertical Equipment Wall Mounts

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-700

for full product info.

Specify a WRP or WRS for vertically mounting equipment on a wall surface in a protective enclosure.
Structural Features Unique design with 23 useable racking depth allows mounting of deeper equipment vertically in a parallel-to-the-wall orientation for space efciency and aesthetics Standard adjustable heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail Solid hinged body swings either left or right Angled, hinged plexiglass (WRP Series) or solid steel (WRS Series) top cover allows convenient equipment access Top cover keyed separately from body keylock, providing user access to equipment controls while limiting access to rear equipment connections Finished in a durable putty powder coat (WRP Series) or black textured powder coat (WRS Series) Thermal Management Vented front and two bottom located fan mounting positions facilitate thermal management Accepts two optional 4-1/2 fans Cable Management Rackrail adjusts to provide a space from 1 to 4 between top cover and equipment faces, allowing abundant room for D-Ring cable managers

A&E

WRP-6 shown in service position 25-1/4

Vertical Equipment Wall Mounts

28-1/2

8-5/8 12-1/8 15-5/8

WRS-6 shown with top cover open

Regulatory / Certications Grounding/bonding stud facilitates the proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards UL Listed in the US and Canada GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Putty Part #* Black Part #* WRP-4 WRP-6 WRP-8 WRP-6 shown with top cover open
EIA/TIA Compliant

Racking Height 7 (4 space 10-1/2 (6 space) 14 (8 space)

Useable Depth 23 23 23

Weight Capacity 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs.

WRS-4 WRS-6 WRS-8

*Putty version has plexi cover, black version has solid cover.

Vertical Equipment Mount

Versatile solution for wall mount racking where a protective enclosure is not required.

VPM-4

Can accommodate all depths of equipment Mounts horizontally or vertically allowing versatile component placement under desktops, for example Heavy duty threaded rack rail, available in 2, 3 or 4 rackspace models Use two to provide 4-point mounting Includes hole for safety screw (for under desk mounting)
Part # VPM-2 VPM-3 VPM-4 Description 2 space, vertical equipment mount 3 space, vertical equipment mount 4 space, vertical equipment mount

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Vertical Equipment Wall Mounts

Ideal for mounting patch panels with switches, hubs, routers and other equipment.
Structural Features Beveled front door with anges on all sides provides greater security for equipment Reversible hinged door with lock and padlockable latch Integral electrical box simplies power distribution Constructed of 16-gauge steel, 24 wide by 36 high x 7-1/2 deep Finished in a durable putty powder coat Standard heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail 4 total rackspaces for equipment mounting in two sections Thermal Management Ventilation slots on front cover address thermal management needs 4-1/2 fan kit available, mounts externally to maximize equipment mounting and cable management space Cable Management Cable management features include a 7 x 4 cable pass-through on backpan, abundant cable tie points and integral lacing bar on top set of rackrail 24 length of hook and loop fasteners included to facilitate cable management Laser knockouts on the top, bottom and sides for cable entry Regulatory / Certications 150 lb. weight capacity Grounding/bonding stud facilitates the proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards UL Listed in the US and Canada GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # Racking Height Part # HDR-FAN Description external 4-1/2 fan kit & vent blocker HDR-4 3-1/2 + 3-1/2 (2 rackspace + 2 rackspace)
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-975

A&E
HDR-FAN optional external mount fan

for full product info.

HDR-4 beveled front door provides enhanced security

Easy Access to Equipment Connections

Vertical Equipment Wall Mounts

lift

swings out

rotate Service Position Lower bay rotates out for easy access to equipment connections

Upper bay rotates for easy access to patch panel connections & positive stop for punch downs
Spec. #

Ideal for small sound systems, paging & patching applications in schools, hotels, ofces or anywhere a secure, low-prole wall mount solution is required.
Structural Features Two models available: surface mount or ush between studs Tamper resistant design ideal for use in non-secure areas Mount non-rackmount equipment using included clamp bars 10-32 threaded rackrail is adjustable with a 1-1/2 to 3-3/8 recess to accommodate handles and knobs Up to 20 useable depth Durable, neutral putty nish Vented for effective passive thermal management Knockout provided in face to mount RPS Series remote power switch and low-voltage Decora devices Cable Management Includes knockout to accommodate Middle Atlantic Products UCP Series universal connector panels, mounts BNC, XLR and other popular connectors Cable management tie points, with knockouts provided in back box for cable pass-through Regulatory / Certications 100 lb. weight capacity Grounding/bonding stud facilitates the proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards UL Listed in the US and Canada GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Surface Mount Part # TOR-2-20SP TOR-3-20SP TOR-4-20SP Flush Mount Part # TOR-2-20RP TOR-3-20RP TOR-4-20RP Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) Outside Depth 4-7/16 6-3/16 7-15/16
When mounting Part # TOR-3-20RP or TOR-PRT TOR-4-20RPbetween 2x4 studs, order the partial recess trim kit to nish the installation.

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-01009

A&E

for full product info.

24-1/2

30-1/4

keylocks closed for security

front panel equipment access

includes electrical box for 120V connections

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Digital Video and Time-Lapse Recorder Lockboxes

Spec. #

96-01008

Specify a DLBXwhen securing digital recording equipment.

Digital Video Recorder Lockbox Optimized to handle the active or passive thermal management needs of digital video recorders and other digital equipment Mounts vertically or horizontally to the wall, also can be used as a monitoring shelf Congurable thermal management system includes two fans, and can be set up to accommodate the needs of any DVR or NVR Optional proportional speed thermostatic fan control ensures fans only runs when needed, increasing fan life and reducing maintenance requirements & noise Extensive cable management facilities include tie points, EKOs and cable pass-throughs Mechanically interlocking top provides added security yet removes easily for equipment servicing Standard keylocked vented hinging front door allows easy equipment access VLBX models include a factory-installed 4-1/2 fan with washable lter for effective thermal management 100 lb. weight capacity UL Listed in the US and Canada GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

A&E A&E

for full product info.

(DLBX)

Spec. #

96-941
for full product info.
(VLBX)

DLBX shown mounted ush to the wall

optional thermostatic fan control

Digital Video and Time-Lapse Recorder Lockboxes

Part # DLBX VLBX optional rackrail with cut outs for cable pass-through DLBX shown with mechanically interlocking cover removed and optional fan control and rackrail kit VBLX-5.5 DLBX-WM VLBX-WM DLBX-RR5 DLBX-FSK

Description DVR lockbox w/ fan DVR lockbox w/ fan

Inside Dimensions 20-5/8w x 8h x 20-3/4d 19-7/8w x 5-3/8h x 17d

Outside Dimensions 23-7/8w x 11-5/16h x 28-1/4d 20-3/4w x 8-1/8h x 20-7/8d 20w x 5-1/2h x 17-1/4d

DVR/NVR lockbox w/ fan 22-7/8w x 11h x 26-3/4d

pair of wall mount brackets for DLBX pair of wall mount brackets for VLBX only (not compatible with VLBX-5.5) 10-32 threaded rackrail kit for DLBX, 5 space with cutouts for cable pass-through security cover kit for DLBX

FC-2-215-1C proportional speed thermostatic fan control with two 15 Amp outlets for DLBX Visit middleatlantic.com for more congurations. Custom sizes and plexiglass front panel available. Please call for details.

Sample Thermal Management Congurations DVRw/side intake and rear exhaust

blank cover plate fan exhaust rackrail at maximum setback optional fan controller ltered intake optional fan controller

VLBX-5.5 includes a removable washable lter

fan exhaust

DLBX-FSK security cover kit prevents tampering with equipment while keeping airow

rackrail at max. setback

fan exhaust

Shown in low-prole sideways orientation

Shown in horizontal mounting position

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Wall Mount Open Frame Rack and Versa-Rack Sideways Equipment Mount
Wall Mount Open Frame Rack
A self-squaring rack for mounting virtually any data or telecommunications component, the wall mount open frame rack is quick and easy to assemble thanks to its self-aligning design.
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-210

A&E

for full product info.

The WM Series offers an effective method of wall mounting ber-optic as its xed design prevents kinking or breaking of glass bers Rugged steel construction 10-32 threaded rackrail Includes rack screws Black textured powder coat nish GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Wall Mount Open Frame Rack and Versa-Rack Sideways Equipiment Mount

Part # WM-8-12 WM-8-18 WM-15-12 WM-15-18 WM-30-12 WM-30-18

Overall Height 17-3/4 17-3/4 30 30 56-1/4 56-1/4

Racking Height 14 (8 space) 14 (8 space) 26-1/4 (15 space) 26-1/4 (15 space) 52-1/2 (30 space) 52-1/2 (30 space)

Depth 12 18 12 18 12 18

Weight Capacity 200 lbs. 150 lbs. 200 lbs. 150 lbs. 175 lbs. 125 lbs. WM-15-18 shown with HCM-2D horizontal cable manager

Versa-Rack Sideways Equipment Mount

Mount network components at against the wall with this innovative all-steel sideways panel mount.

Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-220

A&E

for full product info.

Versa-Racks can also be used to mount components under tables and desks for commercial and classroom use. Each model features a single pair of high quality heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail that can be positioned in 3 locations to accommodate D-Ring cable managers (see pg.138). The low-prole sideways panel mount is equipped with cable lacing points at the rear and includes a steel cover to protect and conceal equipment. Includes rack screws. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)
Part # SPM-2 SPM-4 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 7 (4 space) Weight Capacity 50 lbs. 40 lbs.

3 position rackrail can be set back to accommodate cable managers

SPM-4

19-3/4 width SPM-4 shown on side with cover removed 21-3/4 depth

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Swing Frame Wall Rack

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-984

Swing Frame Rack

Specify an SFR when mounting patch panels, hubs and switches in a secure room or closet. Innovative open-back wall mount design allows swing frame rack to be mounted over existing equipment and physical obstacles (conduit, telephone equipment, etc.)

A&E

for full product info.

Swing Frame And Swing Gate Wall Racks

Rugged 100 lb. weight capacity, afforded by 14-gauge steel construction, provides the greatest strength in its class Open-back design maximizes useable wall space Unique, open swing frame design utilizes pivot points instead of hinges and can be inverted to allow opening from the left or the right 90 opening with positive stop facilitates punching down of wires while fully open and also minimizes stress on cable loops Ships ready-to-assemble to reduce space needed for storage and transport Standard heavy-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting Permanently lubricated bushings with a proprietary pivot prevent sag Abundant tie points and cable pass-throughs Black powder coat nish Includes 50 rack screws and hook and loop cable fasteners GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certied for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

12 Depth Part # SFR-12-18 SFR-12-12 SFR-20-12

18 Depth Part # SFR-12-18 SFR-20-18 SFR-25-18

24 Depth Part # SFR-12-24 SFR-20-24 SFR-25-24

Racking Height 21 (12 space) 35 (20 space) 43-3/4 (25 space)

Overall Height 27-1/4 41-1/4 50

Weight Capacity 100 lbs. 100 lbs. 100 lbs.

90 opening with positive stop to facilitate punch-down

Enhanced compact packaging design

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Pivoting And Hinged Panel Mounts

Pivoting Panel Mount
The logical choice for wall mounting patch panels and network equipment, pivoting panel mounts are offered in 6, 12, and 18 depths and provide easy rear access. Innovative design with 90 positive stop facilitates punching down while fully open. Featuring abundant tie points for cable management, hook and loop cable fasteners and rugged steel construction, each unit is nished in a durable black powder coat. The 8 space PPM-8-18 has a depth of 18 to accommodate deeper equipment. Rack screws and hook & loop fasteners included.
Spec. #

96-0210

A&E

for full product info.

Top Covers and Doors

Security top covers and doors completely enclose the PPM for installation in non-secure areas. Available for 12 and 19 deep models
Part # PPM-2 PPM-4 PPM-6 PPM-6-12 PPM-8-12 PPM-8-18 Security Top Cover Part # PPM-LID12 PPM-LID12 PPM-LID18 Security Door Part # PPM-DO6* PPM-DO8* PPM-DO8* Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 7 (4 space) 10-1/2 (6 space) 10-1/2 (6 space) 14 (8 space) 14 (8 space) Overall Height 5-3/4 9-1/4 12-3/4 12-3/4 16-1/4 16-1/4 Depth 6 6 6 12 12 18 Weight Capacity 20 lbs. 20 lbs. 30 lbs. 40 lbs. 60 lbs. 60 lbs.

PPM-8-12 with PPM-LID12 and PPM-DO8

PPM-8-12

*When using door option, top cover is required

Pivoting And Hinged Panel Mounts

Backless Pivoting Panel Mount

Designed to work over wall obstructions such as conduit or raceways. Opens 90 with positive stop to allow 6 rackspace height available for punch down of cables Security cover and lid available 16 depth, 40 lb. weight capacity
Part # PPM-6-16OB* PPM-LID16 Description 6 space pivoting panel mount, open back, 16 deep lid, ts 16 deep PPMs PPM-6-160B closed
Spec. #

*PPM-DO6 security door ts 6 space PPMs

PPM-6-160B
EIA/TIA Compliant

Hinged Panel Mount

Our HPM Series provides simple and straightforward wall mounting of rackmount components and can also be rackmounted to any 19 open frame rack. 6 deep and steel construction Finished in a durable black powder coat Hinged to provide rear access to Rack screws & hook & loop fasteners included mounted components
Part # HPM-1 HPM-2 HPM-4 HPM-6 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 7 (4 space) 10-1/2 (6 space) Part # Description HPM-LID HPM-LID top dust cover acts as an equipment shelf

96-212

A&E

for full product info.

HPM-1 HPM-2

HPM-4

Adjustable Depth Hinged Panel Mount

Dual hinged mount provides exceptional rear access to rackmount components Simple adjustable depth accommodates Grounding stud built-in and space indicators components from 9 15 marked on rackrail Built-in cable management
Part # Description Weight Capacity 15 lbs. 20 lbs. 25 lbs.

cut out in rear for cable pull-through

HPM-6

EIA/TIA Compliant

HPM-4-915 4 space, adjustable depth 9 - 15 HPM-6-915 6 space, adjustable depth 9 - 15 HPM-8-915 8 space, adjustable depth 9 - 15

HPM-4-915

telescopes from 9 - 15

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

R4 Series 4-Post Open Frame Racks 12-24 Threaded Rackrail

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01076

for full product info.

Mount networking, telephone, VOIP equipment, routers, switches and more with the R4 Series 4-Post Open Frame Rack.
These racks are designed to accommodate deeper, heavier components than a 2-post frame rack.

Models Available

A&E

R4 Series 4-Post Open Frame Racks 12-24 Threaded Rackrail

Structural Features Open top accepts direct mounting of optional 6, 9 or 12 cable ladder (mounts parallel or perpendicular to front of rack). Ships flat to save space. Includes 100 pcs. of 12-24 threaded mounting hardware. Rack gangs to additional 4-post or 2-post open frame racks Includes additional, adjustable split rackrail to provide up to three mounting depths 1/4 aluminum uprights, with a 3/16 thick aluminum base Flat black powder coat finish Thermal Management Open frame design facilitates unrestricted air flow

overall depth useable depth R412-4524B with 12-24 threaded rackrail

20-1/4

Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity - 2,500 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 800 lbs. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

Versatile Rack Base Base angles may be assembled to the outside for increased stability or inward to save space.

Side braces provide locations to mount additional vertical accessories including power, cable management, or mounting rails.

Top accepts mounting of cable ladders parallel or perpendicular to the front of the rack. For Cable Ladder Accessories see pgs. 142-143.

Add side panels to open frame racks to nish installation. See pg. 31.

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Add'l 12/24 Threaded Rackrail R412-RR38 R412-RR45 R412-RR51 R412-RR38 R412-RR45 R412-RR51 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169 Recommended Power G G P T G P T G G P T G P T

Part #

Racking Height

Overall Height Useable Depth 72-1/4 84-1/4 96-1/2 72-1/4 84-1/4" 96-1/2" 24" 24" 24" 30" 30" 30"

Overall Depth 36" 36" 36" 42" 42" 42"

Overall Width 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2

Side Panels SPN-R4-3824 SPN-R4-4524 SPN-R4-5124 SPN-R4-3830 SPN-R4-4530 SPN-R4-5130

R412-3824B 66-1/2" (38 space) R412-4524B 78-3/4" (45 space) R412-5124B 89-1/4" (51 space) R412-3830B 66-1/2" (38 space) R412-4530B 78-3/4" (45 space) R412-5130B 89-1/4" (51 space)

for more info, refer to pgs. 96-117

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

R4 Series 4-Post Open Frame Racks Cage Nut Rackrail

Mount servers and other equipment requiring cage nut mounting hardware with the R4 Series 4-Post Open Frame Rack.
These racks are designed to accommodate deeper, heavier components than a two post frame rack.
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-01076

A&E

for full product info.

Structural Features Open top accepts direct mounting of optional 6, 9 or 12 cable ladder (mounts parallel or perpendicular to front of rack) Ships flat to save space Includes 100 pcs. of 6mm screws and cage nuts Rack gangs to additional 4-post or 2-post open frame racks Open frame design facilitates unrestricted air flow Includes additional z-rail adapter for side mount installations and adjustable split rackrail to provide up to three mounting depths Four post channels are constructed from heavy-gauge steel Flat black powder coat finish Constructed from heavy gauge steel

Models Available

R4 Series 4-Post Open Frame Racks Cage Nut Rackrail

Regulatory / Certications Static load capacity - 2,000 lbs. UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 800 lbs. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level)

R4CN-4524B with cage nut style rackrail

overall depth useable depth

21-1/4

Versatile Rack Base Base angles may be assembled to the outside for increased stability or inward to save space.

Side braces provide locations to mount additional vertical accessories incl. power, cable management, or mounting rails.

Top accepts mounting of cable ladders parallel or perpendicular to the front of the rack. For Cable Ladder Accessories see pgs. 142-143.

Add side panels to open frame racks to nish installation. See pg. 31.

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Overall Height 84-1/4" 96-1/2" 84-1/4" 96-1/2" 84-1/4" 96-1/2" Useable Depth 24" 24" 30" 30" 36" 36" Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Overall Depth 36" 36" 42" 42" 48" 48" Overall Width 21-1/4" 21-1/4" 21-1/4" 21-1/4" 21-1/4" 21-1/4" Side Panels SPN-R4-4524 SPN-R4-5124 SPN-R4-4530 SPN-R4-5130 SPN-R4-4536 SPN-R4-5136 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Additional Cage Nut Rack Rail PROR4CN-RR45 PROR4CN-RR51 PROR4CN-RR45 PROR4CN-RR51 PROR4CN-RR45 PROR4CN-RR51 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169 Additional Cage Nut Z-Rail Adapter PROR4CN-ZRA45 PROR4CN-ZRA51 PROR4CN-ZRA45 PROR4CN-ZRA51 PROR4CN-ZRA45 PROR4CN-ZRA51 Recommended Power G P T G P T G P T G P T G P T G P T

Part #

Racking Height

R4CN-4524B 78.75" (45 space) R4CN-5124B 89.25" (51 space) R4CN-4530B 78.75" (45 space) R4CN-5130B 89.25" (51 space) R4CN-4536B 78.75" (45 space) R4CN-5136B 89.25" (51 space)

for more info, refer to pgs. 96-117

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

2-Post Open Frame Racks

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-972

96-053

96-01107

A&E

for full product info.

Models Available

gusseted base conforms to uneven oors, no shimming required

shown with optional vertical manager

RLA19-1245

RL10-45

R2-44S

2-Post Open Frame Racks

RLA Series Aluminum 2-Post

The industry standard RLA series 2-post open frame rack incorporates a 15 deep heavy-duty aluminum base and includes holes so that the rack can be secured to the oor. 12-24 threaded front and rear, with numbered rackspace increments Channels constructed from 3/16 aluminum Available in silver brushed aluminum or black powder coat nish Includes 50 rack screws Static load capacity - 1,600 lbs. when properly loaded and anchored UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 400 lbs.
Part #* RLA19-1245 Racking Height 78-3/4 (45 space) Overall Panel Height Width Finish 19 19 19 black silver black 84 84

RL Series Steel 2-Post

RL series 19 2-post open frame racks incorporate a self-squaring, self-leveling design for easy assembly. Top rails accommodate standard cable ladders. Threaded 10-32 or 12-24, with numbered rackspace increments Channels constructed from 11-gauge steel to provide extra strength Finished in a black powder coat Includes 50 rack screws Static load capacity - 1,600 lbs. when properly loaded and anchored UL Listed in the US and Canada. UL Listed load capacity - 400 lbs.
Part # RL10-45 RL10-38 RL12-45 Racking Overall Thread Recommend Height Height Size Power 78-3/4 (45 space) 66-1/2 (38 space) 78-3/4 (45 space) 84 72 84 10-32 10-32 12-24 N P R T G J N N P R T

R2-44S Seismic 2-Post

The R2-44S Seismic 2-post open frame rack incorporates a heavy duty 3/8 thick steel base that provides additional structural integrity to the steel frame. Top pattern accepts a variety of cable ladders with no additional adapter required. Ships assembled and ready to install. 10-32 threaded front and rear, with numbered rackspace increments Channels constructed from 11-gauge steel to provide extra strength Finish in a black powder coat Includes 50 rack screws Seismic Certied capacity 850 lbs.
Part # R2-44S Racking Height 77 (44 space) Overall Height 84 Recommended Power N P R T

RLA19-1251B 89-1/2 (51 space) 96-1/8 RLA19-1245B 78-3/4 (45 space)

for more info, refer to pgs. 96-117

* N P R T recommended power, for more info, refer to pgs. 96-117

The CSB cantilever support base adds stability to RL Series Steel 2-Post Racks. The CSB is especially helpful for installations when cantilever shelves are used to mount heavy equipment and the center-of-gravity is shifted to the rear of the rack. Black powder coat nish.

Part # CSB

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

2-Post Cable Management Racks 10-32 Threaded Rackrail

Employs an innovative design that incorporates captive fasteners to provide quick assembly times, eliminating loose bolts. Features and Benets Unique indexed swiveling front-mount cable rings 6 and 14 deep channels for massive cable bundles Integral top cable ladders and cable trays in the front and rear 10-32 threaded front and rear rail Hook and loop fasteners and front cable feed-through hole plugs included for simplied cable management Includes 100 rack screws
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

96-281

A&E

for full product info.

cable pass throughs

Models Available

top cable tray, front and rear

accepts cable ladders without additional accessories

2-Post Cable Management Racks 10-32 Threaded Rackrail

24 base width for use with raised ooring tiles

Technical Specication 500 lb. or 800 lb. weight capacity depending on mounting method Steel construction with durable black powder coat nish

16-7/16

MK-19-45

MK-1945-24

Part # MK-19-45 MK-1945-24

Racking Height 45 space 45 space

Overall Height 84-1/4 84-1/4

Overall Depth 16-7/16 24

Mounting Channel Depth 6-3/8 14

Width 24 24

Recommended Power N P R T N P R T

for more info, refer to pgs. 96-117

Complete your Rack System with the following options and accessories: Power Distribution pgs. 96-117 Thermal Management pgs. 118-129 Cable Management pgs. 130-143 Rack Accessories pgs. 144-169

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Technical Furniture

Complete installations, in addition to the equipment itself, may require workspaces where human staff can control, monitor, or otherwise interact with the installed system. For these situations, Middle Atlantic offers a selection of technical furniture that, unlike standard ofce furniture, incorporates specic technical features or capabilities that support a professional installation in a commercial application. For example, the ViewPoint console line is specically designed to include installed rackmounted components and heavy interconnecting cabling. As another example, C5 Series Credenza Racks combine all the advantages of a rack system with the external appearance of furniture so that equipment can be installed in a conference room without looking out of place. Take note of the relevant certications indicated on each product page as an additional assurance of the quality of these offerings.

Technical Furniture

Please see the product groupings listed on the facing page. If you need help, please call our technical support group for assistance.

ViewPoint Consoles

VisionFrame Video Monitor Walls

LCD Monitoring/Command Desks

78 middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Edit Center Studio Furniture

Technical Furniture
ViewPoint Monitoring Console System 80 - 83 VisionFrame Video Monitor Wall 84 - 85

LCD Monitoring/Command Desk

86 - 87

Monitoring Consoles & SCRK/SQRK Series

88 -89

Technical Furniture

Edit Center Multimedia Studio Furniture

90 - 91

MultiDesk Video Multimedia Studio Furniture

Multimedia Furniture Accessories

C5 Series Credenza Racks

94 - 95

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

Serious Furniture for Mission Critical Installations

NEW!

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

EIA/TIA Compliant Consoles are optimized for exible at screen arrangements and ergonomically designed with the user in mind Equally suited for small surveillance applications to large scale command and control environments Modular design allows almost limitless conguration choices You can design your workspace for straight, curved, or even serpentine layouts. We can help you plan your room! Easy to plan and specify using free Designer Layout Software (available on middleatlantic.com)

Spec. #

96-01132

A&E

for full product info.

Models Available

Exceptional Reliability from the Equipment Mounting Experts Middle Atlantic has been an expert supplier of equipment racks and mounting systems for decades. That expertise is built in to every ViewPoint system to support Mission Critical installation reliability: Console bays are rugged, fully welded steel construction Engineered for fast assembly and effective equipment cooling Built-in cable management functions Mission Critical qualications include: Seismic Certied to IBC, UBC, CBC, and NFPA Codes and Standards UL Listed in the US and Canada for strength and stability ANSI/BIFMA Compliant for strength and stability GREENGUARD Children and Schools Certied for indoor environmental air quality (Stricter certication criteria than standard GREENGUARD rating - helps qualify for LEED credits)
80 middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Free Design Software - see pg. 85

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

Standard Work Surface Finishes

NEW!

Darkstone

Graystone

Pepperstone

Shark Gray

Wenge

Dark Cherry

Dark Pecan

Aged Cherry

Honey Maple

Light Walnut

Maple

Side Panel Styles

Several end panel styles are available, please contact us for details.
shown with 34 deep desktop to maximize work surface area

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

shown with bay extender for rackmounting deep equipment

shown with 18 console work surface to provide for top access to equipment and cabling

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

Straight Bays

NEW!

Bays are pre-assembled and fully welded, and come in standard 12, 24, 36, 48, and 72 widths for mounting equipment and providing workspace. Additionally 6 and 12 units are also available to adjust overall widths and provide cable routing between bays.

Features
Lockable & Removeable Front & Rear Access Panels Relocatable Steel-Reinforced Cable Ducts

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

Rear Door Innovative access panel design includes brush grommet for cable entry

Lockable front and rear access panels can be hinged and/or lifted off easily, even while close to a wall, providing easy access to equipment and connections. One of the rear access panels in 36, 48 and 72 bays includes brush grommet for entry and exit of large cable bundles.

Each bay includes relocatable steel-reinforced cable ducts which allow contiguous cabling support for the entire console width. Cable management system with grommets and multiple tie points keep internal and external cabling organized and optimized for serviceability.

Options
Storage Cabinet & Peninsula File Cabinets Desktop Turrets Wedges Slide-Out Tray System

Available storage cabinet provides ideal location for storing papers, binders and supplies comes standard with twin glass doors, which can be mounted in any of 4 positions on the cabinet, allowing multiple operator access as needed. Peninsula adds to work surface area and provides separation of operators.
82

File cabinet rolls beneath work surface and includes casters and locking drawers to allow le cabinet to be easily switched out during shift changes. Unit includes 3 drawers One drawer ts hanging les (letter size) while the other two can be used for misc. items. Includes a 5th wheel to minimize tip hazard.

4 space, 6 space and 9 space turret racks can be mounted behind 18 work surfaces to hold equipment where it can be easily manipulated. Call us for information about custom turrets for 34 deep desktops. Monitor mounts can attach to the rear beam behind turrets.

Standard wedges are fully welded for quick installation, available in 15, 22-1/2, 30, 45 and 90 angles to create concave ergonomic work spaces. Reverse angle standard wedges are also available in 15, 22-1/2, and 30 angles, to create convex or serpentine layouts.

Slide out tray system for mounting PC towers under counter top can be mounted to slide from the front or back of console bay. PC towers can also be placed in bay section on standard internal base provided.

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

NEW!

Free Design Software - see pg. 85

72 48

18 Work Surface

34 Desktop

Optional Rail Kits

ViewPoint Monitoring Console System

18 work surface allows easy top access to the upper cable management channels and is an ideal solution when operator may need to make some adjustments to wiring, etc., or when back of console is close to wall or rear access is limited. Field height congurable to 3 positions - 28-1/4, 29-1/8, and 30, accepts turrets.

34 desktop provides more workspace for viewing larger documents when top access is not required, but does not allow top access to wiring compartment. System must be designed within the room to allow sufcient space for rear access to installed equipment, wiring, etc., standard height of 30.

The optional top rail kit enables vertical mounting of UPS or similar equipment. The optional front rail kit can be added to any full width bay and allows rackmounting of components near the workspace.

Bay Extenders

Articulating Keyboard Shelf

Rear Fan Exhaust Door

thermostat

Task Light

fans on door

Versatile 18 and 24 extender cabinets integrate seamlessly with system, are ideal for mounting deep DVRs, NVRs and servers and include either a plexi or vented front door (provides 33 & 39 rackmount useable depths).

Provides a generous 31 width adequate for keyboard and mouse. Combines innite height adjustments with simple wrist movement. Attractive laminate nish matches Console System.

100 CFM fan door provides thermostatically controlled cooling, with super quiet 27dB at full speed.

Long reach task light can be placed in multiple locations, to permit lighting of printed material where needed.

For multimedia furniture accessories, see pg. 93

Monitor Mounts Extensive selection for optimal viewing. Mount any LCD with VESA 75 or VESA 100 mounting hole patterns.

VC-MM1X1 1X1, articulating Weight Capacity 12-28 lbs. Congurations

Part #

VC-MM2X1 2X1, horizontal 50 lbs.

VC-MM1X2 1X2, vertical 50 lbs.

VC-MM1X2PL 1X2, articulating, landscape/portrait 42 lbs.

VC-MM2X2 2X2, quad, two across, two levels 88 lbs.

VC-MM3X1D 3X1, triple horizontal 75 lbs.

VC-MM3X2D 3X2, triple horizontal, across two levels 150 lbs.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

VisionFrame Video Monitor Wall

Robust Video Monitor Support System Application Engineered for Unparalleled Monitor Support

NEW!

Spec. #

96-01146

A&E

for full product info.

Generous hidden vertical cable management.

Horizontal cable management.

VisionFrame Video Monitor Wall

Power strips clip easily to rear beam.

Unique cleat system eliminates measurement and guess work.

Factory pre-assembled mount structure saves eld time.

Quick turn custom Screen-Lock fasteners for fast assembly.

Heavy duty support can freestand or bolt to oor, and includes levelers.

Also available as Desk Wall version that attaches directly to our ViewPoint console & LCD Desk line.

Assembles quickly and easily Integral cable management channels Designed to meet the specic needs of each installation Accepts 10 80 monitors Walls can be designed up to 13 3 high, in any width Freestanding and desk mount models available Power strips mount directly to the frame ETL Listed in the US and Canada for strength and stability

shown with optional privacy panel

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

VisionFrame Video Monitor Wall

It Doesnt Get Easier Than This
Use our free Middle Atlantic Designer 3D Layout Software to quickly design and specify your wall: Designer 3D layout software makes it easy to: Create a video wall layout Show the actual room design in full color Create a retail quote and specication Includes easy 2D and 3D CAD export Line of sight tool lets you conrm operator positioning

NEW!

Product Annotations

Line of Sight Tool

VisionFrame Video Monitor Wall

How To Design a Video Monitor Wall Using Middle Atlantic Designer Software
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Select VisionFrame Monitor Wall Category.

Double-click on the Monitor Wall.

Drag over the monitors.

Click on the green arrow to put the wall in the drawing.

Fast Installation Matches Your Design Layout

Columns come with feet installed, ready for placement at install site.

Beams hook on sturdy cleats and have preinstalled fastening points.

Mount subassemblies match specied design, ready to hang.

Monitors are quickly installed and ready for cable routing.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

LCDMonitoring/Command Desk
Equally suited for small surveillance applications to large-scale network based command and control environments, LCD Monitoring Desks are optimized for at screens and ergonomically designed with the user in mind.
Spec. #

96-01006

sculped edge for user comfort

for full product info.

Ships from stock

A&E

LD-6430PS shown with optional accessories

LCDMonitoring/Command Desk

LD-4830HM shown with optional wedge and accessories, including articulating CPU mount, side panels and monitor mounts

48 side panels add 3/4

Structural Features Modular design for exible conguration options and economical additions Low prole light bridge (optional) allows better line of sight to video monitor walls Connecting wedges available in 45 and 90 for versatile monitoring setups 48 and 64 widths available Small footprint (32deep) ideal for compact rooms Available in attractive dark cherry, honey maple, pepperstone (top) and slate (side panels) nishes Add-A-Bay models allow for economical expansion (cannot be used alone - must attach to the right hand side of an existing desk unit) Half-height and full-height side panels available A full complement of accessories available to nish any installation Cable Management Power distribution and cable management cabinet features integral front and rear doors for convenient access Time Savings Assembles in minutes
Cable management cabinet neatly organizes all wiring & provides space for power distribution

Articulating LCDmounts provide exible monitor placement, including enhanced line-of-sight viewing

Abundant cable tie points & cable trough. Removable Cable pass-through for multi-bay Save space with mounting installation & conduit entry. channel for C power strips. front & rear panels conceal & protect all wiring.

Add-A-Bay models allow for economical expansion.

Part # LD-4830* LD-6430*

Overall Width 48 64

Light Bridge LD-L48 LD-L64

Add-A-Bay Model Light Bridge Add-A-Bay Standard Side Panels (Pair) Full Height Side Panels (Pair) Power Strip LD-4830*-RA LD-6430*-RA LD-L48RA LD-L64RA LD-SP30-* LD-SP30-* LD-PSP30-* LD-PSP30-* C C

* When ordering, sufx part number with designation for desired nish (DC = dark cherry, HM = honey maple, PS = pepperstone (top), SL = slate (side panels only)

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

LCDMonitoring/Command Desk
Accessories LD Monitoring Desk Side Rack CPU Mounts Keyboard Shelf Wedges

D-CPU

LD-1230HM

D-CPU

LD-KBTPS

This 12 space side rack is available in matching nishes and attaches to the right side of LCD Monitoring Desks and Add-A-Bays. Rear door, smoked plexi front door, and locking casters standard. Features pass-throughs for cable management between rack and desk.
Part # LD-1230* Description single bay (12 space) side rack

Available as an articulating under-desk mount or as an isolation rack with gasketed doors, sound isolation materials, fan & work surface.
Part # D-CPU Part # Description articulating Description

Articulating shelf provides full adjustability, includes wrist-rest.

NOTE: to mount LD-1230* to a wedge requires an additional hardware kit LD-WK- please call 800-266-7225 for details Part # LD-KBT* With Cable Mgmt. Cabinet LD-W4530* LD-W9030* Without Cable Mgmt. Cabinet LD-WTT45*

LCDMonitoring/Command Desk

LD-QCPUT-DC

NOTE: to mount LD-1230* to a wedge requires an additional hardware kit LD-WK- please call 800-266-7225 for details

Angle 45o 90o

LD-QCPUT* isolation rack

* When ordering, sufx part # with designation for desired nish (DC = dark cherry, HM = honey maple, PS = pepperstone)

Adjustable Light

Pencil Tray

LD-LGM D-PT15 D-PT22

Energy saving, low-voltage, fully adjustable uorescent light conveniently mounts in grommet of desk or wedge.
Part # LD-LGM

Mounts under desk and provides convenient storage for ofce supplies.

Part # D-PT15

Description 15 wide pencil tray

Part # D-PT22

Description 22 wide pencil tray

Free Design Software - see pg. 85

Standard Finishes - please call for others

DC Dark Cherry

HM Honey Maple

DC Pepperstone (top only)

SL Slate (side panels only)

For monitor mount options see pg. 93.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

High Security Monitoring Consoles

Steel Welded Consoles Ship from Stock
EIA/TIA Compliant Structural Features Heavy-duty 14-gauge fully welded construction provides a 1,500 lb. weight capacity per bay Unique zero-space wedge allows consoles to connect corner-to-corner, requiring no additional space Front and rear rackrail standard Innovative slide out and rotating equipment rack available, provides convenient rear access to equipment connections Pre-installed leveling feet provide height adjustment Available in a durable textured black powder coat nish

Code Compliancy Seismic Certied to the 1997 UBC and 2001 CBC Seismic Zone 4 and the 2000 IBC, 2003 IBC, 2002 ASCE Standard 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III lateral force requirements for protecting 375 lbs. of essential equipment in upper oor installations when used with optional SC-Z4 (see pg. 31) seismic oor anchor brackets with an Ip value of 1.5 (does not include -S consoles with the slide out rotating rack bay) Grounding/bonding stud in base of console facilitates the proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS Base console ULListed in the USand Canada

The Convective Series

Spec. #

The Quiet-Cool Series

Spec. #

96-988

HIgh Security Monitoring Consoles

12 sp

for full product info.

ships full assembled

96-989

12 sp

integral brush grommet allows clean front cable entry

A&E

for full product info.

14 sp

27 narrow 22 width saves space shown with optional foot-rest shown with optional foot-rest

fan-assisted exhaust on rear door includes bafe for noise control

Monitoring consoles provide advanced functionality at a competitive price and have been engineered to provide natural, convective cooling to extend equipment life and reduce maintenance.

Monitoring consoles ideal for use in isolating noise created by DVRs, hard drive arrays and other equipment, which can have detrimental effects on the operators attention and critical decision making ability. Engineered active thermal management ensures equipment stays cool, extending equipment life and reducing maintenance requirements. Thermal Management Keylocked lift-off solid side panels help manage airow, and includes acoustic dampening material for sound isolation Standard gasketed front and rear doors provide sound isolation from noisy equipment, ensure effective thermal management, and feature a 3-point lock for security

Thermal Management Keylocked lift-off side panels and rear doors feature engineered ventilation locations to facilitate convective cooling

For full ordering info, please visit www.middleatlantic.com/sec/orderGuide.htm

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

SCRK/SCQRK Series Enclosures

The SCRK/SCQRK Series 19 enclosures complement Quiet-Cool Series and Convective Series Monitoring Consoles. Available in full height and short versions, these enclosures can be used stand-alone or ganged to a console bay. (Quiet-Cool Series only available in short version) Structural Features Fully welded construction, combined with 16-gauge steel tops, bottoms, and sides, provides a 2,500 lb. weight capacity Locking rear door standard for additional security. SCQRK Series also includes locking gasketed solid front door Available with innovative slide out and rotating rack bay which provides convenient rear access to equipment connections Standard front and rear adjustable 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with numbered rackspace increments to speed equipment mounting Pre-installed leveling feet allow height adjustment Available in a durable textured black powder coat nish Thermal Management SCQRKfeatures gasketed front and rear doors, acoustic dampening material and fans for active thermal management Front and side ventilation locations on SCRK optimize passive convection Congurable open top on 44 space SCRK comes with standard vented top for passive thermal management, additional top options available Cable Management Laser knockouts for cable pass-through & ganging, aligns with all SCRK/SCQRK consoles 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 electrical knockouts found on removable split rear plates, top knockout plate additionally includes 1/2 D UHF/VHF antenna knockouts Multiple lacing points and slotted rail brackets add cable management convenience to SCRK/SCQRKs Removable rear plates allow cable bundles to be easily passed over or under the standard key-locking rear door Code Compliancy Grounding/bonding stud in the base of enclosure facilitates proper grounding and bonding of electronic equipment, as per NEBS and NEC standards Seismic Certied to the 1997 UBC and 2001 CBC Seismic Zone 4 and the 2000 IBC, 2003 IBC, 2002 ASCE Standard 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III lateral force requirements for protecting 750 lbs. of essential equipment in upper oor installations when used with optional SC-Z4 (see pg. 31) seismic oor anchor brackets with an Ip value of 1.5 (does not include -S racks with the slide out rotating rack bay) ULListed in the USand Canada
Spec. #

96-993

EIA/TIA Compliant

A&E A&E

for full product info.

(SCRK)

Spec. #

96-995
for full product info.
(SCQRK)

11 13 44 spaces

SCRK/SCQRK Series Enclosures

27 22 SCRK-4427BK

SCRK Convective Series Enclosures Part # Racking Height Overall Recommended Includes Slide Out Weight Useable Height Power Rotating Rack Bay Capacity Depth C C N P R T no yes** no 2,500 lbs. 200 lbs. 2,500 lbs. 24 23 24

SCRK-1327BK 22-3/4 (13 space) 27-3/4 SCRK-1327BK-S 22-3/4 (13 space) 27-3/4 SCRK-4427BK 77 (44 space) 81-7/8

SCQRK Quiet-Cool Series Enclosures Part # Racking Height Overall Recommended Includes Slide Out Weight Useable Height Power Rotating Rack Bay Capacity Depth C C no yes** 2,500 lbs. 200 lbs. 24 23 SCQRK-442BK shown ganged to console bays with custom top option

SCQRK-1327BK 22-3/4 (13 space) 27-3/4 SCQRK-1327BK-S 19-1/4 (11 space) 27-3/4

**Models w/ slide out rotating rack bay include factory-installed foot-rests

For SCRK/SCQRK Series enclosure options, please visit www.middleatlantic.com/sec/scrk_Opt.htm

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Edit Center Multimedia Studio Furniture

Application designed studio furniture is equally suited for all editing environments including post production editing suites, corporate video production rooms, campus learning labs and broadcast production facilities.
EIA/TIA Compliant

Two pivoting speaker platforms allow the placement of audio monitors at the optimum listening angle and are standard equipment on all Edit Center overbridges.

Two overbridge styles available to optimize your system: one features two 4 space rack bays angled for direct viewing, while the other features an open span underneath.

Ships from stock

Matching contours on desktops and side bay racks allow for optimum positioning of computers and rackmount processing equipment.

Edit Center Multimedia Studio Furniture

Standard nishes please call for others Honey Maple Dark Cherry Pepperstone

Desk Only

ES-HM Part # ES* ESUR* EL* ELUR*

ESUR-HM

EL-HM Description 60 desk, includes overbridge

ELUR-HM

60 desk, includes overbridge with (2)4 space rackbays 84 desk, includes overbridge 84 desk, includes overbridge with (2)4 space rackbays

* When ordering, sufx part number with designation for desired top (-DC = dark cherry, -HM = honey maple, PS = pepperstone)

Desk + Side Bay Racks

ES+S12D-HM Part # ES+S12D* ESUR+S12D* ELUR+S12D* ELUR+D12D*

ESUR+S12D-HM

ELUR+S12D-HM Description

ELUR+D12D-HM

60 desk (includes overbridge) + single bay outboard rack (with door + cooling kit) 60 desk (includes overbridge) w/(2)4 space rackbays + 1 single bay outboard rack (with door + cooling kit) 84 desk (includes overbridge) w/(2)4 space rackbays + 1 single bay outboard rack (with door + cooling kit) 84 desk (includes overbridge) w/(2)4 space rackbays + 1 dual bay outboard rack (with door + cooling kit)

* When ordering, sufx part number with designation for desired top (-DC = dark cherry, -HM = honey maple, -PS = pepperstone)

For Edit Center dimensions, please visit www.middleatlantic.com/studio/ec/ecdim.htm

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Edit Center Multimedia Studio Furniture

Side Bay Racks
Side bay racks are available in either a single or dual bay conguration and come complete with casters. The reversible top on some models is contoured to match the desktop, allowing the racks to be positioned at a comfortable angle to the user on the left or right side. Additionally, these racks feature a unique two position top height, allowing the user to determine whether the racks join the desk ush or slide under the desktop. 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded front and rear rackrail are set back 2 for equipment clearance. Single bay racks come standard with front and rear doors, while dual bay racks include doors on one bay only. Racks may also be ordered less doors. Side bay racks ship fully assembled. Cooling Gasketed plexiglass front doors and gasketed laminated rear doors on selected racks control noise and open 95 on concealed hinges. The rear door features a built-in quiet fan for cooling plus removable lter kit, and a brush grommet at the door bottom allows cable exit while maintaining a seal for air ow.

D12D-DC

S12D-PS ltered air intake

brush grommet cable entry S24D-HM sound reducing rack w/square top and doors/cooling system

D12SD-PS

S12SD-HM

Side Bay Racks Including Cooling Part # D12D-* S12D-* Description 12 space dual bay outboard rack + doors/cooling system 12 space single bay outboard rack + doors/cooling system Weight Capacity 500 lbs. 500 lbs. 300 lbs. S24D-* Part # S12SD-* Description 12 space single bay outboard rack w/square top+doors/ cooling system 24 space sound reducing rack w/square top+doors/cooling system Weight Capacity 300 lbs.

D12SD-* 12 space dual bay outboard rack w/square top+doors/cooling system

Edit Center Multimedia Studio Furniture

300 lbs.

* When ordering, sufx part number with designation for desired top (-DC = dark cherry, -HM = honey maple, PS = pepperstone). Side racks include front and rear rail

Open, Front and Rear Side Bay Racks Part # S12-* D12-* DT8* Description single bay outboard rack (12 rackspace), less doors dual bay outboard rack (12 rackspace), less doors table top rack (8 rackspace)
Side racks include front and rear rail (DT8 front rails only)

Weight Capacity 300 lbs. 500 lbs. 75 lbs. S12-DC

D12-HM DT8PS

Please request shipping information when ordering

Accessories Split Screen Pop Filter The Claw Cable Hanger

16 Sure-Grip clamp wont mar microphone stand

Cable Management Kits

CLAW 14 CM-S

PF-SS CLAW14

For Professional Voice Overs The revolutionary design of the Split Screen Pop Filter ensures superior performance. The Split Screen Pop Filter: Utilizes A.P.D.T. to eliminate pops Outperforms traditional hoop style pop lters Non-Parallel surfaces eliminate resonant frequencies What is A.P.D.T.? 2 opening between screens disperses air (relieves pressure)

The unique dual-size claw conguration of this versatile wall mount cable hanger provides efcient storage for all cables large and small. Available with side trays for holding small items, or without side trays for increased storage density. Black powder coat nish. Part # CLAW CLAW14 Dimmensions 16w x 3-1/2d, with side trays 14w x 3-1/2d

These convenient cable management kits effectively organize the mass of cable typically found in digital video and audio systems. Kit consists of spiral wrap to contain cables, and at panels with tie-points to manage cable under desktops.
Part # CM-L CM-S Description cable management kit for 84desk system, includes 8 cable managers & 20 cable wrap cable management kit for 60desk system, includes 4 cable managers & 20 cable wrap

1 1st screen

diffuses air

3 2nd screen diffuses any remaining air pressure and passes full-range vocals Description split screen pop lter, black For monitor mount options see pg. 93.

Part # PF-SS

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

MultiDesk Video
Utilizing a modular design, the MultiDesk Video System allows the conguration of furniture to accommodate a variety of work environments. Whether youre a corporate video editor, digital audio engineer, or free-lance graphic artist, you can combine the models in the series to create a system that meets your specic requirements. Featuring an attractive 1 thick top with a graphite nish and sturdy steel-tube legs, the MultiDesk Video system makes application-designed multimedia furniture available to those who previously had to choose an ofce desk or other furniture ill-suited for the job. Corner Desk Corner Desk Straight Desk 59 Video Desk
Ships from stock

MDV-CNR1 shown with (2) MDV-R12 & (2) MDV-OB4

MDV-CNR3 shown with (2) MDV-R12 & (2) MDV-OB4

MDV-DSK shown with (2) MDV-R12 & (2) MDV-OB4

MDV-DL shown with (1) S12S-DC & (1) MDV-R12

MultiDesk Video

The MDV-CNR1 Corner Desk includes a one piece overbridge that is user-congurable 3 ways: (1) 4 sp. rackbay in center, or (2) 4 sp. rackbays on sides, or Middle supports justified to outside to provide a 32 wide open center span 26-1/2 to 27-1/2 desktopheight Overbridge provides 7 inside height clearance
Part # MDV-CNR1

The MDV-CNR3 Corner Desk includes a three piece overbridge specically designed to accommodate mixers with tall meter bridges. The overbridge center section is user-congurable 2 ways: 11-1/4 inside height clearance, or 16-1/2 inside height clearance 26-1/2 to 27-1/2 desktopheight Center section provides 30 inside width clearance
Part # MDV-CNR3 designed to accommodate digital audio mixers

The MDV-DSK Straight Desk includes an overbridge that is user-congurable two ways: Two 4 space rackbays, or Remove center section to provide 39 wide open span 26-1/2 to 27-1/2 desktopHeight Overbridge provides 7 inside height clearance

The taller MDV-DL allows MultiDesk Video racks to slide underneath, saving space. Open overbridge accommodates multiple video monitors Larger 59 width provides more workspace 29-1/4 to 30-3/8 desktop height

Part # MDV-DSK

Part # MDV-DL

For MultiDesk Video dimensions, please visit www.middleatlantic.com/studio/mdv/mdvdim.htm

Side Bay Rack

Overbridge

Caster Kit

Connecting Wedge

Keyboard Tray

14-3/8 21-1/8

MDV-R12

S12SDG

MDV-OB4

MDV-CK

MDV-W

MD-KB

Add an MDV-R12 Side Bay Rack to any MultiDesk Video Series desk for additional rackmount capacity and desktop space. Top constructed from high quality 1 thick MDF with black laminate, provides 12 rackspaces, includes front rail. Casters are optional.
Part # MDV-R12 Useable Depth 23-1/2

Add an S12SDG side rack to the MDV-DL 59 video desk if a plexi front door, and rear door with a built-in quiet fan for cooling are desired. Provides 12 rackspaces, includes front and rear rackrail, and comes complete with casters. This rack slides under the surface of the MDV-DL only, not compatible with other MultiDesk Video desks.
Part # S12SDG Useable Depth 24

The MDV-OB4 Overbridge mounts on top of the MDV-R12 rack and provides an additional 4 rackspaces. When placed beside any MultiDesk Video Series desk, a contiguous surface is maintained.
Part # MDV-OB4

Caster Kit for MDV-R12 includes 4 wheels, 2 metal caster saddles, and mounting hardware. Raises rack by 5/16.
Part # MDV-CK

Use the MDV-W Connecting Wedge to connect any MultiDesk Video Series component at an ergonomic 35o angle. Mounting hardware is provided.

Designed for under-desk use, the MD-KB computer keyboard tray is equipped witih a padded wrist support. The units built-in mouse tray can be pulled out to either the left or right side and retracts out-of-the-way when not in use. All mounting hardware included.
Part # MD-KB* *(Does not work with MDV-CNR1 or MDV-CNR3.)

Part # MDV-W

For monitor mount options see pg. 93.

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Multimedia Furniture Accessories

Seating to Fit Your Needs
adjustable headrest

NEW!

Contour Freedom Ergonomically designed to promote user attention and reduce operator fatigue.

Advantage Wide frame provides larger seat and more space between armrests, accommodates sidearms and radios, and provides all day comfort.
Upholstered and cushioned seat; waterfall front edge helps reduce stress to legs. Armrests with soft pads can be adjusted into a number of positions, from width to height; can be lowered to seat level, allowing extra space for holster users.

Task Basic Ergonomically thin prole solution for all day use designed to promote user attention and reduce operator fatigue.

Cushions

Technogel Cushions are sculpted to closely follow body contours-provide comfort and maximize weight distribution. Technogel armrests move up and down together and stay with you during recline, always keeping you in supported balance. Pivoting responsive headrest automatically adapts to the changing needs of your spine during recline. With the counter-balance mechanism, your weight automatically balances the force required to recline the chair. 300 lbs. 15 years on mechanicals, based on 24/7, 365 day use; 5 year warranty for cushions and casters Part # CHAIR-CF1-B Description chair, contour freedom, gel seat/arms, black vellum

Upholstered and cushioned seat; waterfall front edge helps reduce stress to legs.

Multimedia Furniture Accessories

Armrest

Armrests with soft pads can be adjusted into a number of positions, from width to height, and removed to allow for extra space.

Backrest

Mesh back for ergonomic support and body heat dissipation; adjustable lockable backrest angle, tension and lumbar support.

Mesh back for ergonomic support and body heat dissipation; adjustable lockable backrest angle, tension and seat depth.

Weight Capacity Warranty

300 lbs.

10 years on mechanicals, based on single shift use Part # CHAIR-ADV1-B Description chair, advantage, wide frame black upholstered seat, mesh back

10 years on mechanicals, based on single shift use

Part # Description

CHAIR-TSK1-B

chair, task basic, slim prole, black upholstered seat, mesh back

For more information, please visit www.middleatlantic.com/sec/viewpoint/Chairs.htm

Monitor Mounts
Monitor mounts for Edit Center Series, MultiDesk Video Series, and LD Desk Series. Mount any LCD with VESA 75 or VESA 100 mounting hole patterns. All models come with through-desk and edge-clamp attachment options. Mounts monitors with up to a 22 overall width.

Spec. #

96-01142
for full product info.

A&E

MMB1X1

MMB2X1

MMB1X2

MMB1X2PL

MMB2X2

MMB3X1D

MMB3X2D

Part # MMB1X1 MMB2X1 MMB1X2 MMB1X2PL

Description 1X1, articulating 2X1, horizontal 1X2,vertical 1X2, articulating, landscape/portrait

Total Weight Capacity 12-28 lbs. 50 lbs. 50 lbs. 50 lbs.

Part # MMB2X2 MMB3X1D MMB3X2D

Description 2X2, quad two across, two levels 3X1, triple horizontal 3X2, triple horizontal, across two levels

Total Weight Capacity 88 lbs. 75 lbs. 150 lbs.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

C5 Series Credenza Racks

C5 Series Credenza Racks Implement a Totally New Approach

NEW!

C5 Series Credenza Racks

A&E

Frame**
# of Bays 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay Model C5F1 C5F2 C5F3

Finishing Kit, Traditional Style

With Smoked Plexi Door(s) C5K1-TPD-xx * C5K2-TPD-xx * C5K3-TPD-xx * With Solid Door(s) C5K1-TSD-xx * C5K2-TSD-xx * C5K3-TSD-xx *

Finishing Kit, Contemporary Style

With Smoked Plexi Door(s) C5K1-CPD-xx * C5K2-CPD-xx * C5K3-CPD-xx * With Solid Door(s) C5K1-CSD-xx * C5K2-CSD-xx * C5K3-CSD-xx *

Note: A complete system includes the frame & the nishing kit when ordering a nishing kit the frame must also be ordered. **Frame does not come with nishing kit.

C5 Finishing Kit, with Large Format Monitor Mount (for 32 - 50 monitors) Frame
# of Bays 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay Model C5F1 C5F2 C5F3

Finishing Kit, Traditional Style

With Smoked Plexi Door(s) C5K1-MM1-TPD-xx* C5K2-MM1-TPD-xx* C5K3-MM1-TPD-xx* C5K1-MM1-TSD-xx* C5K2-MM1-TSD-xx* C5K3-MM1-TSD-xx*

Finishing Kit, Contemporary Style

With Solid Door(s) C5K1-MM1-CSD-xx* C5K2-MM1-CSD-xx* C5K3-MM1-CSD-xx* C5K1-MM1-CPD-xx* C5K2-MM1-CPD-xx* C5K3-MM1-CPD-xx*

With Solid Door(s) With Smoked Plexi Door(s)

Standard Work Surface Finishes

Darkstone Graystone Pepperstone Shark Gray Ebony Ash Wenge Dark Cherry Dark Pecan Aged Cherry Honey Maple Light Walnut Maple

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

C5 Series Credenza Racks

Combination of a Steel Rack Frame and Attractive Outer Furniture Panels
3-bay model, contemporary style, shown in aged cherry 14 rackspaces per bay 27-1/2 overall depth, 20-5/8 useable depth

NEW!

built-in thermostatically controlled cooling heated air exits through front trim 31-5/8 1-bay shown

C5F1

pre-installed skirted casters

1 bay 24-5/8 2 bay 46-13/16 3 bay 68-15/16

air enters between toe kick and door C5F3 3-bay model showing stages of integration

C5 Series Credenza Racks

all frames ship fully assembled to save time

built-in quiet cooling

traditional style, shown in dark cherry

contemporary style, shown in aged cherry

Accessories

Shelf System Insert C5-SH-SYS

Adjustable Rail Bracket Kit C5-ARB

Custom Cutouts for Tabletop Boxes Please call

Cable Grommet C5-CG

Flip-Up Side Shelf Contemporary Style C5-SDSH-Cxx

Flip-Up Side Shelf Traditional Style C5-SDSH-Txx

Waste and Recycle Bin Insert C5-WB

Millwork Kit for Customizing C5 Series Credenza Racks

Using the New C5 Millwork Kit lets a custom millworker provide matching outer surfaces. (Not a standard offering)

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Power Distribution

Every installation needs power. Middle Atlantic offers a full range of power distribution products both vertical strips, rackmount and self contained (stand-alone) models that provide basic distribution. However, there are many additional power-related capabilities available that you might want to consider, including surge and spike protection, metering, sequencing, remote control and notication, and battery-backup among others. Including the appropriate functionality in your installations can improve overall reliability and performance. Here is a selection chart to help you understand the key differences between different power strip series. Please also see the product groupings listed on the facing page. If you need help, please call our technical support group for assistance:

Power Distribution

Series

Best For
High capacity Multi-Circuit Applications (up to 20) (15 Amp, 20 Amp, 30 Amp) Multiple circuit capacities within one unit

Key Features
Quickly made to order Custom laser marking Many choices including termination, receptacles, circuits NEMA and IEC receptacle choices Hardwired Online design/specication software tool Lowest prole Installer-congured Single or dual circuit Standard or Isolated (Technical) Ground Multiple termination choices including hardwired Metered versions available High outlet density versions available

PDW (pgs. 104-105)

PDT (pgs. 98-101)

General use (up to 2 circuits) (15 Amp, 20 Amp) Isolated Technical Ground Local Metering

PD-Slim (pgs. 98-99)

Economy (single circuit) (15 Amp, 20 Amp)

Slim prole Corded only

PD (pgs. 98-101)

Use when steel raceway preferred (15 Amp, 20 Amp, 30 Amp)

Many circuit and termination choices

MPR (pgs. 106-107)

Easy custom ETL Listed strips in the shop or in the eld (up to 9 circuits) (15 Amp, 20 Amp, 30 Amp)

Modular design for exibility Interfaces best with control systems Choices include sequencing, outlet control, fan control

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Table of Contents
Vertical Power Corded 98-99 Vertical Power Hardwired 100-101 Rackmount Power Distribution, Control, and Sequencing 102

NE W
Multi-Mount Rackmount Power 103 Custom Multi-Circuit, 104-105 High Capacity Power Distribution

!
106-107

Multi-Circuit Congurable Vertical Power

NE W

!
TechNical POwer SOlutiONs

Power Distribution

Sequencing Controllers 108 and Remote Switches

Controllable Units

109

Rackmount Isolation Transformer

110

Stand-Alone Isolation Transformer

111

NE W
Whole Home Surge Protection 112 UPS Systems

!
113

NE W
Rackmount Lighting

!
114

NE W

!
115

NE W

!
116 Grounding and Bonding Accessories 117

Work Light and Remote Power Switch

SignalSafe IEC Power Cords

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Vertical Power Corded

PDT Series
1

Model Details on Facing Page

Includes SignalSafe Power Cord Technology

Spec. #

Typical 16 outlet 15 Amp Typical 20 outlet 15 Amp

96-01031

A&E

for full product info.

1-3/8 PDT 15 Amp Dimensions

Spec. #

Typical 16 outlet 20 Amp

96-01031

A&E

for full product info.

Typical 20 outlet 20 Amp

1-7/8 PDT 20 Amp Dimensions

PD Slim Series
1-7/16

Model Details on Facing Page

Includes SignalSafe Power Cord Technology

Spec. #

Typical 8 outlet (can also be rackmounted with PB-XS bracket, see below)

96-976

A&E

Vertical Power Corded

for full product info.

1-5/8 PD Slim Dimensions

Typical 24 outlet

PD Series
1-3/8

Model Details on Facing Page

Includes SignalSafe Power Cord Technology

Spec. #

Typical 10 outlet Typical 24 outlet

96-938

A&E

2-1/2

for full product info.

PD Dimensions

Additional Mounting Brackets

PB-90 bracket orients power outlets on any vertical power strip to the front or back of the enclosure*. Allows mounting of power strips alongside mounted equipment in wider WRK Series racks. Use PB-5A brackets to mount Middle Atlantic Products power strips in AXS, Slim 5, RL, RLA and MK Series racks, or to the rackrail of any rack. To mount power strips in the SR and DWR Series wall racks, use PB-DWR brackets. PB-XS rackmounting power bracket mounts any C power strip between rackrail of any rack, includes cable management tie points. Cable management clips available for PDT Series power strips, sold in packs of 6.
PB-5A bracket mounting and cable management lances built-in quick-clip (included w/ power strip) PB-5A PD Series power PDT Series power PB-90 PB-90 bracket
Part # PB-90 PB-5A PB-DWR PB-XS Description brackets mount vertical power to face front or back of any rack*(pair) brackets to mount vertical power strips on rear rackrail (pair) brackets to mount vertical power strips in DWR &SR Series wall racks (pair) bracket to horizontally rackmount C power strips

*Requires LBFR-5A-xx to mount inside Slim 5 or AXSSeries Racks

PB-DWR bracket

PD Series power strip

quick-clip (included with power strip)

quick-clip (included w/ power strip)

mounting and cable management lances built-in

PB-DWR (for wall racks only)

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Vertical Power Corded

PDT Series
Part # PDT-1015C-RN PDT-1015C-NS PDT-1015C-NS20 15 Amp PDT-1015C-M-NS PDT-1615C-NS PDT-2015C-RN PDT-2015C-NS PDT-2015C-M-NS PDT-1020C-NS PDT-1620C-NS PDT-2020C-NS 20 Amp PDT-2020C-RN PDT-2020C-M-NS PDT-2020TL-NS PDT-2020TL-M-NS Chassis Style PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT Chassis Length 37-3/4" 37-3/4" 37-3/4" 37-3/4" 33-1/2" 72-3/4" 72-3/4" 72-3/4" 37-3/4" 33-1/2" 72-3/4" 72-3/4" 72-3/4" 72-3/4" 72-3/4" # of Amperage Outlets 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 10 10 10 10 16 20 20 20 10 16 20 20 20 20 20 Outlet Type 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R Termination 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 20' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug Protection circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only Fits Racks Coded Local Standard Meter Number No No No Yes No No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 2-stage surge w/remote notication & circuit breaker

G G G G E T T T G E T T T T T

9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 2-stage surge w/remote notication & circuit breaker 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only

9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 2-stage surge w/remote notication & circuit breaker 9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA L5-20P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA L5-20P Plug circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only

PD Slim Series
Part # PD-815SC PD-815SC-20 15 Amp PD-815SC-NS PD-815SC-PBSH PD-2415SC PD-2415SC-NS 20 Amp PD-2420SC-NS Chassis Style PD Slim PD Slim PD Slim PD Slim PD Slim PD Slim PD Slim Chassis Length 18" 18" 18" 18" 60" 60" 60" # of Amperage Outlets 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 8 8 8 8 24 24 24 Outlet Type 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R Termination 10' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 20' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 10' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 10' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 10' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug Protection surge & circuit breaker surge & circuit breaker circuit breaker only surge & circuit breaker surge & circuit breaker circuit breaker only circuit breaker only Fits Racks Coded

Vertical Power Corded

Local Standard Meter Number No No No No No No No 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 3

C C C C ** N N N

(2) 5-20R, (22) 5-15R 10' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug (2) 5-20R, (22) 5-15R 10' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug

**Also ts on rear edge of RSH, RC, and CAP rackshelves

1. Conforms to UL Standard 1363 2. Conforms to UL Standard 1449, 3rd Ed.

3. Certied to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 21 4. Certied to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 8

5. Conforms to UL Standard 1640 6. Certied to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 14M91

PD Series
Part # PD-615C PD-615C-NS 15 Amp PD-1015C PD-1015C-NS PD-1415C PD-1415C-NS PD-620C-NS 20 Amp PD-1020C-NS PD-1220C-NS
Spec. #

Chassis Style PD PD PD PD PD PD PD PD PD PD

Chassis Length 26-1/2" 26-1/2" 40" 40" 57" 57" 26-1/2" 40" 57" 56-1/2"

# of Amperage Outlets 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 30 Amp 6 6 10 10 14 14 6 10 12 24

Outlet Type 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-15R

Termination 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9' cord w/NEMA L5-30P Plug

Protection surge & circuit breaker circuit breaker only surge & circuit breaker circuit breaker only surge & circuit breaker circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only circuit breaker only

Fits Racks Coded

Local Standard Meter Number No No No No No No No No No No 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3 5,6

E E J J N N E J N N

96-01067

PD-2X1215TL-30CB

PD Series

PDT Series

PD Slim Series

NEMA 5-15R used in 15 Amp models

NEMA 5-20R used in 20 Amp models

NEMA 5-15R used in 15 Amp models

NEMA 5-20R used in 20 Amp models

NEMA 5-15R used in 15 Amp models

NEMA 5-20R used in 20 Amp models

NEMA 5-15P used in 15 Amp circuits

NEMA 5-20P used in 20 Amp circuits

NEMA L5-20P used in 20 Amp circuits

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Vertical Power Hardwired

Circuit 1 Circuit 2 Circuit 2

PDT Series is an Installer Favorite

Field Congurable Power Strip All hardwired PDT Series models can be congured as: Isolated (technical) or non-isolated ground Single or dual circuit
eld congurable isolated (technical) ground label

Safety Ground Circuit 1 Isolated (Technical) Ground

PDT Series
1

Model Details on Facing Page

Spec. #

96-01031

A&E

PDT-2X1015 - Ground facing J-Box PDT-2X1015T - Ground facing away from J-Box

for full product info.

1-3/8 PDT 15 Amp Dimensions

Spec. #

96-01031

A&E

Vertical Power Hardwired

PDT-2X1020 - Ground facing J-Box

1-7/8 PDT 20 Amp Dimensions

for full product info.

PDT-2X1020T - Ground facing away from J-Box

PD Series
Typical 6 outlet
1-3/8

Model Details on Facing Page

Spec. #

96-938

A&E

for full product info.

Typical 10 outlet
2-1/2

Typical 12 outlet
PD Dimensions

J-Box used in 15 and 20 Amp single, multiple and isolated ground circuits

3 Flex with 8 tails used in 15 Amp single and dual circuits

Additional Mounting Brackets

See Illustrations on Facing Page

Part # PB-90 PB-5A PB-DWR Description brackets mount vertical power to face front or back of any rack*(pair) brackets to mount vertical power strips on rear rackrail (pair) brackets to mount vertical power strips in DWR &SR Series wall racks (pair)

*Requires LBFR-5A-xx to mount inside Slim 5 or AXSSeries Racks

100

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Vertical Power Hardwired

PDT Series Outlet Styles PD Series Outlet Styles

NEMA 5-15R used in 15 Amp models

NEMA 5-20R used in 20 Amp models

NEMA 5-15R used in 15 Amp models

NEMA 5-20R used in 20 Amp models

NEMA 5-20R(IG) used in 20 Amp models w/ isolated (technical) ground

PDT Series
Isolated (Technical) Ground Field Congurable Field Congurable Field Congurable Field Congurable Fits Racks Standard Coded Number

Part # PDT-2X1015 15 Amp PDT-2X1015T 20 PDT-2X1020 Amp PDT-2X1020T

Chassis Style PDT PDT PDT PDT

Circuits (2) 15 Amp (2) 15 Amp (2) 20 Amp (2) 20 Amp

# of Outlet Outlets Type 20 20 20 20 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R

Chassis Length 72-3/4" 72-3/4" 72-3/4" 72-3/4"

Wire Termination Gauge J-Box J-Box J-Box J-Box 12 12 12 12

Circuit Arrangement 1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2 1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2 1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2 1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2-1-2

P P P P

1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2

Vertical Power Hardwired

PD Series
Chassis Style PD PD PD PD PD PD PD PD # of Outlets 12 12 12 6 10 12 12 12 Outlet Type 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R Chassis Length 30-1/2" 57" 57" 30-1/2" 44" 61" 61" 61" Wire Gauge 14 14 14 12 12 12 12 12 Isolated (Technical) Ground No No No Yes Yes No Yes No Fits Racks Coded Standard Number 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2

Part # PD-1215J-S 15 Amp PD-1215 PD-2X615 PD-620J-IG PD-1020J-IG 20 Amp PD-2X620J PD-1220J-IG PD-1220J

Circuits (1) 15 Amp (1) 15 Amp (2) 15 Amp (1) 20 Amp (1) 20 Amp (2) 20 Amp (1) 20 Amp (1) 20 Amp

Termination J-Box 3/8 ex, 36 length 3/8 ex, 36 length J-Box J-Box J-Box J-Box J-Box

Circuit Arrangement 1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1 1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1 1-1-2-2-1-1-2-2-1-1-2-2 1-1-1-1-1-1 1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1 1-1-2-2-1-1-2-2-1-1-2-2 1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1 1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1

E N N E J N N N

1. Conforms to UL Standard 5

2. Certied to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 62

Additional Mounting Brackets

PB-5A bracket mounting and cable management lances built-in quick-clip (included w/ power strip) PB-5A PD Series power PDT Series power PB-90 PB-90 bracket PB-DWR bracket PD Series power strip

quick-clip (included with power strip)

quick-clip (included w/ power strip)

mounting and cable management lances built-in

PB-DWR (for wall racks only)

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

101

Rackmount Power Distribution, Control, and Sequencing

Rackmount Power
front rear PD-915R-PL front rear PD-815R-PL front rear PD-815RA-PL PD-920R and PD-920RC-20
# of Circuits Amperage 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp 20 Amp Front Outlets 1 (15 Amp) 1 (15 Amp) 1 (15 Amp) 1 (15 Amp) 1 (15 Amp) 1 (15 Amp) 1 (15 Amp) Rear Outlets 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Surge Protection Yes Yes Yes Yes, 2-stage w/ remote notication Yes Yes Yes Yes No Finish powder coat powder coat brushed & anodized powder coat powder coat powder coat powder coat powder coat powder coat Cord Length 9' 9' 9' 9' 9' 20' 9' 20' 9' Includes Signal-Safe Power Cord Technology EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

NEW!
Spec. #

96-939

96-01041

A&E

front rear PD-915R and PD-915RC-20 front rear PD-915RV-RN front rear typical rackmount power shape
Chassis Depth 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9" LED Light Options** front & rear

for full product info.

PD-915RV-RN

front rear PD-920R-NS

Rackmount Power Distrubtion, Control, and Sequencing

Part # PD-915R-PL PD-815R-PL PD-815RA-PL PD-915RV-RN PD-915R PD-915RC-20 PD-920R PD-920RC-20 PD-920R-NS

Front Power Switch LED Only LED Only LED Only Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Outlet Orientation horizontal horizontal horizontal vertical horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal

**LED model # LT-GN, see pg. 114

Dry Contact Controlled Power, Ideal for Simple Reboot

Includes Signal-Safe Power Cord Technology

Spec. #

This simple, cost effective approach means that you can use an existing control system, or even a simple remote switch, to control system or component power. Ideal for rebooting components or providing an easy user power-down capability. No computer required; use existing control system or remote power switches Built-in 2-stage surge suppression with remote notication Either 2 or 6 contact-closure controlled outlets on rear depending on model 9 total outlets (1 on front unswitched, 8 on rear) Settings for momentary or maintained control style, normally open or normally closed LED power indicators
front rear PDC-915R-2 (2 controlled outlets) PDC-915R-6 (6 controlled outlets)
Rear Outlets Part # PDC-915R-2 PDC-915R-6 # of Circuits Amperage Front Outlets # of Controlled Outlets # of Non-Controlled Duplex Outlets 1 1 15 Amp 15 Amp 1 1 2 6 2 6 Surge Protection Yes, 2-stage w/ remote notication Yes, 2-stage w/ remote notication Includes Signal-Safe Power Cord Technology

96-01136

A&E

for full product info.

front rear outlet and surge status notication typical shape

Cord Length Chassis Depth Front Power Switch 9 9 9" 9" EIA/TIA Compliant Yes Yes
Spec. #

6-Step Sequencing

96-940

Power units that feature sequencing allow you to control the order the equipment is powered on & off. This reduces the possibility of circuit overload due to excessive in-rush current. Additionally, powering on ampliers after source or processing equipment protects speakers from damage. Local or remote control Adjustable sequencing delays up to 6 seconds LED power indication
front rear PDS-615R
Part # PDS-615R PDS-2X315R PDS-620R 1 2 1 15 Amp 15 Amp 20 Amp 6 6 6

A&E

for full product info.

front rear PDS-620R

6 (1 per channel) 6 (1 per channel) 6 (1 per channel) 1 1 1 (15 Amp) No No No

front rear PDS-2X315R

9 9 9 9" 9" 9" Yes Yes Yes

# of Circuits Amperage Channels of Sequencing # of Sequenced Outlets # of Non- Sequenced Outlets Surge Protection Cord Length Chassis Depth Front Power Switch

Custom times available - call for details.

102

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Multi-Mount Rackmount Power

Multi-Mount Rackmount Power
Includes SignalSafe Power Cord Technology EIA/TIA Compliant

NEW!
Spec. #

96-01095

The versatile mounting options, compact form factor and high outlet density let installers put outlets wherever they need them. All models feature: Surge protected models also feature: Reversible, adjustable mounting ears for exible installation options Two stages of protection, with remote and local surge Mixed outlet orientations to accommodate various plug types status notication Compact form factor takes up minimal space LED power indication SignalSafe power cord minimizes the effects of AC magnetic elds

A&E

for full product info.

Multi-Mount Rackmount Power

Multi-Mount with Surge Protection & Notication

PD-1815R-RN PD-2015R-HH-NS rear 2-stages of surge protection with notication

front

PD-2015R-NS

Multi-Mount Rackmount Power

Part # PD-1815R-RN PD-1820R-RN PD-2015R-NS PD-2015R-HH-NS PD-2020R-NS

# of Circuits 1 1 1 1 1

Amperage 15 Amp 20 Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 20 Amp

Front Outlets 9 9 10 10 10

Rear Outlets 9 9 10 10 10

Surge Protection Yes, 2-stage w/remote notication Yes, 2-stage w/remote notication No No No

Cord Length 9' 9' 9' 9' 9'

Chassis Depth 4" 4" 4" 4" 4"

Front Power Switch illuminated switch/combo breaker for front 10 outlets only

Multi-Mount 3-Step Sequencing

Includes SignalSafe Power Cord Technology

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01095

A&E

Power units that feature sequencing allow you to control the order the equipment is powered on and off . This reduces the possibility of circuit overload due to excessive in-rush current. Additionally, powering on ampliers after source or processing equipment protects speakers from damage. Local or remote control Adjustable sequencing delays up to 6 seconds LED power indication

for full product info.

front rear PDS-1615R side view PDS-1620R-NS side view

front rear

Part # PDS-1615R PDS-1620R-NS

# of Circuits 1 1

Amperage 15 Amp 20 Amp

Channels of Sequencing 3 3

# of Sequenced Outlets 6 (2 per channel) 6 (2 per channel)

# of Non- Sequenced Outlets 10 10

Surge Protection Yes, 2-stage with remote notication No

Cord Length 9' 9

Chassis depth 4" 4"

Front Power Switch No No

Custom times available - call for details.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

103

PDW Series Custom Multi-Circuit, High Capacity Power Distribution

Example showing 6 circuits and other choices with junction box on top

NEW!

PDW Series Multi-Circuit, High Capacity Power Distribution

Up to Twenty 15 Amp, 20 Amp, or up to Eight 30 Amp Circuits, Made to Your Spec in Less Then One Week! PDW Series power strips now have more capabilities than ever!
Spec. #

96-01119

A&E

for full product info.

power connections on top or bottom to match install design

Use the on-line congurator (www2.middleatlantic.com/PDW) to choose the best arrangement for your job and it can be on its way to you in less then one week. You get the benets of a custom strip with the speed & certication of a standard product. Large standard capacity: up to twenty 15 Amp or 20 Amp circuits, or up to eight 30 Amp circuits. You can even mix circuit types on one strip Group receptacles to circuits to match job needs Choose the details you need outlet color and orientation, ground type (including individual or common conductors), and termination Web-based congurator helps you specify and order No more missing labels specify your circuit numbers with permanent laser markings Reordering is easy using the same congurator-generated part number More choices than any other power strip on the market
Custom times available - call for details.

PDW Series Custom Multi-Circuit, High Capacity Power Distribution

30 Amp circuits and IEC outlets also available

multiple receptacles can be grouped on one circuit

Available Termination Choices Include

outlets available in various colors for identication or other purposes 1. Flexible custom length greeneld conduit permanent laser etched designations 2. Junction Box 3. Or pipe nipple termination

On-Line Congurator - link on home page under Tools

custom laser etched markings can be specied such as a logo, message, or contact information

104

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

PDW Series Custom Multi-Circuit, High Capacity Power Distribution

Branch Circuits and Receptacle Types
15 Amp

NEW!

15 Amp
Up to 20 Circuits (40 outlets) 120V

20 Amp
Up to 20 Circuits (40 outlets) 120V

Up to 20 Circuits (60 outlets) 120V or 250V

20 Amp
Up to 20 Circuits (20 outlets) 120V or 250V

20 Amp/30 Amp
Twist-Lock Up to 8 Circuits (8 outlets) 120V or 250V

PDW Series Custom Multi-Circuit, High Capacity Power Distribution

Grounding
Individual or Common Ground Conductors

Non-Isolated

Isolated (Technical)

Surge Protection available for all circuits

Ground prong up or down

Receptacle Colors - PDW strips can have up to 20 receptacles

White

Blue

Ivory

Grey

Brown

Black

Isolated Ground Outlets are only available in Orange

Twist-Lock Outlets are black (20 Amp and 30 Amp)

Terminations - Choice of top or bottom

Junction Box
Available Sizes: (inches) 8L x 6W x 3H 8L x 5W x 3H 8L x 4W x 3H 6L x 6W x 3H

Adapter Box & Nipple

Adapter Box Size: 3L x 4W x 3H Nipple w/ locknut & bushing Trade Size: 1 or 1.25 Lengths: 2, 4 or 6

Flexible Greeneld Conduit

Adapter Box Size: 3L x 4W x 3H Trade Size: 1 or 1.25 Length: 1ft. 25ft. (All lengths include an insulated ground wire)*

* Per 2008 NEC article 250.118, all exible metal conduit over 6ft. in length must include a separate grounding conductor.

Markings Customized to Your Specications - permanently laser-engraved

Custom Circuit/ Receptacle ID markings

Text and Graphics/Logos are also available

Ordering is Easy
Use our intuitive online PDW congurator at www2.middleatlantic.com/PDW. Then submit online or by email (sales@middleatlantic.com). 20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION 105

Multi-Circuit Congurable Vertical Power

Step 1 Raceways
Available in four sizes to accommodate 3, 6, 8 or 9 power modules, modular raceways provide a rugged housing that allows the user to congure the right power distribution system for the application. Constructed of 18-gauge steel, each raceway features electrical knockouts for cable entry, an integral J-Box with removable cover and abundant cable lacing points along both sides.
Spec. #

96-959

A&E

for full product info.

MPR-3 Part # MPR-3 MPR-6

MPR-6 # of Power Modules Accommodated 3 6 8 9

MPR-8 Overall Length 32 56 72 80

MPR-9 Fits Racks Coded E N R V MPR Congurator mpr.middleatlantic.com

Multi-Circuit Configurable Vertical Power

MPR-8 MPR-9

Step 2 Power Modules

All modules utilize a unique genderless connector to daisy-chain ACpower to other modules on the same circuit. Modules t any MPRSeries raceway, are manufactured from 18-gauge steel and feature a durable black powder coat nish.
Part # RLM-15 RLM-20 RLM-20IG M-15 M-2X15 M-20 M-2X20 M-20IG M-2X20IG M-30TL-HW RLM-15 RLM-20 RLM-20IG Amperage 15 20 20/isolated (technical) ground 15 15 dual or single circuit 20 20 dual or single circuit 20/isolated (technical) ground 20/isolated (technical) ground dual or single circuit 30 Control contact closure, local switch contact closure, local switch contact closure, local switch Status LED& contact closure LED& contact closure LED& contact closure
Spec. #

96-959

A&E

for full product info.

Circuits 1 1 1 1 1 or 2 1 1 or 2 1 1 or 2 1

RLM Series Advanced Modules The RLM Series power module can be controlled remotely by contact closure and uses an oversized 30 Amp relay for reliability. Units can also be powered on and off using the switch provided on the module. These modules additionally provide contact closure output for remote status as well as a local LED status display. M Series Basic Modules The M Series power module is always on when connected to constant power and does not provide status indication. Dual duplex modules are available with installers choice of 1 or 2 circuits (eld congurable).
HOT TIP! The M module can be switched inexpensively via the RLM modules when connected with a JMSSeries master/slave jumper.

M Series 30 Amp Hardwired Module The M-30TL-HW 30 Amp, hardwired always on module mounts in any MPR raceway. This basic, hardwired module will allow addition of a single unswitched outlet, 30 Amp circuit to any MPR system (NEMA L5-30Routlet). Must be eld wired.
M-15 M-2X15 M-30TL-HW
HOT TIP! Fan Control Modules available, see pg. 121

106

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Multi-Circuit Congurable Vertical Power

Step 3 Module Connections
JSeries Jumpers J Series jumpers interconnect power modules, providing AC power to all modules on the same circuit. Pre-terminated jumpers feature convenient genderless connectors at both ends. Sold in packs of 6. T Series Tails T Series tails connect incoming power to a single circuit within a raceway. One tail required per circuit. Each tail features a pre-terminated connector that plugs into a module at one end, and wire tails for J-Box connection on the other. Sold in packs of 6. JMSMaster/Slave Jumper Economical M Series basic modules can be controlled by advanced RLM Series modules on the same circuit, utilizing the JMSmaster/slave jumper. Sold in packs of 6.
Part # J-12X6 J-24X6 J-72X6 T-24X6 T-80X6 JMS-12X6 Jumper Length 12 24 72 24 80 12

J-24X6 jumper

T-80X6 tails

JMS-6X12 master/slave jumper

Interconnect modules with our unique genderless connector Quick and safe - no hardwiring required! Quantity sold in packs of 6 sold in packs of 6 sold in packs of 6 sold in packs of 6 sold in packs of 6 sold in packs of 6

Termination connector on each end connector on each end connector on each end connector on one end, tails on the other connector on one end, tails on the other connector on one end, connector plus push-on terminal on the other

Multi-Circuit Configurable Vertical Power

MPR Accessories
G-8X10 Ground Wires Set of ten 8ground wires with ring terminals (one end) simplies attachment of multiple ground wires to a supplemental grounding stud.
Part # G-8X10 Description ten 8 ground wires MPR-SS G-8X10

Surge Suppression MPR-SS transient voltage surge suppressor provides protection for MPR Series modules when mounted in raceways. Mount up to two in integral J-Box with supplied double-stick tape, use one per circuit.
Part # MPR-SS Description MPR surge suppressor, single circuit

Blank Covers
Part # MPR-BL Description blank cover for MPRraceways to close any unused module opening, sold in packs of 6

1-1/4

2-5/8

Raceway Extensions The raceway extensions increase the cubic volume of the raceway for eld connection terminations to accommodate large amounts of circuits. The MPR-E1 is ideal for use anywhere on the raceway, and theMPR-JBEJ-Box extender is optimized for use on the J-Box.
Part # MPR-E1 MPR-JBE Description module extension J-Box extension

MPR-E1

MPR-JBE

with MPR-E1

with MPR-JBE

raceway extensions provide additional space for eld wiring connection terminations (side removed for clarity)

For Sequencing Controllers for MPR and Contact Closures see pg. 108. 20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION 107

Sequencing Controllers and Remote Switches

Sequencing Controllers for MPR and Contact Closure - Triggered Devices
Six-step sequencing provided by rackmount USC-6R sequencer, raceway mount MPR-SEQ or stand-alone MPR-SEQ-1C. Provides sequencing to any AC power distribution system that can be controlled by low voltage switch closure. Sequencing may be initiated locally via convenient front panel switch or by any momentary contact closure switch (single pole, double throw, center off). Remote switches are also available. The single rackspace USC-6R rackmount sequencer additionally features an interval delay selector of 1, 3 or 6 seconds between steps andfour different start delay settings to allow up to three USC-6R units to be interconnected to operate as a single, 18-step unit.
Spec. #

96-01062

A&E

for full product info.

front USC-6R

rear

Sequencing Controllers and Remote Switches

MPR-SEQ

MPR-SEQ-1C

Part # MPR-SEQ MPR-SEQ-1C USC-6R

Description raceway mount controller stand-alone controller rackmount sequencing controller

Steps 6 individually sequenced 6 individually sequenced 6 individually sequenced

Control Options contact closure contact closure contact closure

Interval Delay* 2 seconds 2 seconds 1, 3, or 6 seconds

Custom times available - call for details.

Remote Switches
A remote switch or key that provides remote up/down sequence initiation. Status LEDindicators are also provided on some switches and connect to our USC-6R Universal Sequencing Controller via a convenient RJ-45 jack and terminal block. Decora mount switches mount only to Middle Atlantic Products with Decora shaped openings (panels and racks).

K-DEC

S-DEC

USC-SWL

USC-KL

USC-SW

USC-K

Part # USC-SWL USC-KL USC-SW USC-K K-DEC* S-DEC* USC-KEY

Description remote wall plate switch with LEDstatus indicators remote wall plate keyswitch with LEDstatus indicators remote wall plate switch (no LEDs) remote wall plate keyswitch (no LEDs) remote Decora mount keyswitch (no LEDs) remote Decora mount switch (no LEDs) additional set of keys for USC-KL or K-DEC

Controls USC-6R USC-6R MPR-SEQ, MPR-SEQ-1C, PDSSeries, USC-6R MPR-SEQ, MPR-SEQ-1C, PDSSeries, USC-6R MPR-SEQ, MPR-SEQ-1C, PDSSeries, USC-6R MPR-SEQ, MPR-SEQ-1C, PDSSeries, USC-6R

*Mounts ONLY in Middle Atlantic Products Decora openings (panels and racks).

108

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Controllable Units
RLM Series Advanced Stand-Alone Modules
Includes SignalSafe Power Cord Technology
Spec. #

96-01062

A&E

The RLM Series power module can be controlled remotely by any maintained contact closure (including the USC-6R) and uses an oversized 30 Amp relay for reliability. Units can also be powered on and off using the switch provided on the module. These modules additionally provide contact closure output for remote status as well as a local LED status display.

for full product info.

RLM-20-1C RLM-15-1C

30 Amp Hardwired Stand-Alone Modules

30 Amp stand alone power modules provide switchable power distribution for components requiring 30 Amp power. These modules can be controlled locally or remotely by using Middle Atlantic Products Universal Sequencing Controller, model # USC-6R or by any controller that sends 12 volt DC or contact closure outputs.

Spec. #

96-01007

A&E

for full product info.

Part # RLM-15-1C RLM-20-1C RLM30-L530-1 RLM30-L520-1

Amperage 15 Amp 20 Amp 30 Amp* 20 Amp*

Controls contact closure, local switch contact closure, local switch contact closure, local switch contact closure, local switch, 12VDC

Status

Controllable Units

LED& contact closure LED& contact closure LED& contact closure LED& contact closure

*Twistlock receptacles

RLM30-L530-1

Pre-Congured MPRSeries Power Distribution

Designed to save installation time, the factory-assembled MPR raceways utilize six power modules. These twelve outlet vertical strips connect to one or two 20 Amp circuits* and feed six 20 Amp duplexes (12 outlets). Each duplex can be independently controlled with the USC-6R Universal Sequencing Controller, or with any other sequencing controller that provides a maintained switch closure output. The PCRSeries pre-congured raceways are 56long, terminate in an integral junction box, are manufactured using 18-gauge steel and feature a durable black powder coat nish.
Spec. #

96-961

A&E

for full product info.

PCR-2X320

Part # PCR6 PCR-2X320

Circuit* 20 Amp (1) 20 Amp (2)

Termination J-Box J-Box

Overall Length 56 56

Fits Racks Coded N N

*capable of up to 6 circuits when used with additional T Series tails.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

109

Rackmount Isolation Transformer & Load Center Systems

NEW!

Rackmount isolation transformer systems provide protected, same-phase, isolated, and conditioned 120VAC circuits to power residential and commercial AV systems, helping prevent power and grounding issues for critical and sensitive installations

ISOCTR-5R-240/208-NS (rear view)

Rackmount Isolation Transformer & Load Center Systems

ISOCTR-5R-240/208-NS (front view)

ISOCTR-5R-240/208-2 (rear view)

A newly derived AV reference ground helps prevent ground loops and Includes SignalSafe EIA/TIA Compliant Spec. # Power Cord Technology provides the lowest possible noise oor for high gain applications. 96-01118 for full Operating at efciencies greater than 98% and performing an automatic product shutdown if hazardous input voltage conditions are detected IsoCenter and PowerCore Systems provide the critical foundation info. for optimal system performance. Negligible audible noise & negligible magnetic leakage (less than half that of a standard power brick) means that these systems can be installed directly inside the equipment rack, where it is most benecial. IsoCenter models feature: Effective AV system isolation from electrical noise such as power line harmonics caused by lighting dimmers Very high efciency toroidal transformer greater than 98% Reduction in installation labor and material cost by using a higher voltage feeder and integrated branch circuit breakers Multiple 20 Amp branch circuits Hardwired branch circuit(s) provide the means to extend the ground reference benets out to remote systems/locations Newly derived AV reference ground helps minimize ground loop noise and provides the lowest possible noise oor for high gain applications All circuits on the same phase 100,000 Amp 2-stage Surge & Spike Protection with dry contact surge status notication to protect connected devices against power line surges & spikes Automatic shutdown if hazardous over and under input voltage is detected. Auto recovery when input voltage is back within normal range Negligible magnetic leakage (less than half that of a standard plug in power supply) allows the system to be installed right in the rack Inaudible acoustical noise (27dB, C-weighted, 1M) Helps prevent impact of voltage induction on ground wire feeder 5KVA capacity, for both single and multi-rack systems PowerCore models additionally feature: Integrated Power Line Conditioning lters out high frequency power line noise across all branch circuits Integrated & adjustable branch circuit sequencing Safety Ground Current Monitoring with automatic shutdown for system and life safety protection Equipment Ground Current Leakage monitor alerts installing technician to potential problems that may lead to AV system noise Remote dry-contact control of power functions, cycling, and resets EP-CORE-5R-240 Enhanced aesthetics for high prole installations
A&E
Input Surge Capacity Voltage Protected Sequencing 5kVA 240V 100,000 Amps 100,000 Amps 100,000 Amps 100,000 Amps Yes Remote Branch Circuit Extension Yes Safety Load Ground GroundSense Current Monitoring Technology Metering Yes Yes Yes Racking Height 10-1/2" (6 space) 10-1/2" (6 space) Rear Mounting Range

Part # EP-CORE-5R-240

Depth

Termination NEMA L6-30P

16-3/4" 17-1/2"-25-3/4"

EP-CORE-5R-208 ISOCTR-5R-240-2 ISOCTR-5R-208-2 ISOCTR-5R-240-NS ISOCTR-5R-208-NS

5kVA 5kVA 5kVA 5kVA 5kVA

208V 240V 208V 240V 208V

Yes -

Yes Yes Yes -

Yes -

16-3/4" 17-1/2"-25-3/4"

NEMA L6-30P

Finish designer inspired milled black brushed and anodized designer inspired milled black brushed and anodized black powder coat black powder coat black powder coat black powder coat

7" (4 space) 14-3/8" 17-3/8" - 24-3/8" NEMA L6-30P 7" (4 space) 14-3/8" 17-3/8" - 24-3/8" NEMA L6-30P 7" (4 space) 14-3/8" 17-3/8" - 24-3/8" NEMA L6-30P 7" (4 space) 14-3/8" 17-3/8" - 24-3/8" NEMA L6-30P

110

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Stand-Alone Isolation Transformer

PowerCore Isolation Transformer
PowerCore Systems helps eliminate most common causes of hum and buzz including lighting system dimming noise, helps remove ground loop problems and prevents most control system reboots and lockups. Properly installed, PowerCore Systems eliminate the need for expensive rackmount surge/spike protection and power conditioners while providing dedicated power circuits for not only AV in the rack, but also for phone and security systems and TVs in bedrooms. Basic operation A standard 240VAC or 208VAC feed is transformed into all in-phase 120VAC outputs with a new reference ground. PowerCore comes with an integrated main breaker/ disconnect, and integrated branch circuit load center. StrikeShield surge protection and integrated power conditioning lter are pre-installed at the factory. Four standard sizes are available: 7.5 kVA 25 kVA (62A to 208A output at 120VAC). Prewired, this compact unit is ready to be quickly installed.
Part # Description

NEW!

PowerCore Stand-Alone Isolation Transformer with UPS

EP-CORE-25-240 EP-CORE-25-208 EP-CORE-15-240 EP-CORE-15-208 EP-CORE-10-240 EP-CORE-10-208 EP-CORE-7.5-240 EP-CORE-7.5-208

25kVA, PowerCore with Surge Protection and Filtering (240V and 208V inputs) 15kVA, PowerCore with Surge Protection and Filtering (240V and 208V inputs) 10kVA, PowerCore with Surge Protection and Filtering (240V and 208V inputs) 7.5kVA, PowerCore with Surge Protection and Filtering (240V and 208V inputs) 25 kVA stand-alone model shown

PowerCore with Integrated UPS

New combination is an industry-rst, and provides unique capabilities New offering combines the award-winning PowerCore isolation transformer systems from Exact Power with the latest version of the Middle Atlantic UPS tailored for AV to provide a unique new end-to-end power delivery system. This new system not only provides isolated, same-phase, conditioned power for your whole-house AV systems, but also adds backup power to entire branch circuits and provides web-enabled remote power functions. Centrally located hardwired UPS units back up branch circuits to replace local UPS units Remote IP outlet monitoring and control allows web-based troubleshooting and rebooting of specic devices System-wide surge and spike protection is built in All branch circuits are same-phase System is expandable and can be tailored to have the needed backed-up circuits & runtimes If you dont see the conguration you need below, call us and we can help
Part # CORE-7.5-240-U1 CORE-10-24O-U1 CORE-10-24O-U2 CORE-15-24O-U1 CORE-15-24O-U2 CORE-15-24O-U3 CORE-25-240-U1 CORE-25-240-U2 CORE-25-240-U3 CORE-25-240-U4 Capacity 7.5kVA 10kVA 10kVA 15kVA 15kVA 15kVA 25kVA 25kVA 25kVA 25kVA 2200VA UPS Qty/ Backed Branch Circuits 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 Dimensions HxWxD 59 x 22 x 26 59 x 22 x 26 59 x 22 x 26 74 x 22 x 26 74 x 22 x 26 74 x 22 x 26 74 x 22 x 26 74 x 22 x 26 74 x 22 x 26 74 x 22 x 26

shown with 2 UPS systems and 3 expansion battery backs for extended run time

Dont see the combination you need? Contact us for assistance.

as shown: 25kVA with integrated surge and spike protection

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

111

Whole Home Surge Protection

StrikeShield Surge Protection Devices

NEW!

Whole House Protection - dont let power surges from lightning, neighbors power problems or other power supply transients damage sensitive electrical and electronic equipment! StrikeShield SPDs = Protection StrikeShield SPDs (Surge protection Devices) are protective devices for limiting transient voltages and surges by quickly and safely diverting surge current. Their advanced design not only provides all-mode system protection, but is robust enough to provide a long life of protection over repeated transient events. Peace of Mind StrikeShield SPDs install in parallel with the service entry. When the incoming voltage exceeds the safe limit, the StrikeShield unit reacts in less than a billionth of a second to divert the potentially damaging currents. Depending on the model, the units surge capacity can be as high as 200,000 Amps.

StrikeShield Whole Home Surge Protection

The Technology StrikeShield SPDs use high-performance protection technology to ensure both safety and long life, including: Minimizing component stress using advanced linear sharing design Maximizing the repetitive surge capacity using thermally protected MOVs Built-in noise attenuation capacitors to help reduce EMI and RFI noise interference Together, these technical features deliver top-drawer protection even when hit with repeated surge events over the units life. Feature Overview Indicator lights for a visual check on the protection integrity of each phase Audible Alarm for real-time local notication (can be disabled if needed) NO and NC Dry Contacts for easy support of remote monitoring Product Safety StrikeShield SPDs were designed and tested in compliance with leading national standards, including: UL 1449 3rd Edition Listed NEC Article 100/285 IEEE CBEMA/ITIC NEMA LS All-Mode Protection StrikeShield SPDs provide protection over all available modes as shown: L-N L-G N-G L-L

IMPORTANT NOTE: These devices are Type II as dened by the NEC and UL and should be connected at Electrical Service Entry ONLY.

Part # EP-SS100-1S240 EP-SS200-1S240

Surge Capacity Per Mode 50 kA 100 kA

Surge Capacity Per Phase 100 kA 200 kA

112

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

UPS System for Uninterruptible Power

UPS System Features Pure Sine Wave Output, Optimized for System Performance

NEW!
Includes SignalSafe Power Cord Technology
Spec. #

96-01101

A&E

WEB-EN

ABLED!

for full product info.

UPS-2200R (front view) telescoping rear rack ears for secure installation non-critical load bank for load shedding individual outlet control on specific models Web card expansion port

Try the UPS Runtime Calculator at www.middleatlantic.com!

UPS System for Uninterruptible Power

UPS-2200R-8IP (rear view)

critical load bank for maximum run time

expansion battery port for extended run-time

Power Manager Software

Features pure sine wave output, extremely fast 4 millisecond transfer time Pure Sine Wave technology; only 1.5% nominal total harmonic distortion (THD) Automatic Voltage Regulation ensures a stable 120VAC output Energy Saver circuitry reduces UPS power consumption by up to 75% when compared with traditional UPS designs Compact rackmount chassis only 19 deep Non-critical load shedding and high capacity batteries extend run time for critical loads Models with individual outlet control available Fast 4 millisecond transfer time ensures no system disruption or equipment lockup Expansion Battery Pack option - Connect up to 10 to a single UPS for extended half-load run times up to 20 hours! Easily integrates with control systems using RS-232 Hot swappable battery for easy service Power Manager software allows the configuration of vital system settings 3 year warranty on electronics Total of 8 surge protected outlets
Part # UPS-1000R UPS-1000R-IP UPS-1000R-8 UPS-1000R-8IP UPS-2200R UPS-2200R-IP UPS-2200R-8 UPS-2200R-8IP UPS-2200R-CH UPS-2200R-HH UPS-EBPR UPS-IPCARD UPS-RBP Description 1000VA / 750W UPS 1000VA / 750W UPS 1000VA / 750W UPS 1000VA / 750W UPS 2150VA / 1650W UPS 2150VA / 1650W UPS 2150VA / 1650W UPS 2150VA / 1650W UPS 2150VA / 1650W UPS 2150VA / 1650W UPS UPS Expansion Battery Pack UPS Network Interface Card UPS Replacement Battery Pack Web Enabled No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No No Yes Outlet Controlled Dimensions

Now with Web-Based Control Each outlet can be individually controlled (IP and RS-232) Real time UPS monitoring via the Web Remote management and configuration of UPS via Web Browser or NMS Auto-shutdown to protect servers/workstations from data lose due to power failure Schedule shutdown/start-up/reboot of the UPS Event logging to trace UPS operational history Data logging for analyzing power conditions Event notification via email and SNMP traps Supports TCP/IP, SNMP/HTTP, NTP, DNS, SMTP protocol MIB provided Quick installation and user friendly interface User upgradeable firmware via FTP Security management provided
Rackspaces 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) Termination 9 cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9 cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9 cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9 cord w/NEMA 5-15P Plug 9 cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9 cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9 cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug 9 cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug hardwired 36 flex cable input and hardwired output

Critical/Non-critical Bank 17"W x 3.5"H x 19"D Critical/Non-critical Bank 17"W x 3.5"H x 19"D Individual Outlet Individual Outlet 17"W x 3.5"H x 19"D 17"W x 3.5"H x 19"D

Critical/Non-critical Bank 17"W x 3.5"H x 19"D Critical/Non-critical Bank 17"W x 3.5"H x 19"D 17"W x 3.5"H x 19"D

3-1/2 (2 space) 9 cord w/NEMA 5-20P Plug input & hardwired output

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

113

Rackmount Lighting
Rackmount Lighting
Retractable LED light provides evenly distributed illumination for component viewing.
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01044

A&E

for full product info.

PDLT-815RV-RN shown closed Part # PDLT-815RV-RN PDLT-815RVA LT-1R LT-1RA # of circuits 1 1 Amperage 15 Amp 15 Amp

LT-1RA shown closed Rear Outlets 8 8 light only light only

PDLT-815RV-RN shown with light out and lit Surge Protection Yes, 2-stage with remote notication Yes Cord Length 9' 9' 9' 9' Chassis depth 13-1/2" 13-1/2" 13-1/2" 13-1/2" Finish black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized

Gooseneck Rack Lights

These bright rack lights (187 Lumens*) allow for more rack visbility, and the exible strong goosenect lets you direct the light where it is needed most. The reliable, long lasting LEDs have a 20,000 hour bulb life, and these lights include an on/off button for instant control. Available as single light with USB connector or 120V adapter, or as a rackmount panel with dual gooseneck lights. (*Contact us for details.)

Rackmount Lighting

LT-GN
Part #

LT-GN-PL
Description

LT-GN-PNL
Powered By

LT-GN-PNL shown in use

LT-GN LT-GN-PL LT-GN-PNL

gooseneck LED light with USB connector gooseneck LED light with 120V adapter one rackspace rackmount panel with dual gooseneck LED lights

PDLT-815RVA, PD-915RV-RN, LT-1Rx or any computer w/ standard USB port any 120V power outlet, including vertical power strips any 120V power outlet, including vertical power strips

Gooseneck Magnetic LED Worklight

This ultra bright worklight illuminates the inside of racks, for easy viewing of equipment and cabling during system installation and servicing. 32 LED lights are positioned at the ideal angle for high visibility and brightness measured to be 395 Lumens*. Flexible 16 long gooseneck allows light to be directed where it is needed most, and the strong, scratch resistant magnetic base attaches to any steel surface.
(*Contact us for details.)
Part # Description

LT-GN-WL

magnetic worklight, gooseneck, Includes 32 LED Lights

LT-DEC LED Light

LT-DEC shown with light out and lit LT-DEC LT2P

Spec. #

96-01046

A&E

product Designed to t any standard Decora device opening, the LT-DEC info. opens and illuminates when pressed. Running on a standard included 12 VDC power supply, multiple units can be daisy-chained together to use only one outlet with the JDC-12X18 jumper. The jumper reduces the number of power supplies required for an installation and can be used to power the LT-DEC light and TEMP-DEC temperature display, see pg. 121. Pre-congured panels are available with select pre-installed Decora products.

for full

Part #

Description

LT2-T1P

LT-DEC LT2P LT2-T1P JDC-12X18

retractable LEDlight one space panel, pre-congured with 2 LT-DEClights one space panel, pre-congured with 2 LT-DEC lights, 1 TEMP-DEC temperature display 18, 12 volt DCjumper wire, 2 pieces

114

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Work Light and RPS Series Remote Power Switch

Magnetic Work Light ENHANCED!
Designed for use when installing and servicing equipment, the WL-60 provides convenient illumination in rack enclosure interiors. The unit features a strong, scratch resistant magnetic base that attaches to any steel surface and a quadruple-jointed support arm makes it easy to aim the light, which stays where you put it. The WL-60 now includes a 13 watt uorescent bulb, aluminum shade with on/off switch and an ultra-long 18 line cord that eliminates the need for an extension cord.
Part #

WL-60

Work Light and RPS Series Remote Power Switch

RPS Series Remote Power Switch

The RPS Series remote power switch provides the ability to power complete 15 Amp systems on and off without the need to access equipment. Perfect for installations where it is desirable to keep users from having the ability to make any adjustments, the RPS Series power switch mounts in the face of select racks, and is also available to mount in a single space panel or UCP Series Universal Connector Panel. Available with a switch or with a keylock when security is a concern, the RPS has been tested in the most demanding situations. The RPS ts in any Decora device opening, features removable ears and can also be mounted to any at surface. The RPS has an internal 21 Amp switch (no relay!) sfor enhanced reliability and longevity. DWR, SR, TOR, ISRK and PTRK Series enclosures feature knockouts for mounting of the RPS Series remote power switch without the need for any additional accessories.
7 cord reaches power placed within any enclosure

Spec. #

96-01028

A&E

for full product info.

RPS switched remote power switch

Part # RPS RPS-K

Description 15 Amp remote power switch 15 Amp remote power switch, keylocked RPS-K keylocked remote power switch 3-1/2

ULFile #: E232496 ULStandard #: 244A: Appliance Controls 120 VAC, 15 Amps, 60 Hz

Need additional keys? Replacement sets are available, sold in sets of two.
Part # RPS-KEY Description additional set of 2 keys features easy to use Piggy-back15 Amp plug Remote Power Switch RPSSeries remote power switch provides remote power control of system within enclosure, face, top and bottom of DWR, SR, TOR, ISRK and PTRKenclosures

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

115

SignalSafe IEC Power Cords

Maintain Signal Integrity - Insist on SignalSafe Technology
6 length 12 length 18 length 24 length 36 length 48 length incorporates tightly twisted conductors to virtually eliminate AC magnetic elds SignalSafe Design
Spec. #

96-01081

A&E

for full product info.

Unwanted AC magnetic elds can inltrate the signal path & cause problems in your installed systems. Power cords under load, especially long ones, are sources of AC magnetic elds. To minimize these effects in your systems, look for the stripe that identies the SignalSafe technology. SignalSafe power cords feature tightly twisted conductors to reduce the effects of AC magnetic elds. 4 key benets: 1. Minimize AC magnetic interference: SignalSafe wiring cuts magnetic eld strength by more than 80% over standard rubber power cords now power and signal wiring paths can be closer than ever without interference 2. Neater installations: SignalSafe cords come in 6 lengths from 6 to 48. Eliminating excess cable length improves cable management, appearance, and assists cooling airow 3. More plug style options: Choose from straight plugs, or right or left angled, whatever meets your needs best. 4. Color coded: Standard SignalSafe cords are identied with a bold blue stripe. New contrasting red stripe option can help you identify separate circuits.

SignalSafe IEC Power Cords

cords designed for cable/satellite boxes now available Insist on the stripe for signal Integrity! Shown - with manufacturer supplied power cords Shown - using the correct length IEC power cord

Angled plugs available

left

right

also available in red stripe for circuit seperation

6" Length Part # ** IEC-6X4 IEC-6X20 IEC-6X20-RED IEC-6X100 IEC-6X20-90L IEC-6X20-90R IEC-6X20SC*

12" Length Part # ** IEC-12X4 IEC-12X20 IEC-12X20-RED IEC-12X100 IEC-12X20-90L IEC-12X20-90R IEC-12X20SC*

18" Length Part # ** IEC-18X4 IEC-18X20 IEC-18X20-RED IEC-18X100 IEC-18X20-90L IEC-18X20-90R IEC-18X20SC*

24" Length Part # ** IEC-24X4 IEC-24X20 IEC-24X20-RED IEC-24X100 IEC-24X20-90L IEC-24X20-90R IEC-24X20SC*

36" Length Part # ** IEC-36X4 IEC-36X20 IEC-36X20-RED IEC-36X100 IEC-36X20-90L IEC-36X20-90R IEC-36X20SC*

48" Length Part # ** IEC-48X20 IEC-48X20-RED IEC-48X100 IEC-48X20-90L IEC-48X20-90R IEC-48X20SC*

Plug Type Straight Straight Straight Straight Low-Prole Left Hand Low-Prole Right Hand Straight

Cord Stripe color Blue Blue Red Blue Blue Blue Blue

Wire Gauge 14 14 14 14 14 14 18

Qty. 4 20 20 100 20 20 20

* Denotes cable/satellite cord. ** Length refers to the cord only, and does not include the connectors.

116

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Grounding and Bonding Accessories

Copper Buss Bars
Copper buss bars are 1/8 thick and threaded 10-32. Various heights and widths available. Supplied mounting hardware includes nylon isolation washers, bolts and nuts.
Part # BB-5254-1 BB-44-1 BB-40 BB-12 Racking Height 79 77 (44 space) 70 (40 space) 21 (12 space) Width 1 1 2 2 Qty 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar BB-44-1 BB-40

Electrical Isolation Knockout Panel

The Electrical Isolation Knockout Panel is ideal for installations that require electrical conduit to be isolated from the enclosure. Replaces the standard rear electrical knockout plates. Constructed from 1/8 thick non-conductive polycarbonate. Hardware included.
Part # ISO-KOP Fits top or bottom of MRK, WRK, DRK, ERK and SCRK Series enclosures; bottom of 60o SCand SCQ Series consoles ISO-KOP 1-1/2 and 3/4 electrical knockouts

Spec. #

96-981

A&E

for full product info.

1/2 and 1 electrical knockouts

Grounding and Bonding Accessories

Rack Ground Isolation Kit

Isolate the rack from conductive ooring materials when installing in an isolated (technical) ground environment. The Rack Ground Isolation Kit consists of eight 4 long strips of 1/8 thick non-conductive polycarbonate which are attached to the rack base with included self adhesive tape and prevent oor contact.
ISO-1 Part # ISO-1

Spec. #

96-981

A&E

for full product info.

Leveling Feet
Adjustable leveling feet t all Middle Atlantic Products oor standing steel racks and enclosures (excludes VRK and BGR Series). Isolation Leveling Feet feature protective rubber cover to isolate racks from the oor. Flat-blade and hex drive allows for adjustment. Also used with caster bases for MRK, WRKand DRK Series racks. Set of four. NOTE: Raises enclosure from 1/8 to 1 off oor
Part # LF LF-ISO Description leveling feet isolation leveling feet LF-ISO

Spec. #

96-981

A&E

for full product info.

Spike: Bonding/Ganging Hardware

Eliminate bonding wires run between racks, while providing lowest impedance ground possible Self-piercing at bonding points no need to remove paint Displaces paint without compromising the corrosion protection of the painted surface, eliminating the need for anti-oxidizing protection products required by other bonding methods Handy installation tool provided to ensure ease of installation & proper torquing
Part # BOND-G24 Description 24 sets, 1 installation tool, 4 sets recommended per rack
PATENT PENDING

reverse side of washer

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

117

Thermal Management

Electrical systems generate heat, and so the removal of this heat to maintain the temperature inside installed racks is critical to the proper functioning and survival of the circuits operating within them. As described in our free white paper on this topic, the best way to control the temperature is to take a systems (integrated) approach to thermal management. Middle Atlantic offers a wide range of cooling products to meet installation needs, from eliminating a specic hot spot on a component, through the normal range of full rack cooling, all the way to high CFM solutions for your most thermally challenging installations. We care about our environment, and are pleased to offer a full selection of thermostatic and proportionally controlled cooling options that save energy and reduce unwanted service calls and unnecessary noise.

Thermal Management

Here is a selection chart to help you quickly narrow down your choices. Please also see the product groupings listed on the facing page. If you need help, please call our technical support group for assistance:
Cooling Need
Full Racks

Location Type
Any

Series to Consider
FAN QFAN KO Fan tops - see next page FTA UQFP QFP DCFANKIT CAB-COOL CLS-COOL DUCT-COOL FC High CFM Doors - see next page DCFANKIT

In-Rack Assistance Smaller Racks and Systems Enclosed Spaces Fan Controllers

Within racks above hot components

COMP-COOL

In meeting rooms, studios, residences, and similar spaces

Entertainment centers, closets, and similar locations

Any

We support international sales - contact us for 220V fan offerings.

118

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Table of Contents
Fans and Fan Accessories 120 Thermal Control and Monitoring 121

!
122 Designer Inspired Ultra Quiet Fan Panels 123

UQFP Series Ultra Quiet Fan Panels

!
124-125

Thermal Management

!
126-127

Quiet-Cool Series

Thermal Rack Top Options

Vent Blockers & Rear Door Kits

128

High CFM Rear Doors

129

!
119

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Fans and Fan Accessories

Spec. #

96-01063

High Quality Fans

Featuring smooth, ball-bearing design, the 120V mount ush and come in 4-1/2, 6 and 10 models. QFANquiet fan includes guard with a black powder coat nish and is great for minimizing noise. AXS-FAN features a slim design for mounting in AXSSeries racks. BMF-FAN10 provides 825 CFM of cooling for enclosures with a high heat density. Mounting hardware and cord included with each unit.
120V Part #** FAN QFAN AXS-FAN FAN-6 FAN-10 BMF-FAN10 Size Depth Free Air dB Rating 39 dBA <30 dBA 30 dBA 49 dBA 49 dBA 60 dBA Free Air CFM 95 50 57 220 550 825

A&E

for full product info.

FAN-10 FAN-6 complete with black powder coat nish guard QFAN

4-1/2 1-1/2 4-1/2 1-1/2 4-1/2 6 10 10 1 1-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/4

Fan Guards
Fitting 4-1/2, 6 and 10 fans, fan guards are Hamburger grille style & have a black powder coat nish, includes hardware.
Part # GUARD GUARD-6 GUARD-10 Fits 4-1/2 fan 6 fan 10 fan GUARD-10

GUARD

GUARD-6

**international versions available

Fan Kits
Fan kits include (2) 4-1/2 fans, (4) guards, and the necessary vent blockers to optimize the airow.
120V Part #** AXS-FAN-K* 5-FAN-K* Free Air dB Rating 33 dBA 33 dBA Free Air CFM 114 114 Part # DWR-FK17 DWR-FK22 DWR-FK26 DWR-FK32 Fits DWRxx17 DWRxx22/SRxx22 DWRxx26 DWRxx32/SRxx32

Fans and Fan Accessories

Size 4-1/2 4-1/2

Depth 1 1

*includes 2 fans **international versions available BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

Fan Kit with Intelligent Thermostatic Control

Intelligent cooling for laminate racks. Intelligent thermostatic control Mounts in top of rear access panel
120V Part #** DCFANKIT-4

NEW!

DCFANKIT-4 power supply with remote temperature sensor

Fits RK/BRK and RDR Series 100 CFM

Description fan kit 4 fans 100 CFM, 120V adapter and controller included

**international versions available

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01137

Fan Tray System

NEW!

A&E

for full product info.

18 - 32 range FTA-3

Fan tray system lets you locate fans directly above vents on hot equipment to help hot air get moving in the right direction for rack cooling systems. Uses from 3 to 8 quiet 4 DC fans (69 CFM for each fan) 8 fan mounting positions and optional add-on fans let you locate fans exactly where needed Energy-saving thermostatic control for automatic on/off as needed Powered by a single power cord Occupies only one rackspace Adjustable mounting range of 18 to 32
Part # Description Free Air CFM

FTA-3 FTA-6 fans can be positioned where they are most needed FTA-6 FT-FAN

3 fan tray 6 fan tray add-on 4 DC fan

207 414 69
ideal for use with VRS vented rackmount shelf, see pg. 153

120

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Thermal Control and Monitoring

Fan Panels
Fan panels accommodate all standard 4-1/2 fans. 3 rackspaces (5-1/4) high, they are made from 16-gauge anged aluminum. Offered in a black textured powder coat or black brushed and anodized nish.
Anodized Part # FP1 FP2 FP3 Textured Part # TFP1 TFP2 TFP3 Racking Height 5-1/4 (3 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) Accommodates one 4-1/2 fan two 4-1/2 fans three 4-1/2 fans FP2

Quiet Fan Panels

Occupying three rackspaces, these fan panel assemblies provide quiet cooling for demanding environments. Each assembly comes complete with fan(s) and grille(s) installed. Available in a black brushed and anodized, or black textured powder coat nish; cord and plug included.
120V Anodized Part #* QFP-1 QFP-2 120V Textured Part #* QTFP-1 QTFP-2 Racking Height 5-1/4 (3 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) Free Air dB Rating <30 dBA <33 dBA # of Fans Installed one two Free Air CFM 50 100 QTFP-2

QFP-1

*international versions available

Proportional Speed Thermostatic ACFan Control

Proportional speed thermostatic fan control extends both equipment and fan life and reduces service calls by varying the fan speed of up to four fans based on temperature. The fan control includes 3 user selectable temperature ranges, a local on/off switch, status LEDs, and a temperature probe with a 5 ft. wire. This control is designed to work specically with ACfans that are offered by Middle Atlantic Products, or other fans with similar specications. Max fan load is 1 Amp at 120 volts. The FC-2-215-1C includes two always on 15 Amp convenience outlets and is available as an option on the DLBX, see pg. 70.
Part # FC-4 FC-4-1C FC-2-215-1C Description mounts in MPRSeries raceways only (see pgs. 110-111) mounts to rackrail brackets or any at surface mounts to rackrail brackets or any at surface, incl. two 15 Amp outlets # of Fan Controlled Outlets 4 4 2

Thermal Control and Monitoring

Spec. #

96-980
for full product info.

FC-4

FC-2-215-1C

A&E

FC-4-1C

Temperature Display
This unit monitors internal enclosure temperature, provides an LED readout and ts into the Decora style opening at the top of Middle Atlantic racks. Features adjustable over temperature setting with local and remote notication. 9 cord with temperature probe and plug-in power supply included. Optional jumper supplies power to additional 12VDC Decora units using a single power source. The temperature display ts DWR, SR, ISRK and TOR Series enclosures.
Part # TEMP-DEC JDC-12X18 Description temperature display 18, 12 volt DCjumper wire, 2 pieces

Spec. #

96-01055

A&E

for full product info.

TEMP-DEC overtemp remote notication for control system

Multiple Fan Cord

Save outlets by operating two, three or four fans from a single power outlet with the multiple fan cord. Factory-installed on integrated fan tops.
Part # Description FANCORD-2X1 fan cord, accommodates two fans FANCORD-3X1 fan cord, accommodates three fans FANCORD-4X1 fan cord, accommodates four fans
FANCORD-4X1

Filter Kit
The three space washable lter is 1 thick and is housed in 18-gauge perforated steel. Mounts in enclosures for use as a ltered vent panel.
Part # FILTER Racking Height 5-1/4 (3 space) FILTER

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

121

Ultra Quiet Fan Panels

UQFPSeries Ultra Quiet Fan Panels
The two rackspace Ultra Quiet Fan Panel System provides smart cooling and monitoring to ensure a reliable installation in areas where fan noise is not an option, including boardrooms, classrooms, ofces, houses of worship, etc. Thermostatic, proportional speed DC fan control ensures ultra quiet operation by varying fan speed based on enclosure temperature. Overtemp notication, local and remote, offers additional operation monitoring. A unique feature of the system provides notication in the event of fan failure via a local display or remote signal to an external alarm device. 100 CFM cooling capacity (4 fan models), 50 CFM cooling capacity (2 fan models) Digital processor varies fan speed based on enclosure temperature for ultra quiet operation Front panel rack temperature and alert display provides instant system status (D models only) On-board digital processor monitors rack temperature via external sensor Local and remote notication of over temperature and fan fault can be sent to a control system
EIA/TIA Compliant

NEW!

Spec. #

96-01037

A&E

for full product info.

UQFP-2D

UQFP-2

Ultra Quiet Fan Panels

UQFP-4D

UQFP-4

120V Part #*

# of Fans

Overtemp Notication Local LED Local Display Remote

User Denable Overtemp Setting

Fan Failure Notication Local & Remote Display

Free Air Rating

Max Sound Level

Racking Height

UQFP-2D UQFP-4D UQFP-2 UQFP-4

2 4 2 4

3 3 3 3

3 3 _

3 3 3 3

3 3 _

50 CFM 100 CFM 50 CFM 100 CFM

24 dB 27 dB 24 dB 27 dB

3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space)

*international versions available

showing rear view of UQFP Series Ultra Quiet Fan Panels

included accessories

122

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Ultra Quiet Fan Panels

Designer Inspired Ultra Quiet Fan Panels
The smart, quiet, elegant way to keep electronics systems cool. The two rackspace Designer Inspired Ultra Quiet Fan Panel features a unique on-board processor that controls DC fan speed in direct proportion to equipment temperature resulting in quiet, reliable installations. The perfect thermal management solution for media rooms, screening rooms, and other areas where people and electronics coexist, the Designer Inspired Ultra Quiet Fan Panel boasts the following features: Dimmable temperature and alert display provides instant system status - also available without front display On-board digital processor varies fan speed based on equipment temperature, which is monitored via external sensor Local and remote notication in the event of external sensor failure Local and remote notication of over temperature and fan fault can be sent to a control system Black brushed anodized nish New intake/exhaust two panel system helps improve cooling air ow in densely populated racks
EIA/TIA Compliant

NEW!

Spec. #

96-01037

A&E

for full product info.

included accessories

UQFP-4RA exhaust

intake UQFP-4RA-I/0 set includes (1) intake and (1) exhaust panel two panel system provides greater static pressure, to allow better air ow in crowded rack systems

Ultra Quiet Fan Panels

UQFP-4DRA

UQFP-4RIS intake unit can be added to existing UQFP installations

Overtemp Notication Local Display Remote Fan Failure Notication Local & Remote Display Free Air Rating Max Sound Level

120V Part #*

# of Fans

User Denable Overtemp Setting

Racking Height

UQFP-4RA UQFP-4DRA UQFP-4RA-I/0 UQFP-4RIS

4 4 8 4

3 3

100 CFM 100 CFM 100 CFM 100 CFM

27 dB 27 dB 30 dB 27 dB

3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 7 (4 space)** 3-1/2 (2 space)

*international versions available **includes two fan panels (one for intake, one for exhaust) plus connecting cable

Economical Quiet Fan Panel

Includes on/off switch and user selectable thermostatic control function DC fans for long life and energy savings Front panel mounted switch Black powder coat nish
EIA/TIA Compliant

UQFP-4RT

power supply with remote temperature sensor

Fan Failure Notication Local & Remote Display Free Air Rating Max Sound Level

120V Part #*

# of Fans

Overtemp Notication Local Display Remote

User Denable Overtemp Setting

Racking Height

UQFP-4RT

100 CFM

27 dB

3-1/2 (2 space)

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

123

Quiet-Cool Series
The Quiet-Cool Series was designed to provide effective thermal management for a variety of installation environments.
The Quiet-Cool Series utilizes smart thermostatic control to monitor temperature and signal fans to automatically remove heat from components, cabinets and closets.

Component Cooler
Thermostatically controlled component cooler removes heat right at the source. Optimized for components on open shelving or in racks, this cooler turns on automatically when needed. The Component Cooler is placed directly on top of vents of heat generating equipment. The COMP-COOL-3 is available for systems that require multiple components to be cooled.
120V Part #* COMP-COOL Qty 1 fan, power supply Free Air Rating 8 CFM 8 CFM/fan 8 CFM Max Sound Level 19 dB 24 dB 19 dB COMP-COOL 11/16 includes power supply

COMP-COOL-3** 3 fans, connects to single power supply COMP-COOL-E 1 fan, connects to COMP-COOL3

*international versions available **36 length between connectors

Quiet-Cool Series

Cabinet Cooler
Cabinet cooler removes heat generated by components located in smaller cabinets, credenzas, lecterns, and entertainment centers. Thermostatically controlled to operate only when needed to extend fan life and minimize dust, this quiet-cooling device features an aesthetically designed vent that can be painted to match its environment. Dual version includes 2 fans driven by a single thermostat and single power supply.
120V Part #* CAB-COOL CAB-COOL-2 Description cabinet cool system dual cabinet cool system Free Air Rating 20 CFM 40 CFM Max Sound Level 24 dB 27 dB CAB-COOL includes in-line thermostatic controller includes power supply

*international versions available

Closet Cooler
Closet cooler removes heat from closets where small rack systems are located. Two solid oak vents will be visible and can be stained or painted to match any rooms dcor. This cooling solution runs only when needed, mounts to closet doors and is available with an active exhaust and passive intake for closets with gaps, or an active exhaust and active intake for tightly sealed closets.

120 Part #* CLS-COOL1 CLS-COOL2

Description active exhaust, passive intake active exhaust, active intake

Free Air Rating 50 CFM 50 CFM

Max Sound Level 25 dB 28 dB CLS-COOL1

*international versions available

CLS-COOL2

124

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Quiet-Cool Series
The Duct Cool System removes heated air from enclosed areas to extend equipment life and to increase reliability.
The heart of the system is a unique state-of-the-art fan that is both quiet and powerful. It has the ability to effectively pull heated air from up to 25 feet away, far from the user. Standard unit includes a built-in thermostat preset to turn on at 88F and off at 85F so the system only runs when needed. Flexible system installs quickly, easily and can exhaust to any convenient remote location.
Part # DUCT-COOL-1PT DUCT-COOL-2PT Free Air Rating 135 CFM 293 CFM Duct Size 4 6 Free Air dB Rating* 35.7 36.5 insulated exible duct air intake
Spec. #

96-01091

for full product info.

mixed ow fan

A&E

exhausts into convenient locations

*measured 1 meter from the air intake, centered horizontally & vertically, using 15 of straight insulated duct

Options

Optional Thermostat For adjusting set point if desired.

Part # THERM-A

Quiet-Cool Series

THERM-A Description optional thermostat

Duct-Cool Adapter Adapter tops let the Duct-Cool be mounted to the top of select racks. Includes top and adapter only.
Fits DRK, WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, Part # MW-DT

MW-DT Fits WMRK, ERK, SCRK Part # ERK-DT

Kit comes complete with everything you need to install the unit, including:

Mixed Flow Fan Assembly

25 Feet of Insulated Flexible Duct

Air Intake Assembly and Sturdy Mounting Plate

All Mounting Hardware

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

125

Thermal Rack Top Options

HOT TIP!

Did You Know?? - Time Saving Feature

All MW Series top options are designed with a removable 2 rackspace panel for top cable entry. This removable panel allows for removal of top options without disruption of cables.

Solid and Vented Top Options

Select solid, slot pattern vented, or large perforated vented top options to address your thermal management needs.

Thermal Rack Top Options

MW-ST

MW-VT

MW-LVT

ERK-ST

ERK-VT

ERK-LVT

Fits WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, DRK Part # MW-ST MW-VT MW-LVT BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

Fits ERK, WMRK, SCRK Part # ERK-ST ERK-VT ERK-LVT

Style solid slot pattern vented vented, 64% open area

Fan Top Options - Non-Populated

Top options accept 4-1/2, 6 or 10 fans for active thermal management. See pg. 120 for fan and air ow specs.

MW-4FT

MW-6FT

MW-10FT

ERK-4FT

ERK-6FT

ERK-10FT

Fits WR, WRK, MRK, VRK, VMRK, DRK Part # MW-4FT MW-6FT MW-10FT

Fits WMRK, ERK, SCRK, Part # ERK-4FT ERK-6FT ERK-10FT

Fan Openings laser knockouts laser knockouts (MW-6FT) & nished holes (ERK-6FT) nished hole

Style mounts up to four 4-1/2 fans (MW-4FT) or three 4-1/2 fans (ERK-4FT) mounts up to three 6 fans (MW-6FT) or two 6 fans (ERK-6FT) mounts one 10 fan

126

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Thermal Top Options

Top Options - Including Fans
Save time with Integrated Fan Tops! Ships assembled. Integrated fan tops include 4-1/2, 6 or 10 fans, fan guards.

MW-4FT-380CFM

MW-10FT-550FCM

MW-6FT-660CFM

ERK-4FT-285CFM

ERK-10FT-550CFM

ERK-6FT-440CFM

Part # MW-4FT-380CFM MW-6FT-660CFM MW-10FT-550CFM ERK-4FT-285CFM ERK-6FT-440CFM ERK-10FT-550CFM

# of Fans four 4-1/2 fans three 6 fans one 10 fan three 4-1/2 fans two 6 fans one 10 fan

Fan Controller optional optional optional optional optional optional

Fits MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK Series MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK Series MRK,DRK, VRK, VMRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series

Free Air CFM 380 660 550 285 440 550

Thermal Top Options

Thermostatically Controlled Integrated Fan Top Options

Thermostatically Controlled Integrated Fan Tops ships fully assembled and include 4-1/2, 6 or 10 fans, fan guards and proportional speed fan controller that increases fan life, reduces noise, saves energy, and reduces dust build up. ETL Listed in the US and Canada.

MW-4QFT-FC

MW-10FT-FC

ERK-4QFT-FC

ERK-10FT-FC

Part # MW-4QFT-FC MW-10FT-FC ERK-4QFT-FC ERK-10FT-FC

# of Fans four quiet 4-1/2 fans one 10 fan three quiet 4-1/2 fans one 10 fan

Fan Controller included included included included

Fits MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK Series MRK, DRK, VRK, VMRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series ERK, WMRK, SCRK Series

Free Air CFM 220 550 165 550

Vented Pagoda Top Options

vented sides, front & back solid top

xx = depth of MRK, VRK and VMRK only (26, 31, 36 or 42)

MV-PVT vented pagoda top for MRK, VRK, VMRK only keeps dust out

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

127

Vent Blockers and Rear Door Kits

Vent Blockers
Vent blockers are used to prevent the recirculation of hot air between top-mount fans and nearby vent openings. Vent blockers should be placed over the enclosures vents located on the upper front of the enclosure, upper sides, and upper rear door (depending on enclosure). This will ensure that heated enclosure air will be forced out through the top-mounted exhaust fans instead of re-circulating, keeping equipment cool.
prevents short-circuit magnetic vent blockers help maintain airow through rack by blocking air entry near fans Part # VBK-W27-W32 VBK-WSA27 VBK-WSA32 VBK-E20 VBK-E25 Vent Blockers mount to the inside of enclosures to block airow VBK-SCRK27 VBK-D17 VBK-SD-22 VBK-S28 Used On WRK-xx27 & WRK-xx-32 WRK-xxSA-27 WRK-xxSA-32, WR-xx-32* ERK-xx20, DWR-xx-26 ERK-xx25 SCRK Series DWR-xx-17 SR-40-22, DWR-xx-22 SR-xx-28 Part # VBK-S32 VBK-S42 VBK-V VBK-DRK VBK-PTRK VBK-PTRK26 VBK-BGR VBK-BGR-SA Used On SR-xx-32, DWR-xx-32 WR-xx-42* VRK-44-31H/VRK-44-36H DRK Series PTRK-xx PTRK-xx26 BGR Series BGR-SA Series

Vent Blockers and Rear Door Kits

*When WR is not ush against a wall, block the rear opening with the optional rear access panel, model # WR-RAP-xx

BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

KO-AWFP2 fan panel kit hot air out

Thermal Management Kits for Rear Door

Middle Atlantic Products standard solid rear doors on WRK, MRK and ERK Series (pg. 35) enclosures are congurable for achieving optimal active or passive thermal management. Fan, vent and lter kits are available to install after laser knockouts are removed from door. Fan and vent kits now available for solid split rear doors.

laser knockouts standard

KO-AWFP2 split rear doors have fan sized knockouts

KO-VT3

KO-FILTER3 cool air in KO-VT3 vent panel kit Fits WRK, MRK, ERK Standard Solid Rear Doors Part # KO-AWFP2 KO-VT3 KO-CRD-VT KO-FILTER3 KO-WSB3 Description fan kit with two fans, 190 CFM vent panel kit lter kit blank panel kit Fits Solid Split Rear Doors Part # KO-CRD-FAN KO-CRD-VT Description fan kit with two fans, 190 CFM and two vents lter kit

128

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

High CFM Rear Doors

Removes hot air from densely populated server enclosures.
Great solution when top mounted fans are not enough to move the required CFM. Structural Features Ideal for hot aisle/cold aisle applications where air return is above hot aisle, because exhaust air is directed upward toward air returns Excellent when enclosure is highly populated with NVRs/DVRs or servers that are front intake/rear exhaust-type Finished in a durable black textured powder coat Thermal Management Pre-configured with six 6 fans. These fans have adjustable locations and can be arranged where they are most needed Additional fans can be added to increase total CFM. Doors can accept up to 16 total fans to boost total air movement up to 3,520 CFM for maximum cooling A high-capacity thermostatic fan controller is available see bottom of this page Cable Management Each door has a removable 48 SignalSafe IEC cord to allow for doors to be plugged into separate circuits. Shorter IEC cords can be substituted for improved cable management. For more on SignalSafe technology, see pg. 116 Regulatory / Certications GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified for Children and Schools (the most strict level) UL Listed in the US and Canada
Part # Description Fits WMRK WMRK DRK Additional 1/2 Free Air Blank Panels (Qty. of 4) CFM MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-45 MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-44 MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-42 DCFRD-1/2PNL-44 1,320 1,320 1,320 1,320 220
Spec. #

96-01093

A&E

for full product info.

High CFM Rear Doors

MW-CFRD-45 45 space split fan rear door MW-CFRD-42 42 space split fan rear door D-CFRD-44 FC-CFRD 44 space split fan rear door fan controller, 1 rackspace

MW-CFRD-44 44 space split fan rear door MRK, WRK, VRK

MWCFRD-FKIT additional 6 fan for MW-CFRD and D-CFRD

High CFM Split Rear Door

Supply Duct Return Duct

High CFM Split Rear Door

Return Air Duct MW-CFRD-XX

MW-CFRD-XX

Front
Raised Floor Tiles Side View Vent Grate

adjustable fan panels (8 per half door)

shorter IEC cords can be used to simplify cable management

Side View

Proper Air Conditioning Airow and Rack Placement

Proper Forced Air on Raised Floor, Vented Floor Grate Placement

MW-CFRD-1/2PNL-45 half-height blank panel

Heavy-Duty Fan Thermostatic Controller for High CFM Rear Doors

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

129

Cable Management

Signal inputs, outputs, and controls, as well as power, all must be routed within an installation, almost always in the form of cabling. Effective cable management plays a large role in overall system reliability since todays cables (including category cabling and ber optics in particular) are highly engineered, high performance system elements that need to be properly supported and protected to perform to specications. Middle Atlantic has incorporated cable management features and capabilities into every rack/enclosure line as well as many accessory products, and in this section we present additional cable management products to provide the support and management functions needed in every installation project. See our free white paper on this topic for more information and guidance.

Cable Management

Cable Management Need

Vertical Cable Lacing Horizontal Lacing and Support Near Connections Managing Connections to Small Devices

Location Type
Within Racks

Series to Consider
LeverLock (BGR Specic) LeverLock (BGR Specic) LBP UP1 HHCM V-System (EGR specic) UFA MS VCD RLA-CC CK CC PCD LACE TW HCM LBFR PHCM HCT

Within Racks

Between/ Beside Racks

Heavier Cable Usage Applications

Manage Excess Cable Lengths

Primarily within Racks

PCS

Cable Entry

Outside/Approaching Racks, and Cabling Entering Racks

BR RIB SRB

GR GK CLB/CLH

130

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Table of Contents
Large Capacity Vertical Cable Duct Systems with Doors 132 Economical Metal Vertical Cable Ducts 133 Plastic Vertical Cable Ducts 134

Vertical Cable Lacing Strips and Cable Management Items

135

Horizontal Rackmount Cable Lacer Bars

136

Small Device Shelves and Cable Hangers

137

Cable Management

Horizontal Cable Managers

138 - 139

Raised Floor Enclosure Support System

140

Seismic Certied Riser Base and Accessories

141

Cable Ladders

142 - 143

9 to 24 range

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

131

Large Capacity Vertical Cable Duct Systems with Doors

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01077

for full product info.

The VCD Series ducts feature high capacity 6 or 10 widths to accommodate large cabling quantities. VCD Series managers mount on all MK, RL, RLA and R4 Series open frame rack systems. Helps protect cable bend radius and organize pathways for all data cables, patch cords and power cords between racks Available in single and dual (front and rear channel) duct versions Includes removable reversible doors

A&E

10 Wide VCD-10-51-DC VCD-10-51-SC VCD-10-45-DC VCD-10-45-SC _ _

6 Wide VCD-6-51-DC VCD-6-51-SC VCD-6-45-DC VCD-6-45-SC VCD-6-38-DC VCD-6-38-SC

Description 8 ft. (51 rackspace) dual cable duct system 8 ft. (51 rackspace) single cable duct system 7 ft. (45 rackspace) dual cable duct system 7 ft. (45 rackspace) single cable duct system 6 ft. (38 rackspace) dual cable duct system 6 ft. (38 rackspace) single cable duct system

Large Capacity Vertical Cable Duct Systems with Doors

Dimensions

with door open 21.08 6 or 10 12.8 with door closed

8.7

with doors open 38.8 6 or 10 22.3 with doors closed

VCD-10-51-DC

Single Duct

Dual Duct

Sturdy Metal Fingers

design provides support with generous capacity

mounts next to or between racks to manage cabling

132

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Economical Metal Vertical Cable Ducts

Vertical Cable Duct with Hinged Door
RLA-CC Series managers mount on all MK, R2, RL, RLA and R4 Series 45 space open frame rack systems, while providing abundant cable pass-throughs and cable lacing points. Order 2 (two) - single ducts to make an economical dual channel organizer. The solid hinged front door with a 3-point magnetic latch can be installed to open in either direction
Part # RLA-CC Description 7 ft. (45 space) duct with hinged cover

Order 2 single ducts to make an economical dual channel organizer Dimensions with door open 11.4 5.1 6.1 with door closed RLA-CC 12.2 with doors closed 2 RLA-CCs mounted back to back 5.4 with doors open 22.9 5.1

RLA-CC optional vertical cable manager features a full-length hinged access door

R2-44S shown with RLA-CC

Economical Metal Vertical Cable Ducts

Duct System and Lift-Off Covers

CKSeries managers mount on all MK, RL, RLA and R4 Series open frame rack systems. Optional split lift-off covers t on front and rear of both center and end unit styles. Built with dual channel design to handle extra large cable bundles while providing simple distribution provisions in the front and rear.
Part # CK-45 CK-45E CK-45C Dimensions 9 Description 45 rackspace center organizer 45 rackspace end organizer 45 rackspace organizer cover - 2 pieces CK-45C split cover (2 pcs.)
CK-45E end duct

CK-45 center duct

ALL VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS REDESIGNED TO WORK ON ALL 2-POST & 4-POST RACKS (RL, RLA, R2, R4, MK SERIES)

shown with RL Series racks

Vertical Cable Chases Ideal for Rack Enclosures

Cable chases provide ample space for the safe and unobtrusive routing of cables between racks. Each three-piece system includes a beveled-corner front vertical channel, a square-corner rear vertical channel, and a solid top cover. Standard 4 wide chases. Custom size and width chases are also available - please call for details. Finished in a durable black powder coat.
Part # CC-40-267 CC-40-312 CC-44-36 CC-44-312 CC-44-267 CC-44-423 Description 70" (40 Space) cable chase 70" (40 Space) cable chase 77" (44 Space) cable chase 77" (44 Space) cable chase 77" (44 Space) cable chase 77" (44 Space) cable chase Fits WRK-40-27, MRK-4026 WRK-40-32, MRK-4031 MRK-4436, DRK19-44-36, VRK-44-36H WRK-44-32, MRK-4431, VRK-44-31H, DRKXX-44-31 WRK-44-27, MRK-4426 MRK-4442, DRKXX-44-42 CC-44-312

BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

133

Plastic Vertical Cable Ducts

Plastic Cable Ducts for 2-Post and 4-Post Racks
Provide a cost effective solution to protect, route and organize cables and cords. Available in 2, 3, and 4 widths, all with strong metal backing Available in 3 and 4 depths, single channel and 6 and 8 depths dual channel Slotted nger design allows for horizontal cable access exactly where its needed Fingers can be easily removed to create larger openings Plastic covers provide organization while keeping cables hidden Ideal for medium to low density installations Ready to mount to either side or in between two 2- and 4-post racks
Spec. #

96-01115

A&E

for full product info.

Part # PCD-2-3-51SC PCD-2-3-45SC PCD-2-3-38SC PCD-2-3-30SC PCD-2-3-25SC PCD-2-3-20SC PCD-2-3-15SC PCD-2-3-12SC dual version PCD-2-3-8SC PCD-3-3-51SC* PCD-3-6-51DC* PCD-3-3-45SC* PCD-3-6-45DC* PCD-3-3-38SC* PCD-3-6-38DC* PCD-4-4-51SC* PCD-4-8-51DC* single version PCD-4-4-45SC* PCD-4-8-45DC* PCD-4-4-38SC* PCD-4-8-38DC*

Racking Height 51 rackspaces 45 rackspaces 38 rackspaces 30 rackspaces 25 rackspaces 20 rackspaces 15 rackspaces 12 rackspaces 8 rackspaces 51 rackspaces 51 rackspaces 45 rackspaces 45 rackspaces 38 rackspaces 38 rackspaces 51 rackspaces 51 rackspaces 45 rackspaces 45 rackspaces 38 rackspaces 38 rackspaces

Size 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 2"w X 3"d 3"w X 3"d 3"w X 6"d 3"w X 3"d 3"w X 6"d 3"w X 3"d 3"w X 6"d 4"w X 4"d 4"w X 8"d 4"w X 4"d 4"w X 8"d 4"w X 4"d 4"w X 8"d

Type single single single single single single single single single single dual single dual single dual single dual single dual single dual

Raw Duct is Also Available

Plastic Vertical Cable Ducts

1.5 width allows duct to be located in the no mans land behind the rackrail, enabling cable management to the side of the installed components raw duct, with no metal backing for easy eld applications Part # PCD-1.5X2-4BK Description plastic cable duct with cover, 1.5w x 2d x 6 plastic cable duct with cover, 1.5w x 4d x 6 brackets to mount plastic cable ducts, orients duct to face front/rear of rack Qty 4

PCD-1.5X4-4BK PCDB-90-1.5-12

4 12

*Plastic cable ducts can mount in between two racks, for 38 rackspace and higher sizes only

Plastic Cable Ducts for 2-Post and 4-Post Racks

Matches and integrates well with Middle Atlantic PCD Series ducts Available in single piece and 4 packs; includes hinged cover
PHCM-1-2 Single Piece Part # PHCM-1-2 PHCM-1-4 PHCM-2-3 PHCM-1-4 4 Pack Part # PHCM-1-2-P4 PHCM-1-4-P4 PHCM-2-3-P4 Description 1 rackspace (1-3/4) plastic nger horizontal cable manager, 2 deep 1 rackspace (1-3/4) plastic nger horizontal cable manager, 4 deep 2 rackspace (3-1/2) plastic nger horizontal cable manager, 3 deep
EIA/TIA Compliant

PHCM-2-3

134

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Vertical Cable Lacing Strips and Cable Management Items

Vertical Lacing Strips
Perforated steel lacer strips mount vertically to rackrail brackets and provide many locations for securing cable bundles. LACE-OWP and LACE-OP strips include tie posts for sliding on pre-wrapped cable bundles using 1/2 hook-and-loop straps or cable ties. Some lacer strips also accept cage nuts or mounting of select power strips for increased versatility. All strips sold in packs of 6.
4-3/4 No need to sh cable ties & straps - just slide them on! 3-1/4 1 2 3-1/2

LACE-44-OWP
Part # LACE-5254-OWP* LACE-44-OWP* LACE-40-OWP* LACE-37-OWP* LACE-23-OWP* LACE-13-OWP* LACE-5254-OP LACE-44-OP* LACE-40-OP* LACE-37-OP* LACE-23-OP* LACE-13-OP* LACE-44LP LACE-37LP LACE-P* LACE-37P* LACE-13P* LACE-44-1SP LACE-37-1SP LACE-5254-1P LACE-44-1P* LACE-37-1P* Width 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-1/2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 Racking Height 52-54 rackspaces 44 rackspaces 40 rackspaces 37 rackspaces 23 rackspaces 13 rackspaces 52-54 rackspaces 44 rackspaces 40 rackspaces 37 rackspaces 23 rackspaces 13 rackspaces 44 rackspaces 37 rackspaces 45 rackspaces 37 rackspaces 13 rackspaces 44 rackspaces 37 rackspaces 52-54 rackspaces 44 rackspaces 37 rackspaces

LACE-44-OP
Tie Points

LACE-44-1P
Qty 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

LACE-P

LACE-44LP

Compatible Cable Management Options Cable Ties TWS 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 incl. incl. 3 3 3 TW-12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Cage Nuts 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Anti-Slip Cable Pads

Vertical Lacing Strips and Cable Management Items

mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes mixed slip-on posts, cage nut holes and round holes raised cable tie points raised cable tie points round holes round holes round holes 10 pre-installed tie saddles 9 pre-installed tie saddles tie saddles tie saddles tie saddles

3 3 3 3 3 3

*NOTE: Also accepts mounting of PD Slim and PDT Series vertical power.

Anti-Slip Cable Pad

The Anti Slip Cable Pad is made with a high friction material and mounts to OWP Series lace strips. By reducing the tendency for vertical cable bundles to slip, these pads reduce the force required to secure cables, which in turn helps ensure that sensitive cables operate at their designed performance level. Reduces risk of over tightening of tie points to ensure proper cable performance Part # Qty ASP-OWP 4 High tack polymer material gives a permanent high friction surface ASP-OWP-6 24 Helps cable stay in place and not slip at tie points

ASP-OWP

Cable Management Straps

Fasten cable bundles securely while maintaining the integrity of the cable. TW12 reusable cable management straps are made from Velcro and are perfect for managing cables that are sensitive to strain. These straps are 8long and are sold in 12 piece packs.
Part # Description Qty

Cable Tie Saddles

Accommodates cable ties and hook & loop straps up to 3/4 wide, including the TW12 cable management strap. Mounts to wall or specied LACE bars. Sold in packs of 15 and includes mounting hardware.
Part # Description cable tie saddles & hardware Qty 15 TSW-15

TSW-15

TW12 8 cable/wire management straps 12

TW12

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

135

Horizontal Cable Lacer Bars

EIA/TIA Compliant

90 Bend Lacer Bars

These LBP-xxR90 series offset lacer bars are similar to our other offset round lacer bars, but feature 90 bends to provide full-width support. Can also be used to provide clearance around components that extend past the rear rackrail (16-5/8 open width). 1/4 diameter rod with attened ends.
Part # LBP-1.5R90 LBP-4R90 Style 90, 1.5 offset round rod 90, 4 offset round rod Qty 10 10 Part # LBP-6R90 LBP-10R90 Style 90, 6 offset round rod 90, 10 offset round rod Qty 10 10

EIA/TIA Compliant

Round Lacer Bars

Use the LBP-1R round lacer bar when a small prole is required and for lacing small or individual horizontal cable runs. 1/4 diameter rod with attened ends.
Part # LBP-1R Style round rod Qty 10

EIA/TIA Compliant

Rectangular Lacer Bars

Use the LBP-1S lacer bar when lacing cables vertically or horizontally. Aluminum construction provides the ability to drill holes to attach tie saddles, mount electrical boxes, etc. This lacer bar can also be used to support the rear of equipment. 3/16 thick aluminum, 1/4 diameter rod with attened ends.
Part # Style rectangular bar Qty 10

Horizontal Cable Lacer Bars

LBP-1S
EIA/TIA Compliant

L-Shaped Lacer Bars

Lshaped lacer bars are strong and provide xed tie points. The LBP-2A, LBP-4A and LBP-6A have a 2, 4 and 6 offset, respectively. Choose the appropriate offset bar based on the distance from the rear of equipment to the rackrail.
Part # LBP-1A LBP-2A Style L bar L bar, 2 offset Qty 10 10 Part # LBP-4A LBP-6A Style L bar, 4 offset L bar, 6 offset Qty 10 10

EIA/TIA Compliant

Round Lacer Bars with Offset

Use the LBP-1.5 & LBP-1R4 when lacing small bundles or individual cables off the rear of equipment, patch panels and other components to relieve cable stress from the connections. Choose the appropriate offset based on the distance from the rear of equipment to the rackrail. 1/4 diameter rod with attened ends.
Part # LBP-1R4 Style 4 offset round rod Qty 10 Part # LBP-1.5 Style 1.5 offset round rod Qty 10

EIA/TIA Compliant

Horizontal Lacer Panel

Use the LBP-LTFand UP1P for lacing large amounts of cable or mounting devices. Two rackspace high, the LBP-LTF features a large ange, numerous cable tie points & more surface for mounting.
Part # UP1P Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) Pre-Pack Qty 10 10 Panel Width 19 19

UP1P

LBP-LTF
EIA/TIA Compliant

LBP-LTF

Brush Grommet Panel

The brush grommet panel provides a clean, organized cable entry method when mounted above any work surface. Features a built-in cable management tray, available in one and two space versions. Also ts in opening on all MW Series top options.
Part # Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space) Part # BR2 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space)

BR1

136

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Small Device Shelves and Cable Hangers

MS Series Shelves
NEW!
This innovative new shelf was designed to mount small items conveniently in the front or rear of a rack while providing abundant cable management and device tie down points. Pattern of holes and slots accommodates nearly any mounting hole pattern, and can also be used for wire tie or other fastening approaches. Surprisingly strong for their size, these shelves will solve many of your small item mounting challenges in any standard rack. NOTE: Must be installed using standard 10-32 or 5mm rack screws into threaded rackrail.
Part # MS-11 MS-11-4 MS-5.5 MS-5.5-4 Useable Shelf Area 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 11"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 11"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 5-1/2"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 5-1/2"d Pre-Pack Qty 1 4 1 4 Weight Capacity 15 lbs. 15 lbs. 30 lbs. 30 lbs.
for view of application, please see pg. 160

11 useable shelf depth

MS-11

MS-5.5

5-1/2 useable shelf depth

UFA Shelves and UFAF Face Panels

NEW!

Small Device Shelves and Cable Hangers

Universal Face-After shelves designed to mount small items conveniently in the front or rear of a rack while providing outstanding cable management and small device tie down points. These shelves feature the unique ability to mount a faceplate after the shelf is installed and populated, providing an attractive and secure covering.
Shelf Part # UFA-8 UFA-8-4 UFA-14.5 UFA-14.5-4 UFA-8-F1 UFA-8-F2 Racking Height 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 3-1/2" (2 space) Useable Shelf Area 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 14-1/2"d 17-1/4"w x 14-1/2"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d Pre-Pack Qty 1 4 1 4 1 1 Weight Capacity 35 lbs. 35 lbs. 25 lbs. 25 lbs. 35 lbs. 35 lbs. Included Panel 1 space 2 space

UFA-8

8 useable shelf depth

Panel Part #* UFAF-1 UFAF-1A UFAF-2 UFAF-2A UFAF-3 UFAF-3A UFAF-4 UFAF-4A

Racking Height 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) 7 (4 space)

Finish black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized
for view of application, please see pg. 160

UFA-14.5 shown with UFAF-2A

14-1/2 useable shelf depth

*Panels can be used with any UFA Shelf model

The Claw Cable Hanger

The unique dual-size claw conguration of this versatile wall mount cable hanger provides efcient storage for all cables large and small. Available with side trays for holding small items, or without side trays for increased storage density. Black powder coat nish.
CLAW Part # CLAW CLAW14 Dimensions 16w x 3-1/2 deep, with side trays 14w x 3-1/2 deep

CLAW14

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

137

Horizontal Cable Managers

Hinged Horizontal Cable Managers
Conceal patch cables while providing cable strain relief with the hinged horizontal cable managers. These 19 cable managers provide a strong, attractive method for organizing patch cords and maintaining the required bend radius. The hinged front panel has a magnetic closure and conceals cables dressed between components and cable chases. Ample cable pass-throughs provided for dressing cables above, below, to the sides and behind the cable manager. Finished in a durable black powder coat.
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01003

A&E

for full product info.

HHCM-2 (cover closed)

HHCM-2 (cover open)

HHCM-1 and HHCM-2 (shown with cabling)

Part # HHCM-1

Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace)

Depth 3-5/8

Horizontal Cable Managers

HHCM-2 3-1/2 (2 rackkspace) 3-5/8

Horizontal Cable Managers

Organize patch cords and maintain a required bend radius. Available in a wide variety of styles to suit any application. The D-Ring provides a creative solution for adding individual D-Rings to a rack or on a wall using appropriate fasteners. For optimal performance, do not exceed a 50% ll rate when passing cables through cable rings. Constructed from 16-gauge steel, and nished in a durable black powder coat.

EIA/TIA Compliant

HCM-1

HCM-1V

HCM-1D

HCM-1DV

HCM-2D

HCM-2DV

HCM-1DR

HCM-2DR

D-Ring

Part # HCM-1 HCM-1V HCM-1D HCM-1DV HCM-2D HCM-2DV HCM-1DR HCM-2DR D-Ring

Description 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) micro-clipstyle 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) micro-clipstyle, w/ end D-Rings 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) D-Ringstyle 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) D-Ringstyle, w/ end D-Rings 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) D-Ringstyle 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) D-Ring style, w/ end D-Rings 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) D-Ring, front & rear 3-1/2 (2 rackspace)D-Ring, front & rear wall mount/rackmount D-Ring

Panel Width 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19

Cable Rings Fill Area 7/8 in.

End Rings Fill Area 7-1/2 in.2 7-1/2 in.2 7-1/2 in.2

7/8 in.2 3-1/8 in.2 3-1/8 in.2 7-1/2 in.2 7-1/2 in.
2

6-1/4 in.2 15 in.

2 2

7-1/2 in.

138

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Horizontal Cable Managers

Telescoping Lacer Bar System for Managing Cable from Front to Rear and Side-to-Side
LBH horizontal and LBFR front to rear lacer bars provide a congurable system for enhanced cable management with most installations. Telescoping lacer bars are adjustable to meet the specic mounting requirements of various enclosures. Unique design accepts mounting of Middle Atlantic Products vertical power strips and vertical lacer strips. Sold in packs of 2. NOTE: LBFR-A lacer bars have a xed length and are not telescoping.
LBH-1930-T use to lace cable from side-to side (shown closed) 19
TIA/EIA COMPLIANT

Spec. #

96-01058

A&E

for full product info.

1-3/4

LBFR-5A-xx

2-7/8 xed 16, 20 or 26

Mount cables from front to rear Part # LBH-1930-T LBFR-1626-T LBFR-2036-T LBFR-3650-T LBFR-5A-16 LBFR-5A-20 LBFR-5A-26 Description horizontal telescoping lacer bar front to rear telescoping lacer bar front to rear telescoping lacer bar front to rear telescoping lacer bar front to rear lacer bar (ts SAXand SSAX racks) front to rear lacer bar (ts AXS, AX-SX, AX-SXR and SLIM 5 racks) front to rear lacer bar (ts AXS-26 and 26deep SLIM 5 racks) Telescoping Range (from mounting hole to mounting hole) 19" to 30" 16" to 26" 20" to 36" 36" to 50" 14-1/2" only 18-1/8" only 24-1/8" only

LBFR-xxxx-T use for lacing cable front to rear (shown extended) Useable Depth of Rack (requires rear rackrail) 20-3/8" to 27-3/8" 21-3/8" to 37-3/8" 37-3/8" to 51-3/8" 16" 20" 26" Pre-Pack Qty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Horizontal Cable Managers

Fiber/Cable Spools
Manage excess ber or copper cable slack within a rack. Provides for proper bend radius for cables Available in 1-3/8, 3, and 8 depth sizes 4-pack congurations include mounting hardware & 2 brackets to allow for making a complete circle 10-pack congurations specially designed to mount on Middle Atlantic Products MK Series cable management racks 2 rackspace panel includes two spools which can rotate in 90 intervals
Part # PCS-1-4 PCS-3-4 PCS-8-4 PCS-1-2H PCS-3-2H Racking Height 1-3/8" deep 3" deep 8" deep 1-3/8" deep 3" deep Type 4 pieces 4 pieces 4 pieces 2 space panel 2 space panel Part # PCS-8-2H PCS-1-MK PCS-3-MK PCS-8-MK Racking Height 8" deep 1-3/8" deep Kit for MK Series 3" deep Kit for MK Series 8" deep Kit for MK Series
Spec. #

3 and 8 deep sizes shown

96-01115

A&E

for full product info.

Type 2 space panel 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces PCS-3-2H

Rackmount Cable Tray

Handy horizontal cable tray mounts on any 19 rack or cabinet & neatly routes cable bundles from side to side. Turn-downs on sides help maintain the required cable bend radius. Finished in a durable black powder coat.
Part # HCT-1 HCT-2 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackkspace) HCT-1
EIA/TIA Compliant

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

139

Raised Floor Enclosure Support System

Simplies The Installation of Enclosures onto a Raised Floor or Slab
Time-saving and practical, the Raised Floor Enclosure Support System consists of riser bases 2-1/2 high which provide the ability to perform eld rough-in procedures prior to the arrival of the racks and enclosures. Also handy as a lower cable chase for passing cables between racks in multi-bay applications, riser bases feature 1/8thick fully welded construction and an attractive black powder coat nish. Riser bases feature knockouts for passing cable between joined riser bases. Riser feet bring top of riser bases to a 12 height (or custom height) for use with raised oors. Raised oor support angles support oor tiles when used with riser bases and feet. Custom width, depth and height RIBSeries riser bases are also available, please call for details.
Spec. #

96-923

A&E

for full product info.

example of riser base in a raised oor installation

photo courtesy of VT Group, Charleston S.C., Gary Bridge, Project Manager RIB-5-MRK-31

Raised Floor Enclosure Support System

ANGLE-5 (supports 5 surrounding oor) RIB Series Riser Base shown with MRK racks and custom cable chase accommodates DRK, MRK, VMRK, VRK, WMRK, and WRK Series racks and enclosures
RIB Series Riser Bases Part # RIB-1-WRK-27 RIB-2-WRK-27 RIB-3-WRK-27 RIB-4-WRK-27 RIB-5-WRK-27 RIB-1-WRK-32 RIB-2-WRK-32 RIB-3-WRK-32 RIB-4-WRK-32 RIB-5-WRK-32 RIB-1-WMRK-36 RIB-2-WMRK-36 RIB-3-WMRK-36 RIB-1-WMRK-42 RIB-2-WMRK-42 RIB-3-WMRK-42 RIB-1-WMRK-48 RIB-2-WMRK-48 RIB-3-WMRK-48 RIB-1-MRK-26 RIB-2-MRK-26 RIB-3-MRK-26 RIB-4-MRK-26 # Raised Floor of Riser Feet Bays Part # 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12 VFEET-5-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12 VFEET-5-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12

Complete Raised Floor Enclosure Support System shown in typical raised oor installation

VFEET-5-12 standard 12 height riser feet set (includes 12 pieces, enough for 5 bays custom height riser feet available, please call for details

riser bases feature cable pass-through laser knockouts for use when joining multiple bases

Raised Floor Support Angles Part # WANGLE-1 WANGLE-2 WANGLE-3 WANGLE-4 WANGLE-5 WANGLE-1 WANGLE-2 WANGLE-3 WANGLE-4 WANGLE-5 WMANGLE-1-3642 WMANGLE-2-3642 WMANGLE-3-3642 WMANGLE-1-3642 WMANGLE-2-3642 WMANGLE-3-3642 WMANGLE-1-48 WMANGLE-2-48 WMANGLE-3-48 ANGLE-1 ANGLE-2 ANGLE-3 ANGLE-4

Accommodates WRK 27 deep racks WRK 27 deep racks WRK 27 deep racks WRK 27 deep racks WRK 27 deep racks WRK 32 deep racks WRK 32 deep racks WRK 32 deep racks WRK 32 deep racks WRK 32 deep racks WMRK 36 depth racks WMRK 36 depth racks WMRK 36 depth racks WMRK 42 depth racks WMRK 42 depth racks WMRK 42 depth racks WMRK 48 depth racks WMRK 48 depth racks WMRK 48 depth racks MRK 26 depth racks MRK 26 depth racks MRK 26 depth racks MRK 26 depth racks

RIB Series Riser Bases Part # RIB-5-MRK-26 RIB-1-MRK-31 RIB-2-MRK-31 RIB-3-MRK-31 RIB-4-MRK-31 RIB-5-MRK-31 RIB-1-MRK-36 RIB-2-MRK-36 RIB-3-MRK-36 RIB-4-MRK-36 RIB-5-MRK-36 RIB-1-MRK-42 RIB-2-MRK-42 RIB-3-MRK-42 RIB-1-DRK-31 RIB-2-DRK-31 RIB-3-DRK-31 RIB-1-DRK-36 RIB-2-DRK-36 RIB-3-DRK-36 RIB-1-DRK-42 RIB-2-DRK-42 RIB-3-DRK-42

# Raised Floor of Riser Feet Bays Part # 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 VFEET-5-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12 VFEET-5-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-4-12 VFEET-5-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12 VFEET-1-12 VFEET-2-12 VFEET-3-12

Raised Floor Support Angles Part # ANGLE-5 ANGLE-1 ANGLE-2 ANGLE-3 ANGLE-4 ANGLE-5 ANGLE-1-36 ANGLE-2-36 ANGLE-3-36 ANGLE-4-36 ANGLE-5-36 ANGLE-1-42 ANGLE-2-42 ANGLE-3-42 DANGLE-1-31 DANGLE-2-31 DANGLE-3-31 DANGLE-1-3642 DANGLE-2-3642 DANGLE-3-3642 DANGLE-1-3642 DANGLE-2-3642 DANGLE-3-3642

Accommodates MRK 26 depth racks MRK/VMRK/VRK 31 depth racks MRK/VMRK/VRK 31 depth racks MRK/VMRK/VRK 31 depth racks MRK/VMRK/VRK 31 depth racks MRK/VMRK/VRK 31 depth racks MRK/VRK 36 depth racks MRK/VRK 36 depth racks MRK/VRK 36 depth racks MRK/VRK 36 depth racks MRK/VRK 36 depth racks MRK/VRK 42 depth racks MRK/VRK 42 depth racks MRK/VRK 42 depth racks DRK 31 depth racks DRK 31 depth racks DRK 31 depth racks DRK 36 depth racks DRK 36 depth racks DRK 36 depth racks DRK 42 depth racks DRK 42 depth racks DRK 42 depth racks

BGR and EGR options are shown on rack series pgs.

140

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

SRB Series Seismic Certied Riser Base and Accessories

SRB Series Seismic Certied Riser Base
Designed to provide the same cable management facilities as our standard riser bases, but may be used in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. The SRB Series seismic certied riser bases have been rigorously tested to satisfy the following codes and standards: 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) D. These are designed for Mission Critical and/or High-Importance Installations in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top oor or rooftop installations including those within UBC and CBC Essential facilities or IBC, ASCE 7, and NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III facilities. For all codes, the Importance factor Ip is 1.5. With standard 24 height (custom heights available upon request), these riser bases are constructed of substantial 11-gauge steel. Accepts standard angles to support surrounding raised oor tiles. Available for select enclosures, these riser bases require the use of seismic brackets (see below for part #s). Seismic certied riser bases on MRK, VRK, DRK, WMRK and WRK Series
Seismic Brackets (1) set required per rack MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 MRK-Z4, VRK-Z4 WRK-Z4 WRK-Z4 WRK-Z4 WRK-Z4 Seismic Brackets (1) set required per rack WRK-Z4 WRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 WMRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4 MRK-Z4
Spec. #

96-01027

A&E

for full product info.

9 to 24 range

SRB Series Seismic Certified Riser Base and Accessories

Part #

Description

Accommodates MRK 26" depth racks MRK 26" depth racks MRK 26" depth racks MRK 31 & VRK 31 depth racks MRK 31 & VRK 31 depth racks MRK 36 & VRK 36 depth racks MRK 36 & VRK 36 depth racks MRK 36 & VRK 36 depth racks MRK 42 & VRK 42 depth racks MRK 42 & VRK 42 depth racks MRK 42 & VRK 42 depth racks MRK 48 & VRK 48 depth racks MRK 48 & VRK 48 depth racks MRK 48 & VRK 48 depth racks WRK 27" depth racks WRK 27" depth racks WRK 27" depth racks WRK 32" depth racks

Part # SRB-2-WRK-3224 SRB-3-WRK-3224

Description 2 bay riser base 3 bay riser base

Accommodates WRK 32" depth racks WRK 32" depth racks WMRK 31" depth racks WMRK 31" depth racks WMRK 36" depth racks WMRK 36" depth racks WMRK 42" depth racks WMRK 42" depth racks WMRK 48" depth racks WMRK 48" depth racks DRK 31" depth racks DRK 31" depth racks DRK 36" depth racks DRK 36" depth racks DRK 42" depth racks DRK 42" depth racks DRK 48" depth racks DRK 48" depth racks

SRB-1-MRK-2624 1 bay riser base SRB-2-MRK-2624 2 bay riser base SRB-3-MRK-2624 3 bay riser base SRB-2-MRK-3124 2 bay riser base SRB-3-MRK-3124 3 bay riser base SRB-1-MRK-3624 1 bay riser base SRB-2-MRK-3624 2 bay riser base SRB-3-MRK-3624 3 bay riser base SRB-1-MRK-4224 1 bay riser base SRB-2-MRK-4224 2 bay riser base SRB-3-MRK-4224 3 bay riser base SRB-1-MRK-4824 1 bay riser base SRB-2-MRK-4824 2 bay riser base SRB-3-MRK-4824 3 bay riser base SRB-1-WRK-2724 1 bay riser base SRB-2-WRK-2724 2 bay riser base SRB-3-WRK-2724 3 bay riser base SRB-1-WRK-3224 1 bay riser base

SRB-1-WMRK-3124 1 bay riser base SRB-2-WMRK-3124 2 bay riser base SRB-1-WMRK-3624 1 bay riser base SRB-2-WMRK-3624 2 bay riser base SRB-1-WMRK-4224 1 bay riser base SRB-2-WMRK-4224 2 bay riser base SRB-1-WMRK-4824 1 bay riser base SRB-2-WMRK-4824 2 bay riser base SRB-1-DRK-3124 SRB-2-DRK-3124 SRB-1-DRK-3624 SRB-2-DRK-3624 SRB-1-DRK-4224 SRB-2-DRK-4224 SRB-1-DRK-4824 SRB-2-DRK-4824 1 bay riser base 2 bay riser base 1 bay riser base 2 bay riser base 1 bay riser base 2 bay riser base 1 bay riser base 2 bay riser base

SRB-1-MRK-3124 1 bay riser base MRK 31" & VRK 31" depth racks

Custom heights & depths available on request 9- 24

Protective Grommet Strip

Place this exible grommet material around openings and knockouts for additional cable protection. Fits any material up to 1/8thick. Includes 30 ft. of black grommet.

Grommets
Grommets protect cables, and can be used on any 4trade-size electrical knockout or used on 4-1/2 fan knockouts on Middle Atlantic Products top options. Allows for ganging without using expensive electrical ttings. GK-4G gland grommet blocks dust and helps control airow.
Part # GK-1X7G GK-3G GK-4G GK4 Grommet Ring - GK4

GR-30

GK4 mounted in ganged ERKs Qty 4 4 4 4 Gland Grommet - GK-4G shown mounted on MW-4FT top option

Part # GR-30

Description grommet, 30 feet

Description 1 x 7 gland grommet ring 3 gland grommet ring 4 gland grommet 4 grommet ring

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

141

Cable Ladders
Ladder Sections
A complete line of 12, 18, and 24 wide, fully welded cable ladders. Cable ladder sections ship fully boxed, which minimizes product damage and simplies shipping and storage. Highly durable nish consists of 2 layers of black powder coat and is exceptionally scratch resistant. Compatible with most popular brands and accessories of cable ladders, these will work on both new and retrot installations.
CUSTOM WIDTHS AND RUNG PLACEMENT AVAILABLE. CALL FOR DETAILS.
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-986

A&E
Models Available

for full product info.

CLB-TSB-xx triangle wall support

CLH-WRS-xx wall support angle

CLB-CSB-xx center support bracket

CLH-HTS horizontal 90 tee-splice

CLH-5/8CHK ceiling kit with CLH-5/8ROD-6 threaded rod

CLB-90HB0xx 90 horizontal bends

CLH-EDxx end/side drop

top options for racks/enclosures

CLH-EC-12 end caps CLH-SS-12-2 side stand-off

Cable Ladders

CLH-ARxx adjustable rung

12, 18, 24

CLH-RSJ ladder splice hardware

CLB-VI/VO90-xx 90 inside/outside bends

1.50

6 .375 1

.5 6, 10

12" Wide Bulk Packs CLB-6-12 (12 pieces) CLB-10-12 (12 pieces) CLB-90HB-4 (4 pieces) CLB-VI90-4 (4 pieces) CLB-VO90-4 (4 pieces)

12" Wide Part # CLB-6 CLB-10 CLB-90HB CLB-VI90 CLB-VO90

18" Wide Part # CLB-6-W18 CLB-10-W18 CLB-90HB-W18 CLB-VI90-W18 CLB-VO90-W18

24" Wide Part # CLB-6-W24 CLB-10-W24 CLB-90HB-W24 CLB-VI90-W24 CLB-VO90-W24

Description 6' long straight ladder section, black 10' long straight ladder section, black 90 horizontal bend, black 90 vertical inside bend, black 90 vertical outside bend, black

Junction and Splice Hardware - All Hardware has Black Finish

CLH-ADJH Part # CLH-ADJH CLH-ADJH-6 CLH-RSJ CLH-RSJ-6 CLH-HTS Qty 1 pair 6 pairs 1 pair 6 pairs 1 pair

CLH-RSJ

CLH-HTS

CLH-ADJT Part # CLH-HTS-6 CLH-ADJT CLH-ADJT-6 CLH-90T CLH-90T-6 Qty 6 pairs 1 pair 6 pairs 1 pair 6 pairs

CLH-90T Description horizontal 90 tee splice hardware adjustable ladder end splice hardware adjustable ladder end splice hardware adjustable 90 tee splice hardware adjustable 90 tee splice hardware

Description adjustable horizontal splice hardware adjustable horizontal splice hardware ladder end splice hardware ladder end splice hardware horizontal 90 tee splice hardware

142

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Cable Ladders
Wall/Ceiling Mounts - All Hardware has Black Finish
CUSTOM WIDTHS AND RUNG PLACEMENT AVAILABLE. CALL FOR DETAILS.

CLB-CSB-xx 12" Wide (Bulk 6 Pack) CLB-CSB-6 CLB-TSB-6 CLH-WRS-6 CLH-5/8CHK-6 CLH-RES-6 CLH-RWC-6

CLB-TSB-xx 12" Wide Part # CLB-CSB CLB-TSB

CLH-WRS-xx 18" Wide Part # CLB-CSB-W18 CLB-TSB-W18 CLH-WRS-W18-W24 CLH-5/8CHK CLH-5/8ROD-12-4 CLH-5/8ROD-6 CLH-RES CLH-RWC

CLH-5/8CHK 24" Wide Part # CLB-CSB-W24 CLB-TSB-W24 CLH-WRS-W18-W24

CLH-RES

CLH-RWC Description center support bracket triangle wall support bracket ladder wall support angle 5/8 slotted ceiling kit, ts all widths

CLH-WRS or CLH-WRS-W6-W12

12 long section 5/8 threaded rod, 4 pieces 6 long section 5/8 threaded rod, 1 piece ladder end support hardware, ts all widths ladder wall clamp, ts all widths

Side, End Drops and Adjustable Rungs

12 Ladder CLH-ED11 18 Ladder CLH-ED11 24 Ladder CLH-ED11 CLH-ARD12 CLH-ED5 CLH-ED5 CLH-ED8 CLH-ED11 CLH-ED11 Adjustable Rung/Drop

Cable Ladders

CLH-ED8 CLH-AR12

CLH-ED11 12" Wide (Bulk 4 Pack) CLH-ED11-4 CLH-SD8-4 12" Wide Part # CLH-AR12 CLH-ARD12 CLH-ED11

CLH-ED17 18" Wide Part # CLH-AR18 CLH-ARD18 CLH-ED17 CLH-ED5 CLH-ED8 CLH-SD8 24" Wide Part # CLH-AR24 CLB-ARD24 CLH-ED23

CLH-ED23 Description adjustable rung (no drop) adjustable rung drop with spools end drop with spools 5 wide end drop with spools, ts all widths 8 wide end drop with spools, ts all widths 8 wide side drop with spools, ts all widths

Accessories

CL-GK Part # CL-GK CLH-EC-12 CLH-JBOLT CLH-SPOOL-10 CLH-5/8ROD-12-4

CLH-SPOOL-10 Description cable ladder bonding kit cable ladder end caps (12 pieces) 5/16" J-bolts and nuts (1 pair) cable management spools (10 pieces) 12" long section 5/8" threaded rod, 4 pieces

CLH-JBOLT Part # CLH-5/8ROD-6 CLH-SS-12-2 MK-LA MW-LA

CLH-SS-12-2 Description 6 long section 5/8 threaded rod. 1 piece 12 high, side stand-off, 2 pieces ladder adapter kit for MK-19-45-RL & RLA Series racks top option for DRK, MRK, WRK, VRK and VMRK Series enclosures

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

143

Rack Accessories

To complete an installation and to maximize its utility, designers and installers include products from this section. Dont be fooled by the term accessories these products are essential! For example, controlling air inltration with blank panels and custom face rackmounts may be an important element of the thermal management design, while effective use of products in this section to mount non-rackmount items can actually save rackspace. Products in this section include storage solutions such as shelves and drawers, human interface solutions such as monitor mounts and pull-out computer keyboards, and rack nishing products such as blank, vent, and security panels. Choosing the right products results in a professional appearance and helps assure proper system function and utility.

Rack Accessories
144

Please see the product groupings listed on the facing page. If you need help, please call or email our technical support group for assistance at 800-266-7225.

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Rack Accessories
Media Player and Wall Mount Shelves 146 Media Holders and Trim Strips 147 Rackmount Storage 148-149

Custom Face Rackmounts

150-151

Rackshelves

152-157

Keyboard Shelves and Work Surfaces

158

Rackmount LCD Keyboard and LCD Rackmount

159

Installation Helpers

160-161

UCP Series 162-163 Modular Custom Panel System

Rack Accessories

UCP Panel, Rackmount Chassis and Access Panels

164

Security Covers and Access Control

165

Vent Panels

166

Blank Panels

167

Rack Accessories

168

Rack Screws

169

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

145

Media Player and Wall Mount Shelves

Custom Rackshelves for iPod Docks and Other Portable Media Players
Custom-cut face, specic to your brand of dock, for a neatly trimmed installation in only a few days Enables easy access to buttons, IR window, and LEDs and other indicators Large opening allows dock and player to be easily inserted and removed 4 space size accommodates most brands of iPod docks & other media players Brush grommet cable pass-through See pg. 151 or visit custom rackshelf search at middleatlantic.com for ordering information
Racking Height

RSH4A4-MS custom made for Savant Rosie dock*

Part # RSH4A4-MS custom made for 2 Crestron docks*

Finish

RSH4A4-MS 7 (4 space) black brushed & anodized includes rear accessory/ RSH4S4-MS 7 (4 space) black textured cable shelf
EIA/TIA Compliant

Universal Media Player and Accessory Shelf

Convenient method for rackmounting portable media players, and electronic accessories Fits most popular models of MP3 players and satellite radio receivers (7-5/16 useable depth, 5-7/8 useable height, 4 rackspaces tall) Accommodates one or more players (customer supplied docks) Optional rear accessory shelf can hold power bricks or other devices Installed grommets protect cords
Part # SH-DMP-A SH-DMP-S Description digital media player shelf digital media player shelf Finish black brushed & anodized black textured SH-DMP-EXT rear accessory includes cable management tie points

Media Player and Wall Mount Shelves

Spec. #

96-01096

A&E

for full product info.

SH-DMP-S shown with MP3 player and satellite radio receiver*

SH-DMP-A digital media player shelf shown with game controllers*

SH-DMP-EXT digital media player rear accessory shelf

Wall Mount Shelf

WMS-20

Wall mounting non-rackmount components is much easier with our WMS wall mount shelf. Featuring a fully welded design using 16-gauge steel, the units 200 lb. capacity gives it unrivaled strength in its class. With a vented bottom to help keep things cool, both 1/2 and 3/4 electrical knockouts are provided for your convenience. Can be used to economically wall mount our RK series racks, see pg. 52.
17 20-1/2 Part # WMS-20

Furniture Side Wall Mount Shelf

Rounded outside corners for safety Easy to install Standard colors are dark cherry, graystone and maple (shown) Hold items up to 18 wide and 15 deep with room for cables 20-1/4 wide, 18-1/2 deep, 9 tall 100 lb. weight capacity
Part # WMS-1614MP *docks and devices not included WMS-1614DC WMS-1614GS WMS-1614MP Finish Dark Cherry Graystone Maple available in other nishes and custom sizes, call for details

146

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Media Holders and Trim Strips

Front-Loading Media Holders
Store CDs, DVDs, and other recorded media in our rackmount media holders. Partitioned to prevent the contents from tipping, each model features a 16-gauge anged aluminum face and has a black brushed and anodized or a textured black powder coat nish. All stored media protrudes 3/8 to allow quick retrieval.

DVD

CD DVDholder accommodates DVDs; PS3, Xbox 360, Wii games; Blu-ray, HD-DVD, DVD-Audio media

CD-1

Black Anodized Part # DVD CD CD-1

Black Textured Part # TCD

Fits 28 DVDs; PS3, Xbox 360, Wii games; Blu-ray, HD-DVD, DVD-Audio media 40 compact discs, SA-CD 6 CDs

Racking Height 8-3/4 (5 space) 7 (4 space) 1-3/4 (1 space)

Depth 5-1/2

Media Holders and Trim Strips

5-3/4 5-1/2

Trim Strips
As a nal aesthetic complement to any installation, add our nishing trim strips. A quick, clean and effective method of covering rack screws once the job is complete. Each channel-shaped trim strip measures 45 spaces (78-3/4 long), and features internal grooves that t into the supplied snap washers. Offered in black brushed and anodized or black powder coat nish, trim strips are cut easily to size with a hacksaw. Sold in individual strips.

trim strip

end caps

snap washers TA/TS mounting method trim strip prole (top view) without trim strip installed with trim strip installed

Part # TA TS

Finish black brushed & anodized black powder coat

Includes mounting screws (16), snap washers (16), end caps (8) mounting screws (16), snap washers (16), end caps (8)

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

147

Rackmount Storage
Rack Drawer Quick Reference Guide
No-Slip Drawer Mat included included optional optional Rear Cable Gland Grommet included included

Series D* TD* TD8FLK D4 with DCDP partition, see pg. 149 UD

Keylock optional optional included optional

Finish black anodized black textured black textured at black

Application matching aesthetic nishes utility hanging le drawer utility

*5 space drawers do not include grommet and drawer mat

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-006

Heavy-Duty D and TDSeries Drawers

Fully enclosed top with inside dimensions measuring 15-7/8 wide by 14-1/2 deep, the D and TDSeries drawers feature spring-loaded latches and rugged, straight-forward construction. Installed keylock option available. 2, 3 and 4 space models include drawer mat and rear cable grommet at no extra charge!
Black Anodized Part #* D2 D3 Black Textured Part #* TD2 TD3 TD4 TD5 TD8FLK** Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) 8-3/4 (5 space) 14 (8 space)

A&E

for full product info.

Rackmount Storage

TD8FLK 8 space locking drawer includes letter size 8-1/2 x 11 le hanging kit and installed keylock

D4 D5 D3

*Sufx part # with LK for installed keylock option. **Includes 8-1/2 x 11 letter size le hanging kit and installed keylock.

grommet in rear

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-047

Utility Rackshelves
Accommodate components up to 17-3/8 wide Made from 16-gauge steel Finished in a durable black powder coat Individually boxed
Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space)) 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) Overall Depth 10-3/4 14-9/16 14-9/16 15-1/2 Useable Depth 10-1/16 14-3/8 14-3/8 15-5/16 Weight Capacity 35 lbs. 50 lbs. 70 lbs. 85 lbs. U1 U2

A&E

for full product info.

Part #

U3 U4

Master Pack Quantity Discount Available - please call

UDSeries Utility Drawers

The UD Series drawers offer an economical rack storage solution. Full extension ball bearing slides extend a full 14 to reveal inside dimensions measuring 15-7/8 wide by 14-1/2 deep. Each model comes with a face formed drawer pull. User-installed latch and keylock are available options. Black powder coat nish.
Part # UD1 UD1 invert for one space sliding shelf UD2 UD3 UD4 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) Part # LATCH KYLK Description user installed latch user installed keylock

UD3

148

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Rackmount Storage
Drawer Accessories
Part # LATCH KYLK ACC-KEY DM Description user installedUD latch user installed UD keylock additional set of keys for drawers and LBX no-slip drawer mat DM LATCH KYLK

Media Partitions for D, TD, and UDSeries Drawers

Partition your D, TD, and UDSeries drawers for media storage. Featuring a snap-together t, these partitions are also handy for small parts and misc. hardware.

DVDpartition accommodates DVDs; PS3, Xbox 360, Wii games; Blu-ray, HD-DVD, DVD-Audio media

Part # DCDP DVDP

Fits D4, TD4, UD4 D4, TD4, UD4

Accommodates 103 CDs, SA-CD 40 DVDs; PS3 , Xbox 360 , Wii games; Blu-ray , HD-DVD, DVD-Audio media

Rackmount Storage

DCDP

Lockboxes
Safely secure gear in a rackmount LBX Series lockbox. 9 depth and 17 interior width, 3 and 4 space models are offered with a durable black powder coat nish.
Part # LBX-3 LBX-4 Racking Height 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) Depth 9 9 LBX-3 standard keylock

Customizable Foam Inserts

Customizable foam inserts can be modied to hold any accessory tightly in place. Protects sensitive equipment and tools from shifting or becoming damaged when drawers are opened and closed. Fits any Middle Atlantic Products drawer.
Part # FI-2 FI-3 FI-4 Description customizable foam insert, ts 2 space drawer customizable foam insert, ts 3 space drawer customizable foam insert, ts 4 space drawer foam sections removable to t snug against sensitive tools and equipment FI-2

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

149

RSHSeries Custom Face Rackmounts

The Professionals Choice for Mounting and Trimming Non-Rackmount Components
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. # Spec. #

96-034

96-999

A&E

product With the innovative RSH custom rackmounts, info. virtually any component can be installed in a (Component) (LCD) standard 19 enclosure without modication. Custom cut to provide a perfect opening for the face of the component that is being mounted, each RSH unit provides a neatly-trimmed installation with a perfect t and no gaps. With accurate details on over 9,500 components in our measured unit database, chances are we have the component needed on le.

for full product info.

for full

RSHSeries Custom Face Rackmounts

Unit assembles easily in minutes and includes rear brackets to prevent the mounted component from sliding back. Fully ventilated ears and bottom promote cooling. Depending on the needs of the installation, the units can be ordered with a black textured nish (model RSH4S) or a black brushed and anodized nish (model RSH4A). Bottom depths are automatically provided in 11-1/2, 14, 15-1/2, 17-1/2, or 20-1/2 styles. Custom rackmounts will accept any component up to 17-3/4 wide. Individual custom faces (less rack ears and shelf bottom) are also available in a black textured nish (model SFACE) or a black brushed and anodized nish (model AFACE). LCD rackmounts also available to mount most LCD monitors with up to a 17 screen size or with a maximum width of 17-3/8.
Installation by Intra Home Systems

NOTE:custom rackshelf height is specied at the factory based on physical restrictions. Visit middleatlantic.com to nd heights on all measured components, or design the system in RackTools or Visio Blocks, which are both updated regularly with the latest components.
Part# & Finish Matching Finish QFPQuiet Fan Panels FP Fan Panels RSH4A black brushed and anodized TATrim Strip Media Holders (CD, CD-1, DVD) D Series Rack Drawers VTP, EVTA Ventilation Panels BL, HBL Blank Panels QTFPQuiet Fan Panels TFP Fan Panels RSH4S black textured powder coat TS Trim Strip Media Holders (TCD) TDSeries Rack Drawers VT, EVTVentilation Panels (at) SB Blank Panels Pg. 121 121 147 147 148 166 167 121 121 147 147 148 166 167

RSH

See pg. 146 for custom rackshelves for media docks RSH LCD mounts

Database now includes iPad docks. RSH design provides enhanced ventilation PD-815SC-PBSH rear mount power option available Click for quick access to measured unit database

150

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

RSHSeries Custom Face Rackmounts

RSH Clamp Options
When dealing with mobile applications, seismic issues, or for transporting the nished system to the job site, use the RSH clamp option to secure components to the shelf. Clamping bars have rubber bumpers to maintain a tight grip while keeping components scratch-free.
Part # RSH4A RSH4S -C Finish black brushed and anodized custom rackshelf black textured powder coat custom rackhself clamp kit Part # AFACE SFACE Finish black anodized face plate only black textured face plate only RSH clamp option (shown with component installed) -C optional clamping bars

Installation by Intra Home Systems

RSHSeries Custom Face Rackmounts

Ordering Instructions
Visit middleatlantic.com to see if the dimensions for the component to be rackmounted already exist among the over 9,500 on le. If we dont have the dimensions, we strongly suggest that you insure the component and ship it to us via UPS so that we may accurately measure it. We will ship the component back to you insured, the next day. The complete custom rackmount will follow within the next 2 business days. A second ordering option for custom mounting components with dimensions we dont have on le is to fax us the measurements using the form on this page. The W, H, and F dimensions shown in the illustration MUST be accurate within 1/32, depth can be within 1/8. The use of dimensions provided in the components owners manual are NOT acceptable. Please measure carefully as RSH units are custom-made and non-returnable.

If we need dimensions please photocopy, ll in and fax to 973-839-1076 Company Name: Contact Name P.O.#: Make: W=face width: F=foot height: Phone: Fax: o Black brushed & anodized nish o Black textured nish Model: H=face height: Depth:
W

H F

Please visit our website for a complete list of measured components.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

151

Rackshelves
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-047

Fully Vented Utility Shelf

Fully ventilated bottom and side areas for maximizing heat dissipation Includes 3 rear brackets to prevent components from sliding backwards Allows optional PD-815SC-PBSH (15 Amp, 8 outlet surge protected power strip) to be attached to the rear of the shelf Allows attachment of optional clamping bars to secure components
Part # U2V U3V U4V Racking Height Overall Depth* Useable Weight Depth Capacity 14-3/8 14-3/8 15-5/16 50 lbs. 70 lbs. 85 lbs.
allows optional PD-815SC-PBSSH to be attached to the rear of the shelf, see pg. 99

A&E

cabling lacing slots built-in

for full product info.

U4V

3-1/2 (2 space) 14-9/16 5-1/4 (3 space) 14-9/16 7 (4 space) 15-1/2

*Power strip on rear adds 2 to overall depth of shelf

shown with optional -C clamping bars

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-047

Utility Rackshelves
Accommodate components up to 17-3/8 wide Made from 16-gauge steel Finished in a durable black powder coat Individually boxed
Part # U1 U2 U3 U4 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space)) 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) Overall Depth 10-3/4 14-9/16 14-9/16 15-1/2 Useable Depth 10-1/16 14-3/8 14-3/8 15-5/16 Weight Capacity 35 lbs. 50 lbs. 70 lbs. 85 lbs.

A&E

for full product info.

Rackshelves

Master Pack Quantity Discount Available - please call

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-047

Partially Vented Deep Utility Shelf

17-3/4 deep by 5-1/4 high, this partially vented rackshelf has a 60 lb. weight capacity and a rear flange slotted for horizontal cable management. Constructed from 16-gauge steel and finished in a black powder coat.
Part # U317 Racking Height 5-1/4 (3 space) Overall Depth 17-7/8 Useable Depth 17-3/4 Weight Capacity 60 lbs.

A&E

cabling lacing slots built-in

for full product info.

U317

Vented Center Mount Shelf

U2Ms cabling lacing slots built-in

Supports up to 50 lbs. 2 space (3.5) 18 deep Vented bottom aids cooling Durable black powder coat finish
Part # U2MS Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) Useable Shelf Area 17-1/4 x 18d Weight Capacity 50 lbs.

152

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Rackshelves
Clamping Rackshelves
Captivate components with RC and CAP Series clamping rackshelves. Rubber-lined clamps secure a component from the top. Adjustable rear L brackets prevent units from being pushed back. Vented bottoms with a robust 16-gauge steel design that maintains structural integrity in mobile applications. Finished in a durable black powder coat. Useable shelf area is 17.38w x 15.10d.
Type ships assembled ready to assemble Part # RC-2 RC-3 RC-4 CAP5 CAP6 CAP7 CAP8 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) 8-3/4 (5 space) 10-1/2 (6 space) Clamp Height Range 1-2-3/4 2-3/4-4-5/8 4-1/2-6-3/8 6-3/8-8-1/8 8-9-7/8 Weight Capacity 50 lbs. 70 lbs. 85 lbs. 100 lbs. 100 lbs. 100 lbs. 100 lbs.
PD-815SC-PBSH rear mount power option available, see pg. 99

RC-3

brackets prevent components from sliding backwards

12-1/4 (7 space) 9-3/4-11-5/8 14 (8 space) 11-1/2-13-3/8

CAP5

Cable/Satellite Box Captivating Rackshelf

Superior ventilation for cable and satellite boxes or any components that generate considerable heat. Adjustable rubber lined clamping bars on the top and bottom secure components and the open design allows a higher level of equipment density within the rack. Constructed from 16-gauge steel, nished in a durable black powder coat.
Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) Weight Capacity 25 lbs. 25 lbs. Useable Height 2-5/8 4-3/8
use 3 space model for greater heat dissipation

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01060

A&E

for full product info.

Rackshelves

use 2 space model for highest density equipment mounting

Part # OCAP-2 OCAP-3

Depth 14 14

OCAP-3

provides an air gap above and below device

VRS Vertical Rackmount Shelf

Space-saving rackmount shelf holds up to 6 satellite or cable boxes vertically and eliminates need for individual shelves. Perfect for installations with multiple video sources such as sports bars, gyms, hotels Universal t accommodates most popular box sizes Saves time, trouble and space - by removing need for individual shelves For neatest installation, use with SignalSafe IEC cords Compatible with PD815SC-PBSH power strip; conveniently mounts to rear edge
Part # VRS Description vertical rackmount system VRS Ideal for use with FTA fan tray system, see pg. 120 exible top and bottom mounting plates

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01114

A&E

for full product info.

VRS shown with optional power strip PD-815SC-PBSH, see pg. 99

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

153

Rackshelves - 4-Point Adjustable Depth

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01080

Telescoping Full Depth Heavy Duty 4-Point Rackshelf

The most versatile, heavy duty shelf available! Unlike standard adjustable shelves, the entire VSAshelf telescopes to reach rear rail, providing a range of useable depths from 16to 44. Providing the greatest useable depth in its class and featuring a 400 lb. weight capacity, the heavy-duty VSA is ideal for even the deepest components. Constructed of hemmed 16-gauge steel and nished in a durable black powder coat, the VSA is fully vented for superior cooling and features many tie points for enhanced cable management.
Racking Height Overall Depth Weight Capacity 400 lbs. 400 lbs.

A&E

for full product info.

adjustable 16 to 26 VSA-1626

Part # VSA-1626 1-1/4 slots allow users to strap equipment to shelf, if desired VSA-2744

1-1/2 (<1 rackspace) 17.25w x 16 (min.)to 26(max)d 1-1/2 (<1 rackspace) 17.25w x 27 (min.)to 44(max)d

Easy to mount design requires less open rackspace to install other than 4-point shelves

Rackshelves - 4-Point Adjustable Depth

adjustable 27 to 44 VSA-2744 1-1/2 height

HOT TIP! Increase useable width from 17-3/16 to the useable width of the encosure by inverting the VSA shelf!

EIA/TIA Compliant

Adjustable 4 Point Rackshelf

With a front to rear mounting adjustment range from 19-1/2 to 28 deep, the versatile AS3-22 shelf is vented and rackmounts most video decks and tower CPUs. Built expressly for heavy equipment, ships ready-to-assemble with included hardware and supports 300 lbs. NOTE: Fits in racks with a minimum 19-1/2 from front to rear rail.
Part # AS3-22 Racking Height 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Shelf Area 17-3/8w x 21-1/2d Weight Capacity 300 lbs.

21-1/2 useable shelf depth

rear ears adjustable 19-1/2 to 28 AS3-22

EIA/TIA Compliant

Adjustable Deep Rackshelf

The VDS shelf is a partially vented mounting solution for most deep equipment. This shelf has a front to rear mounting adjustment range from 23-1/2 to 32. NOTE: Fits in racks with a minimum 23-1/2 from front to rear rail.
Part # VDS Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) Shelf Area 17-3/8w x 25-1/2d Weight Capacity 100 lbs.

25-1/2 useable shelf depth

rear ears adjustable 23-1/2 to 32-1/2 VDS

154

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Rackshelves Sliding
Heavy-Duty Sliding Shelf

NEW!
adjustable mounting range 21 to 30 SSHD-28

Deep full extension shelf allows for easy maintenance of your components right on the shelf Durable black powder coat nish
Part # SSHD-28 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) Shelf Area 16-7/8 x 28d Weight Capacity 200 lbs.

Heavy-Duty Sliding Shelf with Removable Face Option

NEW!

Comes with mounting ears pre-assembled for quick installation Full extension lockout shelf allows for easy maintenance of your components right on the shelf Allows access to cable, wiring and connections from the front of the enclosure Optional lightweight removable cover panel 3 front-to-rear rail mounting ranges: 12-1/2 to 16-3/8 23 to 26-3/4 27-3/8 to 29-1/8 23-1/8 overall depth and 23 useable depth with foot holes Durable steel construction with black nish
Part # SS4-23VTR SS5-23VTR SS-VTR-CVR4 SS-VTR-CVR5 Racking Height 7 (4 space) 8-3/4 (5 space) 7 (4 space) 8-3/4 (5 space) Shelf Area 15-7/8 x 23d 15-7/8 x 23d Description sliding shelf sliding shelf removable cover removable cover Weight Capacity 75 lbs.

SS4-23VTR

Rackshelves Sliding

75 lbs.

SS-VTR-CVR4 removable cover panel shown with SS4-23VTR

Utility Drawer
Small versatile drawer ts in any rack Space-saving, convenient one space drawer for remote controls, equipment or user manuals Can be ipped over and used as a convenient one space sliding shelf
Part # UD1 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space) Description utility drawer invert for one space sliding shelf
EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-01105

A&E

for full product info.

UD1

Full Extension Sliding Shelf

The SS sliding shelf is both functional and rugged. Capable of latching in an open or closed position, the shelf slides on ball bearings and extends a full 14 and mounts to any rack (rear rackrail required in steel racks). Occupies slightly more than a single rackspace. NOTE: Fits in racks with a minimum 15-1/8 from front to rear rails.
Part # SS Shelf Area 17-1/2w x 14-3/4d Weight Capacity 50 lbs. SS extends a full 14

Spec. #

96-043-1

A&E

14-3/4 rear ears adjustable 15-1/8 to 23-7/8 17-1/2

for full product info.

locks in the out position

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

Laminated Service Sliding Shelf

Filling just a single rackspace, SSL sliding shelf extends 11-3/8 on nylon roller slides equipped with positive-stop lockouts. A telescopic rear support mounts to any rack (rear rackrail required in steel racks). The shelf itself is made with an attractive black laminate material. NOTE: Fits in racks with a minimum 15-1/8 from front to rear rail.
Part # SSL Shelf Area 16-3/4w x 14d Weight Capacity 35 lbs.

96-043-1

A&E

14 rear ears adjustable 15-1/8 to 23-7/8 SSL extends a full 11-3/8

for full product info.

16-3/4

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

155

Rackshelves
MS Series Shelves
11 useable shelf depth

NEW!

MS-11

This innovative new shelf was designed to mount small items conveniently in the front or rear of a rack while providing abundant cable management and device tie down points. Pattern of holes and slots accommodates nearly any mounting hole pattern, and can also be used for wire tie or other fastening approaches. Surprisingly strong for their size, these shelves will solve many of your small item mounting challenges in any standard rack. NOTE: Must be installed using standard 10-32 or 5mm rack screws into threaded rackrail.
Part # MS-11 Useable Shelf Area 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 11"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 11"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 5-1/2"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 5-1/2"d Pre-Pack Qty 1 4 1 4 Weight Capacity 15 lbs. 15 lbs. 30 lbs. 30 lbs.
for view of application, please see pg. 160

5-1/2 useable shelf depth MS-5.5

MS-11-4 MS-5.5 MS-5.5-4

UFA Shelves and UFAF Face Panels

NEW!

Universal Face-After shelves designed to mount small items conveniently in the front or rear of a rack while providing outstanding cable management and small device tie down points. These shelves feature the unique ability to mount a faceplate after the shelf is installed and populated, providing an attractive and secure covering.
Shelf Part # Racking Height 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 3-1/2" (2 space) Racking Height 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) 7 (4 space) Useable Shelf Area 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 14-1/2"d 17-1/4"w x 14-1/2"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d Finish black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized
for view of application, please see pg. 160

Pre-Pack Qty 1 4 1 4 1 1

Weight Capacity 35 lbs. 35 lbs. 25 lbs. 25 lbs. 35 lbs. 35 lbs.

Included Panel 1 space 2 space

Rackshelves Utility

8 useable shelf depth UFA-8

UFA-8 UFA-8-4 UFA-14.5 UFA-14.5-4 UFA-8-F1 UFA-8-F2 Panel Part #* UFAF-1 UFAF-1A UFAF-2

14-1/2 useable shelf depth UFA-14.5 shown with UFAF-2A

UFAF-2A UFAF-3 UFAF-3A UFAF-4 UFAF-4A

*Panels can be used with any UFA Shelf model

Chassis Support Brackets

Chassis support brackets are a simple way to support heavy equipment within the rack and facilitates ventilation of high heat-generating equipment. Compatible with the following racks when used with Z-rail or Z-rail adapter: MRK, VRK, VMRK Allows equipment to be placed into the rack without attaching the rackscrews ideal for fast swap outs NOTE: These chassis support angles must be attached to the Z-Rail or to a Z-Rail adapter. These brackets are not compatible with standard L-shaped rackrail without certain hardware or rackrail adjustments.
Part # CSA-18-H CSA-18 sold in pairs CSA-20-H CSA-22-H CSA-24-H CSA-26-H Overall Depth 18 20 22 24 26 Pre-Pack Qty 2 2 2 2 2 Weight Capacity 200 lb. 200 lb. 200 lb. 200 lb. 200 lb. Part # CSA-18 CSA-20 CSA-22 CSA-24 CSA-26 Overall Depth 18 20 22 24 26 Pre-Pack Qty 2 2 2 2 2 Weight Capacity 100 lb. 100 lb. 100 lb. 100 lb. 100 lb.

156

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955 middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Rackshelves
Shallow Depth Rackshelf
Designed to mount smaller components, wireless units and other non-rackmount equipment. Includes hook-and-loop strips for component mounting. Features an enhanced ventilation pattern Part # Racking Height Depth Weight Capacity Constructed from 16-gauge steel UTR1 1-3/4 (1 space) 10 25 lbs. Finished in a durable black powder coat *Master Pack Quantity Discount Available - please call
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-047

A&E

for full product info.

UTR1 includes brackets to prevent components from sliding backwards

Ready-to-Assemble Rackshelves
Vented KD Series rackshelves ship ready-to-assemble to minimize freight costs & save storage space. Ear heights range from 2 to 10 spaces & are sold in pairs. All assembly hardware included.
Ear Part # Racking Height Depth Weight Capacity KDE2 KDE2S KDE3 KDE3S KDE4 KDE4S KDE5 KDE6 KDE10 3-1/2 (2 space) 15-1/2 3-1/2 (2 space) 11-1/2 5-1/4 (3 space) 15-1/2 5-1/4 (3 space) 11-1/2 7 (4 space) 7 (4 space) 15-1/2 11-1/2 50 lbs. 50 lbs. 70 lbs. 70 lbs. 85 lbs. 85 lbs. 100 lbs. 100 lbs. 100 lbs. Bottom Part # KDB KDB-14* KDB-17.5 KDB-20.5 Useable Shelf Area 17-3/8w x 15-1/8d 17-3/8w x 13-5/8d 17-3/8w x 17.1/8d 17-3/8w x 20.1/8d KDB bottom

*ts our DWR Series (use w/ 11-1/2 ears)

8-3/4 (5 space) 15-1/2 10-1/2 (6 space) 15-1/2 17-1/2 (10 space) 15-1/2

PD-815SC-PBSH rear mount power option available

KDE3 pair of ears

Wide Unit Shelf System

Accommodating components too wide to t the 17-3/8 inside width of standard rackshelves, these shelf systems t units up to 22-1/2 wide, and either bolt into millwork or to the mounting angle of standard rackrail. Measuring 5-1/4 high, this shelf saves room by requiring no rackspaces. The WUSS system comes complete with a pair of ears, a bottom, and appropriate assembly hardware. NOTE:This rackshelf works with all Middle Atlantic Products enclosures with the exception of enclosures that use Z-Rail.
Part # WUSS11.5 WUSS14* WUSS15.5 WUSS17.5 WUSS20.5 Useable Shelf Area 17-3/8 (min.) to 22-5/8w x 11-3/8d 17-3/8 (min.) to 22-5/8w x 13-7/8d 17-3/8 (min.) to 22-5/8w x 15-3/8d 17-3/8 (min.) to 22-5/8w x 17-3/8d 17-3/8 (min.) to 22-5/8w x 20-3/8d Weight Capacity 50 lbs. 50 lbs. 50 lbs. 50 lbs. 50 lbs. adjustable width 17-9/16 to 22-5/8

Rackshelves

WUSS

*Available in 14 depth - ts DWRSeries and other shallow racks!

SHSeries Zero Space Rackshelves

These 4 point mount shelves have been purpose designed to t in Slim 5, AXS, SRSR and WR equipment racks, and feature full-depth front and rear rackmounting to provide a sturdy shelf for non-rackmount components. The models designated for the Slim 5, AXS and SRSR mount to the sides of the rackrail, while the SH-WR features an enhanced, patent pending design that mounts to the threaded rail - while still utilizing zero rackspaces! Two handy L brackets are included to help position equipment. Constructed from 16-gauge steel, includes mounting hardware and nished in a durable black powder coat.
Part # SH-5A* SH-5A-26* SH-SRSR** SH-WR SH-WR-34 Useable Shelf Area 18-1/2w x 18-9/16d 18-1/2w x 24-9/16d 18-7/16w x 15-1/2d 18-3/4w x 22-3/4d 18-3/4w x 32-3/4d Weight Capacity 250 lbs. 250 lbs. 200 lbs. 250 lbs. 250 lbs. Fits 20depth AXS & Slim 5 racks 26depth AXS & Slim 5 racks SRSRracks WR-xx-32 racks WR-xx-42 racks SH-5A, SH-5A-26, SH-SRSR attaches to side of rackrail behind front rail face

Spec. #

96-969

A&E

for full product info.

SH-WR, SH-WR-34

*SH-5A, SH-5A-26 does not mount in the top or bottom 2 rackspaces, or where rackrail brackets are located. **SH-SRSR does not mount in the bottom 5 rackspaces, or where rackrail brackets are located.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

157

Keyboard Shelves and Work Surfaces

EIA/TIA Compliant

hinged arm for cable management adjustable 17 - 25

Rackmount Computer Keyboard w/ Sliding Shelf

Model RM-KB rackmount computer keyboard system occupies 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) and includes a high-quality full 101 key AT style keyboard, with touchpad and padded wrist-rests. Articulating arm provides effective cable management. Comes with USB adapter. Finished in a durable black powder coat.
Part # RM-KB Description rackmount computer keyboard Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace)

RM-KB

EIA/TIA Compliant

Keyboard Sliding Shelf

Accommodates keyboards with a maximum width of 15-15/16 and depth of 9-3/8. Articulating arm provides effective cable management.

adjustable 17 - 25 KB-SS

Part # KB-SS

Description keyboard sliding shelf

Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace)

Keyboard Shelves and Work Surfaces

Single-Bay Writing/Computer Keyboard Shelf

The FWS xed single bay writing/computer keyboard shelf bolts quickly to any 19 rack to create an ideal workspace. With an attractive, black laminate top made from 3/4 furniture-grade MDF board, it occupies 2 rackspaces below and comes complete with special rail-mounting hardware.
Part # FWS Depth 18 Weight Capacity 100 lbs.

19 FWS

Spec. #

cable pass-through grommet provides effective cable management for laptops, computer keyboards, etc.

96-957

Multi-Bay Laminate Work Surfaces

Designed to provide an ergonomic work space, work surfaces are available for select WRK, MRK and VRK Series enclosures. Offered in two, three, and four-bay sizes to span multiple ganged racks, these shelves feature an attractive 1 thick graphite-marbled laminate surface with a durable black T-mold edging. The supplied mounting system consists of sturdy steel tubes that attach to both the front and rear rackrail in each rack bay and extend beneath each work surface, providing support. Additionally, each work surface includes cable pass-through with grommets providing effective cable management for laptops, computer keyboards, etc. Each work surface requires the use of two front and two rear rackspaces. Custom sizes available, please call for details.
18 Shelf Depth Part # WS2-M26-18 WS3-M26-18 WS4-M26-18 WS2-M31-18 WS3-M31-18 WS4-M31-18 WS2-W27-18 WS3-W27-18 WS4-W27-18 WS2-W32-18 WS3-W32-18 WS4-W32-18 24Shelf Depth Part # WS2-M26-24 WS3-M26-24 WS4-M26-24 WS2-M31-24 WS3-M31-24 WS4-M31-24 WS2-W27-24 WS3-W27-24 WS4-W27-24 WS2-W32-24 WS3-W32-24 WS4-W32-24 Span 2 bay 3 bay 4 bay 2 bay 3 bay 4 bay 2 bay 3 bay 4 bay 2 bay 3 bay 4 bay Fits MRK26 deep racks MRK26 deep racks MRK26 deep racks MRK/VRK31 deep racks MRK/VRK31 deep racks MRK/VRK31 deep racks WRK27 deep racks WRK27 deep racks WRK27 deep racks WRK32 deep racks WRK32 deep racks WRK32 deep racks

A&E

for full product info.

sturdy steel tubes attach to both the front and rear rackrail in each rack bay & extend beneath each work surface to provide support

features an attractive 1 thick graphite-marbled laminate surface with T-mold edging

NOTE: caster bases are not recommended for use on racks with work surfaces

158

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Rackmount LCD Keyboard and LCD Rackmount

Rackmount LCD Keyboard
The Rackmount LCDKeyboard and Touchpad can be installed wherever rackmount control and system monitoring is required and can be used for a wide range of applications including network security and system performance monitoring. The 17LCDmonitor is capable of supporting 1280 x 1024 screen resolution, and is also available with an 8 or 16 port KVM switch. With its space saving, single rackspace design and dual-slide functionality, the rackmount LCD monitor can reside in the open position for system monitoring while the keyboard is in the closed position. These units feature rear articulating cable carriers for strain relief and a bright active matrix LCDdisplay for ergonomic viewing of monitoring applications. Standard 105 key keyboard with integrated touchpad. 6 connector cable included, and auto detects 120V or 240V power. This unit has a range of front to rear mounting of 18-1/4 to 27-3/4 (overall depth is 24-1/2, this unit will extend through the back of shallower racks). Works internationally with customer supplied cord.
Part # RM-KB-LCD17 RM-KB-LCD17X8KVM RM-KB-LCD17X16KVM PS2/USB-4C Screen Size Resolution 17 17 17 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) KVM Switch 8 port 16 port PS/2/USB Cords Included 4 8 shown in closed position RM-KB-LCD17
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

96-01025

A&E

for full product info.

Rackmount LCD Keyboard and LCD Rackmount

PS/2 and USB cables, 4 pieces

Now available with KVM Switch! rear view of RM-KB-LCD17X8KVM includes PS/2 and USB cables

screen opens with keyboard recessed for monitoring

EIA/TIA Compliant

LCD Rackmount
Your choice of ve mounting styles Generous front to back adjustment Versatile rackmounting of LCD screen from 15 to 19, including some 20 monitors Includes both VESA 75 and VESA 100 mounting patterns RM-LCD-MT can mount larger monitors, up to 32 depending on weight Two styles: Enclosed backpan xed, pivot/tilt, articulating Open panel xed, pivot/tilt, best choice for 16:9 monitors
Part # RM-LCD-MV RM-LCD-MK RM-LCD-MT RM-LCD-PNLV RM-LCD-PNLK Racking Height 15-3/4 (9 rackspace) 15-3/4 (9 rackspace) 15-3/4 (9 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Description LCD rackmount, backpan style, VESA mount LCD rackmount, backpan style, tilt mechanism LCD rackmount, articulation LCD rackmount, open panel style, VESA mount LCD rackmount, open panel style, tilt mechanism Weight Capacity 35 lbs. 35 lbs. 35 lbs. 27 lbs. 27 lbs. RM-LCD-MK tilt enclosed backpan style

Spec. #

96-01120

A&E

for full product info.

RM-LCD-MV xed enclosed backpan style

RM-LCD-PNLV xed open panel style

RM-LCD-PNLK tilt open panel style

RM-LCD-MT articulating enclosed backpan style (monitor not included)

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

159

Installation Helpers
MS Series Shelves

NEW!

11 useable shelf depth

MS-11

5-1/2 useable shelf depth MS-5.5 Part # MS-11 MS-11-4 MS-5.5 MS-5.5-4 Useable Shelf Area 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 11"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 11"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 5-1/2"d 1/2"h x 17-1/2"w x 5-1/2"d Pre-Pack Qty 1 4 1 4 Weight Capacity 15 lbs. 15 lbs. 30 lbs. 30 lbs.

Installation Helpers

shelf shown in application

UFA Shelves and UFAF Face Panels

Racking Height 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space)

Useable Shelf Area 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d

Pre-Pack Weight Included Qty Capacity Panel 1 4 1 4 1 1 35 lbs. 35 lbs. 25 lbs. 25 lbs. 35 lbs. 35 lbs. 1 space 2 space

1-3/4" (1 space) 17-1/4"w x 14-1/2"d 1-3/4" (1 space) 3-1/2" (2 space) 17-1/4"w x 8"d 17-1/4"w x 8"d

UFA-14.5-4 1-3/4" (1 space) 17-1/4"w x 14-1/2"d

Racking Height 1-3/4" (1 space) 1-3/4" (1 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) 7 (4 space)

Finish black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized black powder coat black brushed and anodized

UFAF-4A

*Panels can be used with any UFA Shelf model

160

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Installation Helpers
1/2 and 1/3 Space Blank Panel
Now you have a solution for non-full space itemsThese panels complete the nished, professional appearance while also ensuring correct thermal management performance by blocking unwanted air entry. Comes in your choice of steel or aluminum.
Steel, Flat Black Part # EB1/2 EB1/3 Aluminum, Black Brushed and Anodized Part # BL1/2 BL1/3 Racking Height 0.875 (1/2 space) 0.583 (1/3 space) EB1/3

NEW!

BL1/2

Handle Panels
These panels provide a rm, safe grip for pull-out rack systems, while still allowing the use of trim strips if desired. The one rackspace design takes up minimal space in the installation, & protrudes 1-3/16. Comes in two nishes to best match the rack aesthetics.
Part # EB1-H BL1-H Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space) 1-3/4 (1 space) Finish at black powder coat black brushed and anodized EB1-H

Blank Panel with Rack I.D. Strip

Aluminum 1 space panels accept paper labels up to 1-1/2 tall by 17-1/2 wide.
Part # PBL1-ID Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 space) PBL1-ID

Installation Helpers

Hinged Accessory Mounting Panel

Heres a great new solution for mounting small items conveniently in a rack. Aluminum panel is easily drilled for mounting punch-blocks, terminal strips, power supplies and similar items. Hinged design provides easy access for maintenance and changes.
Part # APM-2 APM-3 APM-4 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) APM-3

Rackrail Recessor
Allows room for cable bundles and handles. Enables installer to recess equipment 3 inches behind rackrail.
Part # RR2-3RCN Description 2 space/ 3 deep, rackrail recessor RR2-3RCN

Rack Sack Equipment Protection Cover

This heavy-duty cover will protect your installation while in progress, keeping it safe from dust and casual contact. Sturdy zippers on the corners make it easy to install and remove.
Part # RS-6036 RS-8436 Dimensions 60h x 25w x 36d 84h x 25w x 36d

Custom logos available. Please call for details.

RS-6036

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

161

UCP Series Modular Custom Panel System

Build Your Own Custom Connector Panel Using Off-The-Shelf Components!
Design and build your own custom connector panels using off-the-shelf materials! Our UCP Series modular custom panel system assembles quickly and easily using either a 2 or 4 space frame kit and your selections from an extensive collection of prepunched modules. UCP modular assemblies simply bolt together using supplied hardware. A single tier of ve modules bolts across a 2 space frame kit, two tiers of ve modules bolt across a 4 space frame kit. Modules are prepunched to accept XLR, Neutrik, Elco, Canare and a host of other connector congurations (see accompanying diagrams). The inherent strength of the interlocking system eliminates panel deection while inserting or removing connectors. When completed, all hardware is ush to create a professional appearance with no unsightly gaps. Visible parts have a black brushed and anodized nish. All modules are constructed of aluminum. Blank and vented panels are also available to ll unused spots.

UCP System

FK2

UCP Series Modular Custom Panel System

Frame Kits
Bolt modules to them in any combination.
UCPB1 typical construction Part # FK2 FK4 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 7 (4 rackspace)

Blank Module

UCP Vent

UCP Electric Box Adapter

UCP-ADP

UCPB1

UCPB2

UCPB3

UCP-VT

Available for lling unused spots or drill your own connector mounting pattern.
Part # Width UCPB1 single Part # Width UCPB2 double Part # Width UCPB3 triple

Fills unused spaces while providing ventilation.

Part # UCP-VT

Adapts any single UCP module to a standard 1900 electrical box.

Part # UCP-ADP

Universal XLR Female Punchouts

Circular Flange

XLR Style Male Punchouts

UNIV1

UNIV2

UNIV3

UNIV4

UNIV6

4SC1

4SC3

XLRM6

Fits Neutrik FP, MP, MDL, FDL, small Speakon, Switchcraft female XLRs, Cannon, Whirlwind (male XLRs t as well, but leave a small gap on sides).

4 Bolt Punchouts: Fits Cannon AP and EP, Neutrik, NL8MPR, NL4MPR (Speakon).

Fits Neutrik MP, LNEMP, Switchcraft, Cannon.

Banana Jack Punchouts

Combo Female/Male XLR Punchouts

3/8BANA2

3/8BANA4

3/8BANA6

BANA2

BANA4

BANA6

COMBO2

COMBO4

COMBO6

Fits dual banana jack receptacles requiring up to 3/8 hole

162 middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Fits the universal dual banana jack receptacle requiring a 1/2 hole.

Fits mixed genders within a module.

UCP Series Options

UCP Fan
Extend equipment life by removing heat from within an enclosure. Operates on 12VDC using integral 12 long pigtail leads, includes power supply.

UCP FK2 Swinging Frame

This hinged version of the FK2 frame kit allows rear access to modules. Captive 10-32 threaded thumbscrews hold the frame closed and require no tools to open. Kit includes a pair of threaded FK bars, hinged ear, captive thumbscrew ear, and all module mounting hardware. Occupies 2 rackspaces (3-1/2). Part # UCP-SF

UCP-SF

UCP-FAN mounted in FK2 Part # UCP-FAN

UCP-FAN

UCP-FAN shown mounted in UCP-CH

Free Air dB Rating Free Air CFM 25 dBA 15

UCP Chassis
The 2 space UCP chassis holds ve modules in the front, and ve modules in the rear. Shipped fully-assembled, each unit is comprised of four threaded FK bars, a pair of ears 9 deep, top and bottom, and all necessary module mounting hardware. The top & bottom can be easily removed, leaving the frame intact.

UCP Cable Tray

The UCP cable tray includes FK2 bars, mounting ears and bottom. 5 deep tray provides superior cable strain relief with a multitude of wire-tie slots. Occupies 2 rackspaces (3-1/2).

Part # UCP-CH

UCP-CH

Part # UCP-CT

UCP-CT

DB Style Punchouts

Multipin Elco/Edac Punchouts

BNC Punchouts

UCP Series Options

1DB9M

1DB9

2DB9

3DB9

4DB9

2DB37

1ELCO38

1ELCO56

1ELCO90

1ELCO120

1/2BNC1

1/2BNC2

1/2BNC3 1ELCO90

1DB15

2DB15

1DB25

2DB25

2DB50

2ELCO38

2ELCO56

2ELCO90

1/2BNC4, 3/8BNC4

Fits the popular data multipin. 1DB9M ts HD15(SVGA) and additional 1/8 mini phone jack for easy laptop connection.

Fits 38, 56, 90 and 120 pin Elco/Edac connectors.

Fits 1/2 and 3/8 diameter BNC shells, most insulated shells and fuses.

1/4, 3/8, 7/16 Punchouts

Keystone Punchouts

RPS Series

3/8X1

1/4X2, 3/8X2

1/4X4, 3/8X4, 7/16X4

3/8X5

3/8X6

3/8X8

KEY-1

KEY-2

KEY-4

KEY-6

UCP-RPS

1/4 - ts RCA jacks, some switches and LEDs.

3/8 - fits attenuators, F Fits 3/8 insulated 7/16 - fits Switchcraft connectors, phone jacks, RCA connectors for #11, insulated phone jack, component video & audio. some switches. some switches.

Accommodates a variety of connectors including RCA, RJ 11/12/45, F, BNC feed through, Banana, STFiber, etc. (keystone insert bezel not required for connector installation)

Remote power switch (see pg. 115 for info.)

BNC Recessed Canare Panel Punchouts

Multipin G Series Punchouts

Twistlock Punchouts

CANARE4

1G1

1G2

1G3

TW2B

TW3B

Fits regular and feed-through types.

Fits G Series connectors by AMP.

Fits most brands with oval mounting hole pattern (Hubbel Bryant, etc.) Use Part #TW2B for 2 bolt twistlocks and other 2 bolt devices. Use Part #TW3B for 3 bolt twistlocks.

Multipin Whirlwind Punchouts

Duplex Receptacle Punchouts

Socapex 19 Pin

DL Series Multipins, by Cannon

1/2 Diameter D Punchouts

1W1

1W2

DUP1

DUP2

SPX-19

2DL96

1/2BNC5

Fits 39 and 61 pin.

Removal of receptacle ears is necessary to t between UCP bars.

19 pin.

DL Series multipin.

Fits 1/2 insulated BNC connectors for RGBHV.

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

163

UCP Panels, Rackmount Chassis and Access Panels

Panels for Decora Devices
DECP-1X1

DECP-1X2

One space panels mount any low-voltage Decora device directly onto the rackrail of a standard 19 enclosure. Panels accommodate as many as four devices including the RPS Series remote power switch, LT-DEC light and the TEMP-DEC temperature display. Pre-congured panels are available with pre-installed Decora mount products for simplied ordering, see pg. 114 for more details. Constructed from one-piece anged steel (with an open area of 1.62 between anges), black powder coat nish.
Part # DECP-1X1 DECP-1X2 Description 1-3/4 (1 space) mounts up to 1 Decora devices 1-3/4 (1 space) mounts up to 2 Decora devices 1-3/4 (1 space) mounts up to 3 Decora devices 1-3/4 (1 space) mounts up to 4 Decora devices Part # LT2P LT2P-T1P T1P Description pre-congured with 2 LT-DEC lights pre-congured w/ 2 LT-DEClights, 1 TEMP-DECtemperature display pre-congured w/ 1 TEMP-DEC temperature display

DECP-1X3

DECP-1X4

DECP-1X3 DECP-1X4 16 laser-cut knockouts

Universal Connector Panel

The UNI Series laser-cut connector panels feature knockouts designed to accept a number of connectors, including XLR and Neutrik. The innovative design allows mounting of both male and female connectors to the same holes simply by knocking out the correct pattern. The UNI-1-C incorporates a 2-5/8 strain relief shelf with tie-points for cable management. Made from one-piece anged steel, black powder coat nish.
Part # Laser-Cut Knockouts 16 32 16 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 1-3/4 (1 space) - includes cable management UNI-1 UNI-2 UNI-1-C

UCP Panels, Rackmount Chassis and Access Panels

UNI-1

UNI-1-C incorporates a 2-5/8 shelf with tie-points for cable strain relief
EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-004

CH Chassis
With its aesthetically-balanced, screwless ush-mounted faceplate, our CH Chassis features a 16-gauge all-steel body nished in a black powder coat. Front and rear panels are made from aluminum for easy machining. The front faceplate additionally features a black brushed and anodized nish, while the rear faceplate is nished in a black powder coat.
Part # CH1 CH2 CH3 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Depth 10 10 10 front and rear aluminum panels detach for simplied machining

A&E

for full product info.

CH2

Econo Chassis
Providing a high quality rack chassis at an affordable price, the EC Series features a quick-to-disassemble two piece design incorporating a 16-gauge steel face, back and bottom, and 20-gauge steel top and sides. Black powder coat nish.
Part # EC-2 EC-1 EC-2 EC-3 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Depth 6 6 6 two piece design for easy assembly

Access Panels
AP-4

Available in 2, 4, and 6 space models, these hinged access panels provide quick passage to rack interiors. Solid and vented panels available. Fabricated from easily machinable 13-gauge black powder coated aluminum, these access panels are perfect for those situations where access to the rear of connector panels is required. Captive 10-32 threaded thumbscrews require no tools to open and will not get lost.
Solid Part # Vented Part # APV-2 APV-4 APV-6 Univ Mounting Part # APM-2 APM-4 APM-6 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 7 (4 rackspace) 10-1/2 (6 rackspace) AP-2 AP-4 AP-6

APV-4

164

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Security Covers and Access Control

Hinged Security Doors
Keylocked security doors allow front access to a select portion of rackmount equipment and are available in plexiglass, vented, and solid styles. Mount equipment which needs to be secured behind these doors in the installer zone to keep unauthorized users from tampering. Keep equipment which needs to be client-accessed in the open portion of the rack in the user zone.
Solid Part # Knob Clearance 1-3/8 SSDR-8 SSDR-12 SSDR-15 SSDR-16 SSDR-20 SSDR-21 Plexi Part # Knob Clearance 1-1/8 PSDR-8 PSDR-12 PSDR-16 PSDR-20 Vented Part # Knob Clearance 1-3/8 VSDR-8 VSDR-12 VSDR-16 VSDR-20 Racking Height 14 (8 rackspace) 21 (12 rackspace) 26-1/4 (15 rackspace) 28 (16 rackspace) 35 (20 rackspace) 36-3/4 (21 rackspace) typical installation secure installer zone SSDR-12

secure installer zone

VSDR-12

user zone

Hinged Plexiglass Security Covers

Incorporating a steel frame and a keylocked 3/16 smoked-gray plexiglass door, our SECL Series locking security covers are offered in 2, 3, 4, and 8 rackspace sizes. Each units depth of 1-1/2 easily clears controls on most equipment.
Part # SECL-2 SECL-3 Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Part # SECL-4 SECL-8 Racking Height 7 (4 rackspace) 14 (8 rackspace) SECL-4

Security Covers and Access Control

Fixed Plexiglass Security Covers

SL Series security covers feature a permanent plexiglass window for easy equipment viewing. Secure and cost-effective - available in 1, 2, and 3 space sizes, 1 deep.
Part # SL-1 SL-2 SL-3 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace)
HOT TIP! See pg. 169 for high security Guardian Series screws!

SL-2

Fixed Perforated Security Covers

Eliminate the prospect of tampering with these tough security covers. Offered in regular or ne perforation styles (models S and SF respectively), each cover is 1 deep. Includes installed rubber edging that wont mar the equipment youre trying to protect. To enhance the level of security, use the patented Guardian Series security bit and HSK rack screws, see pg. 169.
Type Allows unobstructed view of knob settings, 64% open area Part # S1 S2 S3 S4 SF1 Allows sight of LEDs, most secure, 25% open area SF2 SF3 SF4 Description 1-3/4 (1 rackspace)regular perf. pattern 3-1/2 (2 rackspace)regular perf. pattern 5-1/4 (3 rackspace)regular perf. pattern 7 (4 rackspace)regular perf. pattern 1-3/4 (1 rackspace)ne perf. pattern 3-1/2 (2 rackspace)ne perf. pattern 5-1/4 (3 rackspace)ne perf. pattern 7 (4 rackspace)ne perf. pattern SF2 ne perf. pattern S2 regular perf. pattern

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

165

Vent Panels
EIA/TIA Compliant

VTB Light Blocking Vent Panels

VTB Series light blocking vent panels provide a high percentage of open area (64%) and pre-installed light blocking material to provide superior ventilation while blocking view of internal wiring. 64% open area Sturdy steel construction Flanged Panel Flat black powder

VTB-1

Part # VTB-1 VTB-2 VTB-3

EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Contractor Packs provide a cost-effective, space-efcient way for installers to stock the panels they use most frequently. Allows easy access to individual, poly-bagged panels. Designed to stack on warehouse shelving.

96-050-1

VT/VTF Series Perforated Vent Panels

VT Series open perforated panels provide the highest open area of all our vent panels to allow superior ventilation. VTF Series ne perforated series panels limits viewing for aesthetics. VT Series Sturdy steel construction Flanged Panel 64% open area Flat black powder coat
64% Open Area Perf Part # VT1 VT2 VT3 VT4 25% Open Area Perf Part # VTF1 VTF2 VTF3 VTF4

A&E

for full product info.

VTF2

VTF Series Sturdy steel construction Flanged Panel 25% open area Flat black powder coat
Contractor Packs 64% Open Area Perf Part # VT1-CP12 VT2-CP12 VT3-CP6 VT4-CP6 25% Open Area Perf Part # VTF1-CP12 VTF2-CP12 VTF3-CP6 VTF4-CP6

Vent Panels

VT2

Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) 7 (4 rackspace)

Qty 12 12 6 6

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-050-1

EVT/EVTA Series Vent Panels

EVT Series vent panels provide an economical solution with a vertical slotted design. The EVTA series has a black and brushed anodized nish. EVT Series EVTA Series Sturdy steel construction Aluminum construction Flanged Panel Flanged Panel 17% open area 17% open area Flat black powder coat Black anodized nish
Flat Black Part # Anodized Black Part # EVT1 EVT2 EVTA-1 EVTA-2 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace)

A&E

for full product info.

EVT2

Contractor Packs Flat Black Part # EVT1-CP12 EVT2-CP12 Qty 12 12

EVTA-2

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-050-1

VTP Series Vent Panels

VTP series vent panels feature a horizontal vent design and have a black brushed and anodized nish to complement RSH Series rackshelves and other anodized accessories. Aluminum construction Flanged Panel 20% open area Black brushed anodized

A&E

for full product info.

VTP-2

Part # VTP-1 VTP-2 VTP-3

Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace)

166

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Blank Panels
EB/FEB Series Blank Panels
Economical steel panels nished in a durable at black powder coat nish EB Series FEB Series Sturdy steel construction Sturdy steel construction Flanged Panel Flat Panel
Flanged Part # EB1 EB2 EB3 EB4 EB5 EB6 Flat Part # FEB1 FEB2 FEB3 FEB4 FEB5 FEB6 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) 7 (4 rackspace) 8-3/4 (5 rackspace) 10-1/2 (6 rackspace)
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-001-1

A&E

1/2 and 1/3 Space Panels available, see pg. 161

for full product info.

Contractor Packs Flanged Part # Flat Part # EB1-CP12 EB2-CP12 EB3-CP6 EB4-CP6 FEB1-CP12 FEB2-CP12 FEB3-CP6 FEB4-CP6 Qty 12 12 6 6 FEB1 EB2

PBL/PHBL Series Blank Panels

Lightweight aluminum panels nished in a durable at black powder coat ideal for machining. PBL Series Aluminum construction Flanged Panel
Flanged Part # PBL-1 PBL-2 PBL-3 PBL-4 Flat Part # PHBL-1 PHBL-2 PHBL-3 PHBL-4

96-001-1

A&E

for full product info.

PHBL Series Aluminum construction Flat Panel

Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) 7 (4 rackspace)

Contractor Packs Flanged Part # Flat Part # PBL1-CP12 PBL2-CP12 PBL3-CP6 PBL4-CP6 PHBL1-CP12 PHBL2-CP12 PHBL3-CP6 PHBL4-CP6 Qty 12 12 6 6 PHBL-2
EIA/TIA Compliant
Spec. #

Blank Panels

PBL-2

SB Series Blank Panels

Aesthetic and durable textured black powder coat nish steel blank panels. Complements RSH4S custom rackshelves and other textured accessories. Sturdy steel construction Flanged Panel
Contractor Packs Part # SB1 SB2 SB3 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Part # SB4 SB5 SB6 Racking Height 7 (4 rackspace) 8-3/4 (5 rackspace) 10-1/2 (6 rackspace) Flanged Part # SB1-CP12 SB2-CP12 SB3-CP6 SB4-CP6 Qty 12 12 6 6 SB2

96-001-1

A&E

for full product info.

BL/HBL Series Blank Panels

The most aesthetic blank panels available with a black brushed and anodized nish. Complements RSH4A custom rackshelves and other anodized accessories. BL Series HBL Series Aluminum construction Aluminum construction Flanged Panel Flat Panel
Flanged Part # BL1 BL2 BL3 Flat Part # HBL1 HBL2 HBL3 Racking Height 1-3/4 (1 rackspace) 3-1/2 (2 rackspace) 5-1/4 (3 rackspace) Flanged Part # BL4 Flat Part # HBL4 HBL5 HBL6 Racking Height 7 (4 rackspace) 8-3/4 (5 rackspace) 10-1/2 (6 rackspace) HBL2
1/2 and 1/3 Space Panels available, see pg. 161

EIA/TIA Compliant

Spec. #

96-001-1

A&E

for full product info.

BL2

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

167

Rack Accessories
Micro Fiber Cleaning Cloths
Reusable micro ber cleaning cloths are non-abrasive and lint free to keep anodized and other nishes on panels, drawers, RSH Series custom rackshelves and plexiglass doors clean. Plexiglass version includes 2 oz. bottle of cleaner.
PNL-CLN before after PLX-CLN Part # PNL-CLN For Use On panels, drawers, RSH Series Part # PLX-CLN For Use On plexi doors, includes cleaner

Shim Tabs
All faceplates can be ush with these handy shim tabs. 1/16 thick, they can be stacked to achieve desired thickness. Attaches with self adhesive.
Part # ST1MP shim tab ST3MP Fits 1 rackspace 3 rackspace Qty 100 pc. 100 pc.

side view

panels not ush

panels ush using shim tab

Ears for Sony TV Tuners

With these ears, you can install Sony TV tuner products in any 19 rack. Attach the ears with the supplied metric hardware, no unit modication required.
Part # Fits ST-72TV, ST-02TV, VPR-722 TU-1041U Finish black brushed & anodized black powder coat SONYEARS SONYEARS SONYEARS2 SONYEARS2

Rack Accessories

Rear Hanging Brackets

These rear hanging brackets t any amplier with rear ears and attach to rear rackrail to provide additional equipment support and feature unequal length mounting legs for versatility. Sold in pairs.
Part # RH-2 RH-3 RH-2 RH-4 RSE1-875671 RSE1-472502
EIA/TIA Compliant

Racking Height 3-1/2 (2 space) 5-1/4 (3 space) 7 (4 space) 1 space HD rear support ears 1 space rear support ears rear rackrail

top view top view

1.12

RH-2

.932

Spec. #

96-01083

RRF Rackrail
Measuring 1/8 thick, the all-steel RRF rackrail is threaded for 10-32 screws and is nished in a durable black e-coat nish. With EIA standard spacing, they are sold in pairs and designed for use with 19-1/8 wide rough openings. Durable black e-coat nish.
Part # Racking Height Part # Racking Height RRF10 17-1/2 (10 space) RRF12 RRF16 21 (12 space) 28 (16 space) RRF14 24-1/2 (14 space) Part # Racking Height RRF2 3-1/2 (2 space) 7 (4 space) 10-1/2 (6 space) 14 (8 space) RRF18 31-1/2 (18 space) RRF21 36-3/4 (21 space) RRF27 47-1/4 (27 space) RRF45 78-3/4 (45 space) 19-1/8 opening width for mounting rackrail

A&E

for full product info.

RRF8

RRF12

RRF4 RRF6 RRF8

Rack Ruler
No time for rackspace math? Use the Rack Ruler instead. Its a genuinely handy tape measure incremented in both rackspaces (red) and inches (black) down to 1/32 scale. Measuring 1/2 wide by 96 (8 feet) long, its Mylar-coated retracting steel tape is housed in a tough ABScase with a thumb lock and belt clip. This is a rugged tool, not a toy precision made by Starrett.
RULER Ruler Labeling Part # RULER DARULER Labeling On Back audio tables, charts, and pinouts data tables, charts, and contact wiring

168

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Rack Screws
Premium Rack Screws
Premium rack screws provide the best bit engagement in the industry. HG hardware features salt spray resistant plating that slows rust build-up. HM hardware features an attractive black matte nish. Both types are truss-head hardware, 10-32 threaded, 3/4 long with pre-installed washers and self-guiding pilot points.
Part # HG Qty 100 pc. Finish salt spray resistant, black gloss Part # HM Qty 100 pc. Finish black matte HG HM self-guiding pilot point self-guiding pilot point

HG500 500 pc. in reusable jar salt spray resistant, black gloss

HM500 500 pc. in reusable jar black matte

Standard Rack Screws

Standard 3/4 long rack screws with 10-32 threads feature self-guiding pilot points. HP Series truss head screws provide a clean, modern appearance and t under optional trim strips, (see pg. 147) for the most attractive nish. HW Series trim-head screws feature a classic appearance. Includes factory-installed nylon washer.
Part # HP500 HP HPS Head truss-head truss-head Qty 100 pc. 25 pc.
US Patent #D517,404,D546,157

HW factory-installed nylon washer

Part # HW500 HW100

Head trim-head trim-head

Qty 500 pc. in reusable jar 100 pc. HP500

truss-head 500 pc. in reusable jar

Security Rack Screws

Security screws are the ideal way to keep people from tampering with rackmounted equipment. The patented high security Guardian Series hardware is unique to Middle Atlantic and features a square post drive that cannot be found elsewhere. All screws are 10-32 by 3/4 and include factory-installed black nylon washer and black nish.
Rack Screw Part # HSK HTX HS Qty 100 pc. 50 pc. 100 pc Bit Part # SPBIT TBIT SBIT Description Highest Security patented square post drive star post square drive

HSK Guardian Series security hardware

HTX

Rack Screws

SPBIT

TBIT

SBIT

Cable Friendly Short Rack Screws

Cable friendly HPQSeries screws are 3/8 long with 10-32 threads and feature a rounded end to allow wires to be dressed inside front rackrail without chang. Featuring an attractive Phillips truss head, nished in black. Ideal for mounting vent panels and cable management bars.
Part # HPQ-500 HPQ Qty 500 pc. in reusable jar 100 pc. HPQ

Cage Nut Hardware

Cage nuts t our cage-nut style rackrail and are available for use with 10-32 and 6mm rack screws to accommodate slide out servers.
Part # CN1032-50 CN6MM-100 Description 50 pc. 10-32 cage nuts 100 pc. 6mm cage nuts CN1032-50 CN6MM-100

12-24 and 6MM Rack Screws

Primarily used in telecommunications and data, these 3/4 long 12-24 and 6mm threaded screws are heat-treated to prevent head stripping. Finished in black, includes nylon washers.
Part # HP-24 HP24-500 Qty 100 pc. 12-24thread 500 pc. 12-24thread in reusable jar Part # HP-6MM Qty 100 pc. 6mm Phillips head rack screws HP-24 HP-6MM

Shoulder Washers
When used in conjunction with the pre-installed washers supplied on our screws, these black nylon shoulder washers will electrically isolate the equipment from the rackrails to help prevent ground loops. 100 piece count. NOTE:not for use with HPQ, HP-6MM and HP-24 screws
Part # SW Qty 100 pc. SW

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

169

Resources
Design Platforms
RackTools Specication Software Middle Atlantic Designer
Middle Atlantic Designer requires Windows XP or later

Stencil Blocks for Visio

Free layout and specication package for all Rack products. Creates elevation, side, rear and plan view drawings, and also creates Quotes and Purchase Orders. Exports to AutoCAD and Microsoft Visio. Free download from racktools.com

Full color, 3D console, LD desk, video wall and room layout software package. Includes a line of sight tool. Creates Quotes, Specications, and also exports to AutoCAD. Free download from middleatlantic.com, in the Tools menu.

Ready to use stencils for Microsoft Visio. Visio Blocks have been enhanced with an on-line, updateable database of our complete custom rackshelf offering. Free download from middleatlantic.com, on the Resources>>Tech Docs page.

Drawings and Specications

Resources

Revit/BIM (Building Information Modeling)

A&E Specication Sheets/CSI MasterFormat 3 Part Specications/CAD Tech Spec Drawings

Revit family models available for enclosures and consoles. Available at middleatlantic.com, on the Resources>>Tech Docs page.

Available for most products. Available at middleatlantic.com, on the Resources>>Tech Docs page.

CAD Blocks

3D CAD

Comprehensive library of 2D CAD blocks available for all enclosures. Available at middleatlantic.com, on the Resources>>Tech Docs page.
170 middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Comprehensive library of 3D CAD models available of enclosures & consoles. Available at middleatlantic.com, on the Resources>>Tech Docs page.

Resources
Online Congurators
MPR Modular Power Raceway PDW Custom Power

Design an MPR Modular Power Raceway quickly and easily. Creates a diagram, quote and parts list. Available at middleatlantic.com, in the Tools menu.

Quickly and easily design a PDW Series custom power raceway, including circuit marking and custom logos. Available at middleatlantic.com, in the Tools menu.

Thermal Calculator

RackFinder

Spec Clips

UPS Runtime Calculator

Resources

Answer a few simple questions to determine the cooling needed to keep the system running at the optimal temperature.

Not sure which rack is needed? This quick online tool helps determine the best solution.

Save time by letting Spec Clips do the work simply copy and paste the results into the specication.

This calculator is the quick and easy way to determine the appropriate backup power required. Available at middleatlantic.com, in the Tools menu. Now available for iPhone see MAP Toolbox at iTunes.

Available at middleatlantic.com, Available at middleatlantic.com, Available at middleatlantic.com, in the Tools menu. on the main home page. in the Resources menu. Now available for iPhone see MAP Toolbox at iTunes.

Resources
Tech Support Hotline White Papers

Available via phone 800-266-7225 and email (sales@middleatlantic.com), providing expert advice quickly and easily.

Practical guidance on power distribution and grounding, thermal management, cable management and seismic installations. Available at middleatlantic.com, in the Resources menu.
20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION 171

Glossary
Term
3 Part Specications: A CSI MasterFormat 3 Part Spec is a document that contains all the product information and options needed when specifying products in the 3 part format. 3 Part Specications are available on our website at middleatlantic.com. A & E Spec: An A & E Spec, or Architects and Engineers Specication Sheet, is a document that contains all of the information, including dimensions, materials, and weight capacities, in the format needed when specifying products. Our Architects and Engineers Specication Sheets are available on our website at middleatlantic.com or in printed form upon request. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): ASCE have developed construction standards for buildings and materials which, when used in reference to our racks and enclosures, signies that the equipment will survive a seismic event when used to approved specications. Anodize: A nishing process used on aluminum. This process, when used on our products, includes brushing to give an aesthetically-pleasing grained nish. Bonding: The permanent joining of metallic parts, likely to become energized, forming an electrically conductive path for a ground fault. CAD Blocks: AutoCAD compatible, 1:1 scale product drawings. CAD Blocks can be pasted directly into an AutoCAD layout. Available on our website at middleatlantic.com California Building Code (CBC): The CBC provides the requirements needed for construction in California which, when used in reference to our racks and enclosures, signies that the equipment complies with the code and will survive a seismic event when used to approved specications. Middle Atlantic Designer: Full color, 3D console, LD Desk, video wall and room layout software package. Includes a line of sight tool. Creates Quotes, Specications, and also exports to AutoCAD. Free download from middleatlantic.com, on the Resources>>Tech Docs page. E-coat: An electroplating process that, when used on our rackrail, guarantees that the threads do not become clogged.

Glossary
172

EIA Compliant: EIA is the Electronic Industries Alliance. EIA Compliant signies that a rack or enclosure, including accessories, conform to the current EIA-310 standard regarding rackrail spacing, panel sizes, dimensions, etc. ETL Listed Mark: The ETL Listed Mark is the certication mark, provided by Intertek an NRTL, which signies that a product meets or exceeds applicable safety standards. The ETL certication mark signies that a product has been certied to US and/or Canadian standards. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): US government agency charged with regulating the non-federal government use of radio frequencies and all telecommunications Ganging: When two or more racks are connected together, side-by-side. This is done in installations when multiple racks are permanently installed, facilitating cabling between racks. Also referred to as a multi-bay installation. Greenguard: Certication for indoor air quality. The GREENGUARD Environmental Institute tested our products to meet or exceed acceptable air emissions limits for Children and Schools, which have the most stringent requirements. Grounding: The intentional connection of electrical equipment to a grounding conductor for safety. International Building Code (IBC): The International Code Councils published requirements for building and construction. The IBC, when used in reference to our racks and enclosures, signies that the equipment complies with the code and will survive a seismic event when used to approved specications. Isolated Ground: Also referred to as a Technical Ground, this originates only at the point where the ground and neutral are bonded together. Isolated grounding conductors must be insulated & not be bonded to metallic building structures, junction boxes & breaker panels and terminate only at the equipment being served by the isolated ground circuit. KO: KO is short for Knockout, and applies to the knockouts that have been provided in most of our racks for electrical connections, cable pass-through and also for UHF/VHF antennas. One type of knockout consists of punched indentations in equipment cabinets, which can be easily knocked out using a screwdriver or other similar tool to create one of two different sized openings for running low-voltage cable, electrical conduit, connectors, etc. Another type of knockout is produced by a laser and produces smooth edges that are friendly to cables and contractors. MOV Surge and Spike Protection: MOV (Metal Oxide Varistor) is an electrical component that protects electrical equipment in the event of an electrical surge or spike. National Electrical Code (NEC): The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) publishes this code to provide requirements for electrical installations. When used in reference to our racks and enclosures it species the method in which an enclosure is to be grounded and/or bonded.
middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Glossary
Term
National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA): The NFPA is the authority on re, electrical and building safety. When used in reference to our racks and enclosures, we reference NFPA codes and standards to signify that the equipment complies with the applicable requirements for surviving a seismic event, or that it is installed appropriately in the eld. Network Equipment Building System (NEBS): The Network Equipment Building System is a set of standards that, when used in reference to our racks and enclosures, species the method in which an enclosure is to be grounded and bonded. National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL): OSHA program which qualies and maintains testing agencies to perform product and process evaluations and certications. Ofce of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD): The Ofce of Statewide Health Planning and Development is one of 13 departments within the California Health and Human Services Agency. OSHPD Approval, when used in conjunction with our seismic certied racks and enclosures, signies that the anchorage method and hardware have been pre-approved to survive a seismic event when used to approved specications. Powder Coat: Powder coat is an epoxy based nish that is applied electrostatically and then baked to cure the nish. Powder coating is an environmentally friendly process that does not release any harsh chemicals into the water or air. Powder coat is scratch-resistant and protects the materials from corrosion. Rackspace (Rack unit, RU, space): A rackspace is a 1.75 vertical increment based on EIA/TIA standards and is how all 19 wide rackmount components are measured in terms of height. It is the only measure common to the metric and English systems. RackTools: RackTools is a free layout and specication software package produced by Middle Atlantic Products. Containing our complete product line, RackTools is user-friendly and does not require any third party software to generate drawings, purchase orders and quotes quickly and easily. Please visit racktools.com for more information and to download your free copy. Restricted of Hazardous Substances (2002/95/EC) (RoHS): European regulation (Directive) which denes and regulates the amount of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic products being introduced into the EU. Regulated materials include: lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, poly-brominated ame retardants (PBBs), and poly-brominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs). RoHS Directive of the European Union: Provides the requirements for the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment being introduced into the EU. Regulated materials include, but are not limited to: lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, poly-brominated ame retardants (PBBs), and poly-brominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) Seismic Certied: A seismic certication signies that our rack or enclosure has been certied to established standards and requirements to survive a seismic event and remain functional. A seismic certied rack is one component of a seismic rated installation. Spec Clips: Customizable specication clips that can be copied and pasted directly into project specications. Please visit middleatlantic.com to access this free tool. Stand-Alone: Racks or power modules that are used alone, i.e. WRK-SA Series stand-alone enclosure and 30 amp stand-alone power modules. Stencil Blocks for Visio: Ready-to-use stencils for use with Microsoft Visio. Stencil Blocks have been enhanced with an on-line, updatable database of our complete custom rackshelf offering. TIA Compliant: TIA is the Telecommunications Industry Association. TIA Compliant signies that a rack or enclosure, including accessories, conform to standards regarding rackrail spacing, panel sizes, dimensions, etc. UL Listed: The UL Listed certication mark signies that a product has been tested and certied by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to meet or exceed applicable safety standards. The UL certication mark signies that a product has been certied to US and/or Canadian standards. Uniform BuildingCode (UBC): The UBC, when used in reference to our racks and enclosures, signies that the equipment complies with the code and will survive a seismic event when used to approved specications. Useable Depth: On racks the useable depth is based on the maximum front to rear rail depth, with the exception of wall racks, where the open space in the backpan is considered part of the useable depth. On a rackshelf, the useable depth is the maximum depth of the component that can t on the shelf.

Glossary
173

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Alpha Numeric

2-x 55 5-x 50-51 5-x-CONFIG 47 5CCx 51 5W 51 5WL 51 ACC-KEY 149 AFACE 151 ANGLE-x 140 AP-x 164 APM-x 161 AS3-x 154 ASP-OWP 135 ASR-x 42 AXS 39 AXS-FAN 40 AX-SXR 39 AX-SX 39 AXS-TEXTRIM 40 BANGLE-x 11 BB-x 117 BFD-x 11 BG17 40 BGR-x 6-11 BGR-xSA-x 8-9 BGR-x-EXT3 11 BGR-CC-x 11 BGR-ISO-x 11 BGR-RDCx 11 BGR-RRx 6, 8 BGR-STPx 11 BGR-TEMP-x 11 BGR-TRIMx 6, 8 BGR-TRRx 11 BGR-VBK 11 BGR-Z4 11 BLx 167 BL1/x 161 BL1-H 161 BMF-FAN10 120 BOND-G24 117 BPFD-x 11 BRx 136 BRKx 52-53 BS-BGR 11 BS-MRK-x 30 BS-WRK-x 30 BSPN-x 6 -C 151 45, 95 C5-MKx C5Fx 44-45; 94-95 C5K1-TPD-xx 44-45; 94-95 C5K1-CPD-xx 44-45; 94-95 CAB-COOL 124 CAPx 153 CBS-5 30 CBS-x 30 CBS-BGR 11 CC-44-x 133 CD 147 CFR-x 43 CHx 164 CK-45x 133 CL-GK 143 CLAW 137 CLB-x 142-143 CLH-x 142-143

CLS-COOLx 124 CM-x 91 CMB-x 13 CNx 169 COMP-COOL 124 CORE-x 111 CSA-x 156 CSB 76 CWR-x 64-65 Dx 148 D12x 91 D-CFRD-44 36, 129 DANGLE 140 DARULER 168 DCDP 149 DCS-x 33 DECP-1x 164 DRIFT 31 DLBX 70 DM 149 DTRK-x 55 DO-5-x 51 DOC-SACK 11 DOP-5-x 51 D-PTxx 87 DR-x 54 D-RING 138 DRK-x 28-29 DT8x 91 DTRK-x 55 DT-PVFD-x 55 DT-VFD-x 55 DT-RAPx 55 DUCT-COOL-xPT 125 DVD 147 DVFD-44 34 DPFD-44 34 DWR-x 60-61 DWR-RRx 61 DWRSR-ZL 60 EBx 167 EB1/x 161 EB1-H 161 EBx-CPx 167 EC-x 164 EFP-x 13 EGR-x 12-13 ELx 90 ELURx 90 ESx 90 EP-CORE-5R-x 110 EP-SSx 112 ERK-x 14-15 ERK-Z4 31 ERK-xAXS 38 ERK-x-AV 48 ERK-x-CONFIG 47 ERK-DT 125 ERK-Z4 30 ESx 90 ESURx 90 EVTx 166 EWR-x 62-63 FAN 120 FANCORD-x 121 FC-x 121 FC-CFRD 36, 129

FD-x 34 FEBx 167 FI-x 149 FILTER 121 FKx 162 FPx 121 FTA-x 120 FT-FAN 120 FWS 158 G-8X10 107 GANG-x 31 GKx 141 GR-30 141 GUARD 120 HBLx 167 HCM-x 138 HCT-x 139 HDR-x 69 HG 169 HHCM-x 138 HPx 169 HPM-x 73 HS 169 HSK 169 HTX 169 HWx 169 IDF-x 67 IEC-x 116 ISO-1 117 ISOCTR-5R-x 110 ISO-KOP 117 ISRK 56 J-x 107 JMS-12X6 107 KB-SS 158 KDB-x 157 KDEx 157 K-DEC 108 KO-x 35, 128 KYLK 149 LACE 135 148, 149 LATCH LBx 139 LBFR-x 139 LBH-x 139 LBKT-x 13 LBX-x 149 LBP-x 136 LD-x 86-87 LF 31 LF-HD 11 LL-HAx 10 LL-HCx 10 LL-HRx 10 LL-MPx 10 LL-VCx 10 LL-VPx 10 LL-VAx 10 LT-x 114 LVFD-x 34 M-x 106 MAG-1/2 31 MBRK 52 MD-KB 92 MDV-x 92 MK-x 77 MK-LA 143

MMBx 93 MPR-x 106-108 MRK-x 24-25 MRK-xAXS 38 MRK-x-AV 48 MRK-x-DVR 49 MRK-Z4 31 137, 156, 160 MS-x MW-x 32, 126 36, 129 MW-CFRD-xx MWCFRD-FKIT 36, 129 MW-DT 125 MW-LA 143 33, 126 MV-PVTx NEMAx 99 OBRKx 52 OCAP-x 153 OSRx 54 Px-CLN 168 PB-x 98 PBL-x 167 PBL-CPx 167 PBL1-ID 161 PCD-x 134 PCR-x 109 PCS-x 139 PD-x 99 PDC-x 102 PDLT-x 114 PDS-x 102-103 PDT-x 99-101 PDW 104 PF-SS 91 PFD-x 34 7, 9 PFD-xA PHBL-x 167 PHBL-CPx 167 PHCM-x 134 PPM-x 73 PROMRK-RRx 24 PROR4CN-RRx 75 PROWRK-RRx 16 PS2/USB-4C 159 PSDR-x 165 PTRK-x 57 PVFD-x 34 QFAN 120 QFP-x 121 QTFP-x 121 R2-44S 76 R4x 74-75 RAPx 51 RC-x 153 RDR-x 46 RDR-Sx 47 RDR-SH2 46 REBx 43 RH-x 168 RIB-x 140 RIB-x-BGR-x 11 RKx 52 RK-GDx 53 RK-RAPx 53 RKW 53 RLx 76 RLA-x 76 RLA-CC 133

RLM-x 106 RM-KB 158 RM-KB-LCDx 159 RM-LCD-x 159 RPS 115 RR2-3RCN 161 RRFx 168 RS-x 161 RSE1-x 168 RSH4x 150-151 RSH4xx-MS 146 RULER 168 Sx 165 S12x 91 S12Dx 91 S12SDx 91 S24Dx 91 SAX 39 SBx 167 SBX-x 66 SBIT 169 SC-Z4 31 SCQRK-x 89 SCRK-x 89 S-DEC 108 SECL-x 165 SFx 165 SFACE 151 SFR-x 72 SH-x 157 SH-BRK 53 SH-DMP-x 146 SL-x 165 SONYEARS 168 SP-5-x 51 SPBIT 167 SPM-x 71 SPN-x 31 SR-x 58-59 SRB-x 141 SRB-x-BGR-x 11 SR-SUB 58 SR-UPS 58 SRCC 41 SRK 54 SRSx 41 SRSR-x 41 SS 155 SSHD-xx 155 SSx-23VTR 155 SSAX 39 SS-VTR-CVRx 155 SSDR-x 165 SSL 155 STxMP 168 SW 169 SWR-x 66 T-x 107 T1P 164 TA 147 TBIT 169 TCD 147 TDx 148 TDRIFT 11 TEMP-DEC 121 TFPx 121 THERM-A 125

TOR-x 69 TSP-5-x 51 TRACKL 39 TRACKx 39 TSx 39 TS 147 TSW-15 135 TW12 135 Ux 148, 152 U2MS 152 U317 152 UCPx 162-163 UDx 148 137, 156, 160 UFA-x 137, 156, 160 UFAF-x UNI-x 164 UP1P 136 UPS-x 113 UQFP-x 122-123 UQFP-xD 122-123 USC-x 108 UTR1 157 VBK-x 128 VBK-BGRx 11 VC-MMx 83 VCD-x 132 VDS 154 VFD-x 34 VFD-xA 7, 9 VFEET-x-12 140 VLBX 70 VMRK-54 22-23 VPM-x 68 VRK-x 20-21 VRK-Z4 31 VRR-54 22 VRS 153 VSA-x 154 VSDR-x 165 VTx 166 VTB-x 166 VTFx 166 VTP-x 166 WANGLE-x 140 WL-60 115 WM-x 71 WMRK-x 26-27 WMRK-Z4 31 WMRK-xSVR 49 WMRK-x-AB 49 WMS-x 146 WR-x 37 WRK-x 16-17 WRK-24MDK 57 WRK-xAXS 38 WRK-xSA-x 18-19 WRK-Z4 31 WRP-x 68 WRS-x 68 WSx 158 WS1-ISRK-21G 56 WSBx 13 WUSSx 157

Alpha Numeric
174

middleatlantic.com V: 800-266-7225 F: 800-392-3955

Finishes
Finishes shown are a representation of approximate color and appearance. Actual nish samples are available, please contact us for more information.

Term Steel Products

Black Black Textured Powder Coat Powder Coat (rackshelves, panels, etc.) (cabinets, cabinet options)

Black Brushed & Anodized (panels & accessories)

Black Textured Powder Coat (panels & accessories)

Graphite Desktop Laminate (ISRK, MDK, SCRK/SCQRK)

Putty Textured Powder Coat (WRP, HDR, TOR)

Wood Laminate Racks

Black Wood Grain Laminate (Slim 2, RK, BRK)

Maple Wood Grain Laminate (MBRK)

Oak Laminate (OBRK, OSR)

Furniture and Side Panels

Finishes

Ebony Ash Thermolaminate (C5)

Slate Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint, LCD, Edit Center - sides only)

Darkstone Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint)

Graystone Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint, WMS)

Pepperstone Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint, LCD, Edit Center - tops only)

Shark Gray Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint)

Wenge Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint)

Dark Cherry Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint, LCD, Edit Center, WMS)

Dark Pecan Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint)

Aged Cherry Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint)

Honey Maple Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint, LCD, Edit Center)

Light Walnut Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint)

Maple Thermolaminate (Slim 5, C5, ViewPoint, WMS) 175

20112012 Master Catalog EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT & PROTECTION

Middle Atlantic Products, Inc. manufactures exceptional support and protection products to mount integrated AV systems in Residential, Commercial, Broadcast, and Security applications. All of our products are engineered to maximize system reliability and to meet the needs of installers; from thermal considerations and built-in cable management on our racks and enclosures, to pre-installed washers on our rack screws, we build in ways to save time and simplify the job. Our customer-rst philosophy doesnt stop with our products. We have a eet of regional delivery trucks based at our New Jersey, Illinois and California facilities that deliver our products to nearby customers and installation sites. Our demonstration vehicles tour the country displaying our products and providing a hands-on look at the unique features and benets. And our free electronic tools, including RackTools rack specication software, and Middle Atlantic Designer 3D layout software for technical furniture and video walls, make it easy to design your racks and furniture layouts and quickly generate Purchase Orders and Quotes. Middle Atlantics technical prowess includes manufacturing capabilities such as laser-fabrication cells which produce smooth edges that are friendly to both cables and contractors hands and arms, automated forming lines, robots and high-speed turret presses that provide quick throughput to allow us to ship from stock. Our extensive selection of products includes steel rack enclosures, monitoring consoles, cable management products, audio and video studio and technical furniture, power distribution products, cooling products, and related accessories. Exact Power, the new power products division of Middle Atlantic, provides power protection, distribution and conditioning solutions optimized for AV installations in residential and commercial settings. We are proud to hold both ISO 9001 registration for our quality management system in all our US facilities, and ISO 14001 registration for our environmental management system at our New Jersey headquarters location. Together, these rigorous, independently veried world-class registrations provide the assurance that our customers will continue to receive high quality products and services, and that as a corporation we are dedicated to proactively managing our environmental impact. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 300 Faireld Road, Faireld, NJ 07004, U.S.A. Corporate Voice: 800-266-7225 Fax: 800-392-3955 International Voice: +1 973 839-1011 Fax: +1 973 831-4982 MIDDLE ATLANTIC CANADA Ottawa, Ontario (Canada Head Ofce) 113 Iber Road, Ottawa, Ontario K2S 1E7 Corporate voice: 888-766-9770 Fax: 888-599-5009 Factory Distribution USA: New Jersey California Illinois middleatlantic.com Canada: Ontario British Columbia middleatlantic.ca

Middle Atlantic Products 2011-2012 Master Catalog

Commitment to the Environment Middle Atlantic Products demonstrates a strong commitment to the environment, one which inuences all aspects of our business, not simply product design. We are proud that our New Jersey headquarters and manufacturing facility has achieved ISO 14001 registration for our environmental management system. We strive to use less energy and fewer natural resources to make our products because it helps lessen our impact on the environment, but it also helps us benet our customers with competitive prices.

To further our commitment to the environment and healthy work spaces, we have achieved GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certication for Children and Schools (the strictest level available) on the majority of our product line. This certies that our products meet the strictest levels of emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds. To learn more about our environmental initiatives, contact us or see our website.

The third party trademarks used in this catalog, including Decora, Revit, Velcro, Unistrut, Technogel, Savant, Rosie, Crestron, iPod, Sony, PS3, Xbox 360, Wii, Blu-ray, Visio and AutoCAD are registered trademarks of their respective owners. We are pleased that our products work well with products from many ne companies, but the use of these trademarks here is neither an endorsement of their products nor is it their endorsement of our ne products. You may have also noticed some images within the images on pages 150-151; these are all good movies, but they are not ours, and these images are copyrighted by their respective owners.

MASTER-2011

2011-2012 MIDDLE ATLANTIC PRODUCTS, INC.

NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS

200M5/11

PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Omnix Promedia
No ratings yet
Omnix Promedia
78 pages
Eaton Power Distribution Product Guide
No ratings yet
Eaton Power Distribution Product Guide
477 pages
International Catalog
No ratings yet
International Catalog
128 pages
Vertiv Ve Rack Asia Brochure
No ratings yet
Vertiv Ve Rack Asia Brochure
10 pages
MAP WhitePaper ThermalManagement PDF
No ratings yet
MAP WhitePaper ThermalManagement PDF
36 pages
Controlling The Temperature Inside Equipment Racks © 2002-2010 Middle Atlantic Products, Inc
No ratings yet
Controlling The Temperature Inside Equipment Racks © 2002-2010 Middle Atlantic Products, Inc
36 pages
VE Rack Brochure
No ratings yet
VE Rack Brochure
10 pages
Systimax 010 Equip Frame Sys Rack Solution
No ratings yet
Systimax 010 Equip Frame Sys Rack Solution
2 pages
NETCAB Brochure - R1
No ratings yet
NETCAB Brochure - R1
44 pages
Edp General Brochure 2012
No ratings yet
Edp General Brochure 2012
12 pages
Vertiv VR Rack Emea en
No ratings yet
Vertiv VR Rack Emea en
4 pages
1.15.1 FINAL - Legrand SJ Brochure 8-210421
No ratings yet
1.15.1 FINAL - Legrand SJ Brochure 8-210421
30 pages
Monolyth Katalog Eng
No ratings yet
Monolyth Katalog Eng
24 pages
Damac USESI 608347 Catalog
No ratings yet
Damac USESI 608347 Catalog
66 pages
Avocent and Liebert Brochure - 01
No ratings yet
Avocent and Liebert Brochure - 01
26 pages
Midea-AirBoost-Air-Cooled-Screw-Chiller-T1-T3-LA-FC
No ratings yet
Midea-AirBoost-Air-Cooled-Screw-Chiller-T1-T3-LA-FC
28 pages
vertiv-vr-rack-br-en-na-sl-20819-web
No ratings yet
vertiv-vr-rack-br-en-na-sl-20819-web
4 pages
4 Vertiv Cabinet
No ratings yet
4 Vertiv Cabinet
3 pages
Electron Metal Catalogue 2012
No ratings yet
Electron Metal Catalogue 2012
56 pages
Mca Manual Feb12
No ratings yet
Mca Manual Feb12
15 pages
96 01004ewr PDF
No ratings yet
96 01004ewr PDF
2 pages
Universal Rack: Product Data Sheet
No ratings yet
Universal Rack: Product Data Sheet
2 pages
Vertiv-Knürr-Rack-Accessories-Catalogue-BR-EN-EMEA-MKA4L0CATKRA-WEB
No ratings yet
Vertiv-Knürr-Rack-Accessories-Catalogue-BR-EN-EMEA-MKA4L0CATKRA-WEB
90 pages
Vertiv VR Rack Selection Guide CT en EMEA MKA4L0UKvr Rack Rev.112020 PRINT
No ratings yet
Vertiv VR Rack Selection Guide CT en EMEA MKA4L0UKvr Rack Rev.112020 PRINT
14 pages
PD375954
No ratings yet
PD375954
2 pages
Handbook
No ratings yet
Handbook
28 pages
Design of Enclosures
No ratings yet
Design of Enclosures
28 pages
FINAL - Legrand SJ Brochure
No ratings yet
FINAL - Legrand SJ Brochure
28 pages
The Integration Guide To Video Displays and Mounts - 2022
No ratings yet
The Integration Guide To Video Displays and Mounts - 2022
18 pages
vertiv-knurr-rack-portfolio-catalogue-emea-en
No ratings yet
vertiv-knurr-rack-portfolio-catalogue-emea-en
56 pages
Elmark Electrical Automation and Equipment en (1)
No ratings yet
Elmark Electrical Automation and Equipment en (1)
509 pages
PD - Midea - AirBoost - Air Cooled Screw Chiler - 20211015 - V6
No ratings yet
PD - Midea - AirBoost - Air Cooled Screw Chiler - 20211015 - V6
19 pages
Poweredge-2900 - Setup Guide3 - Es-Mx
No ratings yet
Poweredge-2900 - Setup Guide3 - Es-Mx
110 pages
PD - Midea - Large Split AC - Top Discharge Fixed Speed Series - 20211125 - V8
No ratings yet
PD - Midea - Large Split AC - Top Discharge Fixed Speed Series - 20211125 - V8
20 pages
Handbook Enclosure Design PDF
100% (1)
Handbook Enclosure Design PDF
28 pages
all-products_esuprt_ser_stor_net_esuprt_poweredge_poweredge-1950_user's guide2_en-us
No ratings yet
all-products_esuprt_ser_stor_net_esuprt_poweredge_poweredge-1950_user's guide2_en-us
202 pages
2011 2012TelevisionProductGuide
No ratings yet
2011 2012TelevisionProductGuide
730 pages
Rack Selection Guide - 9 Key Points When Selecting Data Center Racks - Mirapath
No ratings yet
Rack Selection Guide - 9 Key Points When Selecting Data Center Racks - Mirapath
9 pages
Channel Amplifiers: User Guide Issue 5.2
No ratings yet
Channel Amplifiers: User Guide Issue 5.2
13 pages
Poweredge 2900 PDF
No ratings yet
Poweredge 2900 PDF
110 pages
Midel Atlantic PD-1815R-RN
No ratings yet
Midel Atlantic PD-1815R-RN
3 pages
PD - Midea - DX - Air Cooled Screw Chiler - 20230214 - V16
No ratings yet
PD - Midea - DX - Air Cooled Screw Chiler - 20230214 - V16
25 pages
Enterprise & Industrial Network Racks-2
No ratings yet
Enterprise & Industrial Network Racks-2
15 pages
PD - Midea - Evaporative Cooling Scroll Chiller - (RCEE) - 20230213 - V2
No ratings yet
PD - Midea - Evaporative Cooling Scroll Chiller - (RCEE) - 20230213 - V2
16 pages
Presentation -SCT
No ratings yet
Presentation -SCT
23 pages
PD - Midea - Screw and Scroll - Air Cooled Chiller - 20221101 - V15
No ratings yet
PD - Midea - Screw and Scroll - Air Cooled Chiller - 20221101 - V15
38 pages
5219bfce
No ratings yet
5219bfce
34 pages
6000 BR 1205
No ratings yet
6000 BR 1205
40 pages
Brochure ANSI
No ratings yet
Brochure ANSI
40 pages
Ug Teg-448ws (B2.01)
No ratings yet
Ug Teg-448ws (B2.01)
76 pages
1-MASS RACK Product List
No ratings yet
1-MASS RACK Product List
3 pages
PD Midea Flooded Air Cooled Screw Chiler
No ratings yet
PD Midea Flooded Air Cooled Screw Chiler
19 pages
871
No ratings yet
871
41 pages
BETA - Catalog ET B1 - 2010 - en
No ratings yet
BETA - Catalog ET B1 - 2010 - en
620 pages
Ambit Switchgear PVT LTD.: Premium Electrical Panels Manufacturer
No ratings yet
Ambit Switchgear PVT LTD.: Premium Electrical Panels Manufacturer
27 pages
Analog Dialogue, Volume 46, Number 2: Analog Dialogue, #6
From Everand
Analog Dialogue, Volume 46, Number 2: Analog Dialogue, #6
Analog Dialogue
No ratings yet
Cisco Network Administration Interview Questions: CISCO CCNA Certification Review
From Everand
Cisco Network Administration Interview Questions: CISCO CCNA Certification Review
equitypress
4.5/5 (6)
Next-Generation switching OS configuration and management: Troubleshooting NX-OS in Enterprise Environments
From Everand
Next-Generation switching OS configuration and management: Troubleshooting NX-OS in Enterprise Environments
Mamta Devi
No ratings yet
Micro-ATX Upgrades
From Everand
Micro-ATX Upgrades
Alisa Turing
No ratings yet
Networked Control System: Fundamentals and Applications
From Everand
Networked Control System: Fundamentals and Applications
Fouad Sabry
No ratings yet
Practical, Made Easy Guide To Building, Office And Home Automation Systems - Part One
From Everand
Practical, Made Easy Guide To Building, Office And Home Automation Systems - Part One
Kerwin Mathew
No ratings yet
Pre Proposal Conference Questions and Answers UMUC RFP 91149 Audio Video and Production Services October 8, 2013
No ratings yet
Pre Proposal Conference Questions and Answers UMUC RFP 91149 Audio Video and Production Services October 8, 2013
2 pages
PVC Cables: Multicore PVC-Insulated Cables (Non Armoured, Copper Conductors)
No ratings yet
PVC Cables: Multicore PVC-Insulated Cables (Non Armoured, Copper Conductors)
1 page
West Yorkshire Playhouse: Quarry Theatre Dressing Room Allocation Form
No ratings yet
West Yorkshire Playhouse: Quarry Theatre Dressing Room Allocation Form
2 pages
QuarryTheatre Lighting Equipment List (Tours) 11-01-11
No ratings yet
QuarryTheatre Lighting Equipment List (Tours) 11-01-11
2 pages
Plan Notes Quarry 11-01-11
No ratings yet
Plan Notes Quarry 11-01-11
1 page
Laptop Vga Select Win7
No ratings yet
Laptop Vga Select Win7
1 page
Plan Notes Courtyard 11-01-11
No ratings yet
Plan Notes Courtyard 11-01-11
1 page
Laptop Vga Select Win7
No ratings yet
Laptop Vga Select Win7
1 page
Emirates Driving Company Student Booking Status - Practical Print By: 12-Mar-2014 16:29 Ffrancis
No ratings yet
Emirates Driving Company Student Booking Status - Practical Print By: 12-Mar-2014 16:29 Ffrancis
2 pages
Siemens IP Communications: Who They Are Questions Customers Should Ask of Siemens Siemens Weaknesses
No ratings yet
Siemens IP Communications: Who They Are Questions Customers Should Ask of Siemens Siemens Weaknesses
4 pages
Cisco Unified Videoconferencing Solution Reference Network Design (SRND)
No ratings yet
Cisco Unified Videoconferencing Solution Reference Network Design (SRND)
130 pages
Contents:: Technical Data
No ratings yet
Contents:: Technical Data
6 pages
Rack and Power Solutions and Memory and HDD Overview
No ratings yet
Rack and Power Solutions and Memory and HDD Overview
27 pages
SchoolsSRA DG
No ratings yet
SchoolsSRA DG
382 pages
Pivotal Clustering Concepts R01
0% (1)
Pivotal Clustering Concepts R01
36 pages
Net Design Guidance09186a00800d67f6
No ratings yet
Net Design Guidance09186a00800d67f6
114 pages
LT1167 Instr Amp
No ratings yet
LT1167 Instr Amp
20 pages
Chapter 9: Communications Systems: Learning Objectives
No ratings yet
Chapter 9: Communications Systems: Learning Objectives
19 pages
Characteristics of The NMOS Inverter: Experiment 11 MOSFET Logic Circuits
No ratings yet
Characteristics of The NMOS Inverter: Experiment 11 MOSFET Logic Circuits
4 pages
Vestel 11ak37 Chassis TV PDF
No ratings yet
Vestel 11ak37 Chassis TV PDF
44 pages
Sansui Au-Alpha 777dg
No ratings yet
Sansui Au-Alpha 777dg
2 pages
ADS LNA Simulation Example
No ratings yet
ADS LNA Simulation Example
27 pages
Digital Input Modules TXM1 D A6V10068527 HQ en
No ratings yet
Digital Input Modules TXM1 D A6V10068527 HQ en
8 pages
ECG Poster
No ratings yet
ECG Poster
1 page
Ultra Long Excursion High Power Single 18" Subwoofer: Professional Series
No ratings yet
Ultra Long Excursion High Power Single 18" Subwoofer: Professional Series
2 pages
Assignment 1
No ratings yet
Assignment 1
4 pages
The Handyman'S Guide To Oscilloscopes (Part 1 of 2)
No ratings yet
The Handyman'S Guide To Oscilloscopes (Part 1 of 2)
5 pages
Site Received Test For Subsea Control Module
67% (3)
Site Received Test For Subsea Control Module
27 pages
Checking Steps For Ir Module 1 138
No ratings yet
Checking Steps For Ir Module 1 138
5 pages
Using Mapper To Verify Neighbor Relations With Mapinfo: Incode Telecom Group, Inc
No ratings yet
Using Mapper To Verify Neighbor Relations With Mapinfo: Incode Telecom Group, Inc
24 pages
DEH-P4200UB OperationManual1006
0% (1)
DEH-P4200UB OperationManual1006
122 pages
Thyristor Switch Operation 090075M
100% (1)
Thyristor Switch Operation 090075M
6 pages
Lanzar 2010
No ratings yet
Lanzar 2010
56 pages
Telecommunications Regulatory Authority Sultanate of Oman: July, 19, 2006
No ratings yet
Telecommunications Regulatory Authority Sultanate of Oman: July, 19, 2006
32 pages
53147A Data Sheet
No ratings yet
53147A Data Sheet
8 pages
Data Sheet
No ratings yet
Data Sheet
9 pages
What Is VSWR (Voltage Standing Wave Ratio) and How Tilting Antenna
No ratings yet
What Is VSWR (Voltage Standing Wave Ratio) and How Tilting Antenna
2 pages
Windlass & Mooring Winches
No ratings yet
Windlass & Mooring Winches
2 pages
2006 - 08 Test of Analog Communiaction Made Easy
0% (2)
2006 - 08 Test of Analog Communiaction Made Easy
12 pages
Battery Charger1
No ratings yet
Battery Charger1
25 pages
13.802: Entertainment Electronics Technology (T) Part A (2 Mark Questions)
No ratings yet
13.802: Entertainment Electronics Technology (T) Part A (2 Mark Questions)
3 pages
80010204
100% (2)
80010204
2 pages
TEMS Automatic 9.0 - RTU Product Sheet
No ratings yet
TEMS Automatic 9.0 - RTU Product Sheet
2 pages
Giga T Pro II Manual
No ratings yet
Giga T Pro II Manual
42 pages
Cdma Technology Seminar Report
No ratings yet
Cdma Technology Seminar Report
24 pages
PX 777
No ratings yet
PX 777
3 pages

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.